report of the committee on john mcdonald, int'l. assn. of

Report of the Committee on

Fire Department Apparatus

Jeffrey Bowman, Chair Anaheim Fire Dept., CA [E]

KEnneth L. Koch, Secretary Sutphen Corp., OH [M]

Rober t J . Barraclough, Class I, Inc., TX [M] Ralph Craven, Mission College/EVS, NV [SE]

Rep. California Fire Mechanics Assn. Peter E Darley, W. S. Darley & Co., IL [M]

Rep. Nat'l Truck Equipment Assn. Lloyd A. DeWald, Pierce Mfg. Inc., WI [M] Richard W. Dreher, Los Angeles City Fire Dept., CA [U] Ron W. French, JDK Mgmt. Inc., IL [SE] Gary Handwerk, Hale Products Inc., PA [M] Thomas A. Hillenbrand, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., IL Calvin S. Kunkle, Purdue University, IN [SE] W. Kenneth Menke, Fire Service Research Inst., MO [SE] J. Allen Metheny, St., Hartly Volunteer Fire Co., DE [U]

Rep. Nat'l Volunteer Fire Council ThomasJ . Mettler, Waterous Co., MN [M] William C. PetErs, City of Jersey City Fire Dept., NJ [E] Jeff Piechura, Northwest Fire District, AZ [El W. Michael Pietseh, Insurance Services Office, Inc., TX [I] Gary R. Pope, Fairfax County Fire/Rescue Dept., VA [U] Carl E. Punkay, Champaign Fire Dept., IL [UI Roger A. Ruth, Nat'l Foam Inc., PA [M]

Rep. Fire Apparatus Manufacturers Assn. James A. Salmi, Ladder Towers Inc., P A [ M ] Alan Saulsbury, Saulsbury Fire Rescue Inc., NY [M] Gary B. Selig, California Dept. of Forestry, CA [U] James T. Steffens, JTS & Assoc., FL [I]

Rep. Volunteer Firemen's Insurance Services, Inc. Alan D. Van Guilder, Rent Fire Dept., NV [U] William yon Zehle, Jr., Wilton Fire Dept., CT [El

Rep. Int'l Assn. of Fire Chiefs Gary C. Weidner, City of Virginia Beach Fire Dept., VA [U] David White, Fire & Safety Specialists, Inc., TX [SE] John Ross Witt, Safetek Int'l Ltd., Canada [M]

[RT]

Alternates

Gene P. Carlson, Oklahoma State University, OK [SE] (Air. to D. White)

Ronald L. Ewers, Class I, FL [M] (Mt. to R.J. Barraclough)

Donald L. Frazeur, Los Angeles City Fire Dept., CA [U] (AIt. to R. W. Dreher)

Jimmy O. Iveson, city of Ren t Fire Dept., NV [U] (Alt. to A. D. Van Guilder)

James E. Johannessen, Underwriters Laboratories Inc., PA [RT] (Alt. to T. A. Hillenbrand)

William F. McCombs, Emergency One, Inc., F-L [M] (Alt. to A. Sanlsbury)

John McDonald, Int'l. Assn. of Fire Fighters, VA [SE] (Air to W K Menke)

Michael R. Negro, Pierce Mfg. Inc., WI [M] (Alt. to L. A. DeWald)

Tom Reser, Edwards Mfg. Inc., OR [M] (Alt. to R. A. Ruth)

Thomas G. Stites, Sutphen Corp., OH [M] (Alt. to K. L. Koch)

Edward F. Straw, Insurance Services Office, Inc., GA [I] (Alt. to W. M. Pietsch)

Richard E. Teske, Hale Products, Inc., PA [M] (Alt. to G. Handwerk)

Nonvoting

William F. Foley, Orland Fire Protection District, IL (Member Emeritus)

Howard L. MeMillen, City of Fort Worth Fire Dept., TX (Member Emeritus)

Heinz E. Otte, Mendota Heights, MN (Member Emeritus)

StaffLiaison: Carl E. Peterson

Committee Scope: Th i s Committee shall have primary responsibility for documents on the design and performance of fire apparatus for use by the fire service.

This list represents the membership at the time the Committee was balloted on the text of this edition. Since that time, changes in the membership may have occurred. A key to classifications is fouled at the front of this book.

The Technical Committee on Fire Department Apparatus is presenting two reports for adoption, as follows:

Report h The Technical Committee proposes for adoption a complete revision of NFPA 1906-1995, Standard for Wildland Fire Apparatus. NFPA 1906-1995 is published in Volume 8 of the 1999 Nat'l Fire Codes and in separate pamphlet form.

NFPA 1906 has been submitted to letter ballot of the Technical Committee on l~re Department Apparatus which consists of 29 voting members of whom all 29 voted affirmatively.

Report Ih The Technical Committee proposes for adoption a new document NFPA 1912, Standard for Fire Apparatus Refurbishing.

NFPA 1912 has been submitted to letter ballot of the Technical Committee on Fire Department Apparatus, which consists of 29 voting members of whom all 29 voted affirmatively.

148

N F P A 1906 ~ N o v e m b e r 2 0 0 0 R O P

N F P A 1 9 0 6

(Log #1) 1906- 1 - (7-6.2): Accept SUBMITTER: Lloyd A. DeWald, Fire Apparatus Manufacturers' Assn. RECOMMENDATION: Revise the second sentence in 7-6.2 to read a:s follows:

"The stripe or combination of stripes shall be a minimum of 4 in. (100 ram) in total width and shall conform to the minimum requirements of ASTM D 4956, Standard Specifications for Retroreflective Sheeting for Traffic Control, Type I, Class 1 or Class 3." SUBSTANTIATION: A proposal was submitted on February 23, 1994 to change the language in NFPA 1901 regarding the specification of reflective products. The old Federal Specification LS-300 referenced in the 1991 edition of NFPA 1901 was replaced with ASTM 4956.

The committee action on this proposal was to accept in principle. The committee added the title of the standard and changed the reference to Type Ill as that is the cross-reference established in the ASTM standard for Type I material in the I.S-300 standard.

While the committee action was correct in cross-referencing from the LS-300 standard to the new ASTM standard, there was not an understanding of the change in the minimum requirements' that was driven by the new ASTM standard. The reflectivity classification from I.~300 (Reflectivity 2) did become ASTM D 4956 (Type III); however, the reflective material used on police, EMS vehicles and fire apparatus is, in fact, Type I materialunder the new ASTM standard.

There are very few reflective products and fewer colors available that comply with the Type IIl dassification. Users do not like the appearance of Type III products due to the thickness of the material and the visible seams. Type III products are higher priced and more difficult to apply which needlessly increases the cost of the fire apparatus. The Type III products have limitations affecting the graphic designs that can be applied on the fire apparatus. There is no evidence that Type Ill products erform better than Type I products on fire apparatus. P

It is believed that it was not the intent of the committee to raise the standard for the reflective products being used on fire apparatus. The proposal was only to change from the old LS-300 standard to the new ASTM standard. Accepting this TIA will correct the error that was made in translating from the old standard to the new and allows for the use of the reflective materials that are currently being used on fire apparatus. This will return the standard to a minimum standard for reflectivity as it is intended to be. A TIA needs to be processed on this issue as the limitations of

the Type Ill material make it unsatisfactory for most fire service applications and the users are unwilling to accept this material. Continuing to build fire apparatus using the Type I material puts manufacturers at a liability risk because the fire apparatus does not comply with a nationally recognized standard. The TIA will bring the NFPA 1901 standard into alignment with the practice 'in the industry and reestablishes a minimum.performance standard. The NFPA needs to implement a TIA to correct this immediately - because the credibility of the NFPA standard is at risk when t h e - standard is not followed.

Note: Supporting material is available for review at NFPA Headquarters. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

I COMMITTEE STATEMENT: This is now 6.6.2 in the revised document.

(Log #2) 1906- 2 - (14-8): Accept in Principle SUBMITTEI~ John Gridley, Robwen, Inc. RECOMMENDATION: Revise text tO read as follows:

The accuracy of the foam proportioning system shall be tested by the apparatus manufacturer prior to delivery of the apparatus. The following parameters shall be met:

0 - 1 percent - accuracy ~hall be+ .or.- 20 percent" " " " " " 3 percent - accuracy shall be 3 pi~rcent to 4"percent 6 percent - accuracy shall be 6 percent t o 7 p e r c e n t Proportioners designed to operate between 0 - 1 percent shall be

testect at 0.5 percent. SUBSTANTIATION: 43 percent to 40 percent will effectively change nominal setting by +20 percent. While negative factors are not allowable for AFFF type foams because of the basic function of the agents, class A foams should not have these restrictions. A + or

- tolerance does not cause a functional problem for the Class A ~gO ent~ . .

MMITrEE ACTION: Accept in Prinople. Revise 14-8 (renumbered as ll-1O) to read as follows. Foam Proportioning System Accuracy. The foam proportioning:

system shall be accurate throughout the manufacturer's stated range of flow(s) and pressure(s). The accuracy of the foam proportioning system shall be tested by the apparatus manufacturer prior to delivery of the app;u'atus. Systems designed to produce foam solution at ratios of less than 1 percent shall

~ roportion foam concentrate to an accurao/of :1:20 pe,-cent. ystems designed to produce foam solution at ratios of 1 percent

or greater shall proportion foam concenu'ate to an accuracy of minus 0 plus 30percent or 1 percentage point, whichever is less. COMMITTEE STATEMENT: The committee feels the systems need to be tested at their rating points, not an arbitrary percentage. The committee agrees with the submitter with regard to the accuracy of systems designed for less than 1 percent. Systems designed to proportion at 1 percent or greater are generally working with different concentrates where the percentage of concentrate in solution should not fall below th'e designed percentage rate. The committee feels its wording of the requirement is meeting the intent of the submitter while not basing the requirement on 2 particular points.

(Log #CP1) 1906- 3 - (Entire Document): Accept SUBMITTER: Technical Committee on ]~re Department l~cal~tUS

OMMENDATION: The Technical Committee on Fire Department Apparatusproposes a comph:te revision to the 1995 edition of NFPA 1906, Standard for Wildland Fire Apparatus, as shown at the end of this report. SUBSTANTIATION: The Fire Department Apparatus Committee appointed a task group to review the current edition of NFPA 1906, Standard for WildlandFire Apparatus, and make recommendations to the full committee concerning the functionality of the current document. During that review, the Task Group suggested a general updating of the standard and found that wildland fire apparatus typically does not have line voltage electrical systems and recommended deleting that chapter. •

The Fire Department Apparatus Committee is recommending the " reorganization of the document into additional separate chapters to correspond to the chapter organization, of NFPA 1901, Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus. Part of that reorganization is to move the testing requirements which were: formerly all together in a single chapter into the chapter dealing ~ith the component or system that the tests pertain to. The chapter structure in the next edition will be as follows:

Chapter 1. Administration Chapter 2. General Requirements Chapter 3. Chassis andVehicle Components Chapter 4. Low Voltage Electrical Systems and Warning Devices. Chapter 5. Driving and Crew Areas Chapter 6. Body and Compartmentation Chapter 7. Pumps Chapter 8. Auxiliary Pump Engines Chapter 9. Water Tanks Chapter 10. Equipment Carried on Wildland Fire Apparatus Chapter 11. Cla~s A Foam Concentnate Proportioning Systems Chapter 12. Compressed Air Foam Systems (CAFS) Chapter 13. Winches Chapter 14. Vehicle Protection Systems Chapter 15. Referenced publications The committee has updated the text and requirements, where

applicabli~, to those contained in NFPA 1901. The tables for rating pumps have been increased to allow pum~s up to 500 gpm (1893 L/ram), as it was determined that some t:lre departments want the extra pumping capability available within their fire department even though me apparatus is designed essentially for wildiand fire fighting. These larger pumps will be required to meet the same rating points as fire pumps of 250 gpm (916 I~/min) or greater in NFPA 1901• . COMMITrEE -ACTION: Accept.

149


NFPA 1 9 0 6

S t a n d a r d f o r Wildland Fire Apparatus

2001 Edition

NOTICE: An asterisk (*) following the number or letter designating a paragraph indicates that explanatory material on the paragraph can be found in Appendix A.

Information on referenced publications can be found in Chapter 15 and Appendix C.

C h a p t e r 1 Administration

I-I* Scope. This s tandard shall apply to new automotive fire apparatus des igned primarily for wildland fire suppression whether configured as an integral part of the chassis or a self-contained slip- on unit. The apparatus shall be capable of suppor t ing pump and

optical device, between which the optical source contributes optical power.

1-7.4 Angle of Approach. The smallest angle made between the road surface and a line drawn from the f ront point of g round contact of the front tire to any projection of the apparatus in front of the front axle.

1-7.5 Angle o f Departure. The smallest angle made between the road surface and a line drawn from the rear point of ground contact of the rear tire to any project ion of the apparatus behind the rear axle.

1-7.6" Approved. Acceptable to the authority having jurisdict ion.

1-7.7 ASME Pressure Vessel. A pressure vessel used for the storage or accumulation of air or gas unde r pressure that is constructed and tested in accordance with the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code

1-7.8" Authority Having Jurisdiction. The organization, office, or individual responsible for approving equipment , an installation, or

roll operations, ff the primary purpose of the apparatus is to suppor t structural fire f ighting or associated fire depar tment operations, the requirements of NFPA 1901, Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus shall apply.

1-2 Purpose. This s tandard specifies the min imum requirements for a new automotive wildland fire apparatus to include self- contained slip-on units.

1-3 Equivalency. Nothing in this s tandard is in tended to prevent the use of systems, methods, or devices of equivalent or superior quality, strength, fire resistance, effectiveness, durability, and safety over those prescribed by this standard. Technical documenta t ion shall be submit ted to the authority having jurisdict ion to demonst ra te equivalency. The system, method , or device shall be approved for the in tended purpose by the authority having

a procedure .

1-7.9" Automatic ~!ectrical Load Management System. A device that continuously..:~n.itors the electrical system voltage and sheds p rede te rmined J~i~":|~-:a selected order to prevent overdischarging of the a p p a ~ a t t e r i e s .

1-7.10" A~mat~ii~.-~walating Propor t ioning System. A propor.ti~rai~.syste~iii~'t~at aljt'omat|cally adjtists the flow of foam conc.,~:~':i~:i~o the ~ : ~ e a m to maintain the desired pr:~:~rt i~.!ng ratio...:;~i'-"

":{~'~:!iI~.~}.::~'~...ry Engine-Driven Pumps. Pumps whose power is provflzl'~i'by e'figines that are i ndependen t of the vehicle engine.

:!::ii ..... 1-7.12 ~ t ~ : ' A l a r m . An audible device designed to warn that ':i::i:::i:i!i!i::i::iii!:!tlae vehicle~iitn reverse gear. jur isdic t ion.

~:.::. "":'::::::i:':i:i::.'::..-.-. ..-$:" 14 Application. This s tandard is applicable to new fire apparatus " i{ i i ! . .~ '~ i i i i~bble (Foam). A thin-walled, roughly spherical, film of contracted for on or af terJanuary 1 2001 however nothing. . : :~ l :i::"..!-::--~quid.:it:~ated with air. prevent the use of the standard pr ior to January 1, 2001 i~:~~:::i~{~ii::~-ii:. :~:. , ~ , ," . . . . . . . . . . . . . purchaser and contractor agree. The standard is no t i ~ 4 h d e d ~ b e :i{!'..i_.t:..::.?#" ')~e721~gnfi72nT|s~reeg27;t?tra2e ne~°e~te°~snog?:aTl~;n ttlat appl ied retroactively . . . . i';'iiii..::.'~ . . . . ii.:..'~i:.-...:!::::.... ":ii::,..i::ii.-~mP , P . . . .

":" "::!:~?i::....::!::::""'.:::i::::::::..,..':."-." monox toe t tou) . 1-5" Responsibility of Purchaser. It shall be the r e s p o n ~ ' . t y of ""-:::::":.:#~: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . w . . . . the ent;~e woi-ht of oth:purcLa~; r it2c~uP~Cin~ oth:2e o ~ e ~ f ° L t h a e a p ~ 2 a O O ~ . - : : : : : " ~h'e ~ r e ~ e : : 2 g ~ s ~ T V o l ~ i 2 e r e e $ ~ o ~ t ) c o 7 C ~ t r a t e d so'tha~. ~'f p , g p p ¢4::- oR...e~ : : . ~ : : : : : " . . . . ' • • • elevations above 2000 ft (610 L~ 3 or on h i ~ " ~ r a d e ~ t e r ~ suppor ted at this point, m e apparatus would r e m a i n m e q m h b n u m

• - - . ..... :. Y ~; N....:.: -.-:.- in any position. 20 percent are reqmred; the maxamum . ~ i r s of f i r e t~...hters to ride m t h m the apparatus specific added co ous e l e ~ c a l • " " . ;. " . " ~ . . . . ~i!'" 1-7.16 Chassis. The basic operat ing motor vehicle including the loads that exceed the r m mmum of this s.tanda?~ii~.d a~.#:hose, engine, frame, and other essential structural and mechanical parts, g round ladders,, or equ ipment to b e c~arn.ed by t f f~ . .~a ra tus that . but exclusive of the body and all appur tenances for the exceect m e min imum reqmrements ot tins stmmar~5:: accommodat ion of driver, property, passengers, appliances, or

equ ipment related to other than control. Common usage might, but need not, include a cab (or cowl).

1-7.17 Class A Fire. A fire in ordinary combustible materials, such as wood, cloth, paper, rubber, and many plastics.

1-7.18 Class A Foam. Foam in tended for use on Class A fires•

1-7.19" Compound Gage. A gage that indicates pressure both above and below atmospher ic pressure.

1-7.20" Compressed Air Foam System (CAFS). A foam system that combines air under pressure with foam solution to create foam.

1-7.21 Continuous Duty. Operat ion at a constant rated load for an indefinitely long period.

1-7.22" Contractor. The person or company responsible for fulfilling an agreed upon contract.

1-7.23 Convenient Reach. The ability of the operator to manipulate the controls f rom a dr iv ing/r id ing position without excessive movement away from the seat back or without excessive loss of eye contact with the roadway•

1-7.24 Defect. A discontinuity in a part or a failure to function that interferes with the service or reliability for which the part was intended•

1-7.25 Discharge Outlet Size. The nominal size of the first fire hose connect ion from the pump.

1-6 Responsibility o f C o n t r a c t o r .

1-6.1 The contractor shall provide a detailed description of the apparatus, a list of equ ipment to be furnished, and other construction and per formance details to which the apparatus shall conform. This shall include, but shall no t be limited to, estimated weight, wheel base, principal dimensions, transmission, and axle ratios, if applicable. The purpose of these contractor specifications shall be to define what the contractor intends to furnish and deliver to tile purchaser.

1-6.2 Responsibility for the apparatus and equ ipment shall remain with the contractor until they are accepted by the purchaser.

1-6.3 A qualified and responsible representative of the contractor shall instruct personnel specified by the purchaser in the operation, care, and maintenance of the fire apparatus and equipment delivered•

1-7 D e f i n i t i o n s .

1-7.1 Acceptance. An agreement between the purchasing authority and the contractor that the terms and conditions of the contract have been met.

1-7.2 Acceptance Tests. Tests per formed on behalf of or by the purchaser at the time of delivery to de te rmine compliance with the specifications for the fire apparatus.

1-7.3 Active Horizontal Angles o f Light Emission. The angles, measured in a horizontal plane passing th rough the optical center o f the optical source, as specified by the manufacturer of the

150

N F P A 1 9 0 6 - - N o v e m b e r 2 0 0 0 R O P

1-7.26 DOT Cylinder. Apressure vessel constructed and tested in accordance with 49 CFR 178.37, that is used for the storage and . transportation of air under pressure.

1-7.27" Eductor. A device placed in a hose line or a discharge pipe that incorporates a venturi and proportions foam concentrate into the water stream.

1-7.28 * Electric Siren (Electromechanical). An audible warning device that produces sound by the use of an electric motor with an attached rotating slotted or perforated disc.

1-7.29" Electronic Siren. An audible warning device that produces sound electronically through the use of amplifiers and electromagnetic speakers.

1-7.$0 Enclosed Compartment. An area designed to protect stored items from environmental damage (weather resistant) that is confined on six sides and equipped with an access opening(s) that can be closed and latched.

1-7.31 Expansion Ratio. The ratio of the volume of foam in its aerated state to the original volume of nonaerated foam solution.

1-7.52 Final-Stage Manufacturer. A person who performs such manufacturing operations on an incomplete vehicle that it becomes a complete vehicle and road ready for its intended purpose.

1-7.33 FIVlVSS. Abbreviation for Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard. Reguladonspromulgated by National Highway Transportation Safety Administration (NHTSA) of the United States finder Public Law 89-563, which are mandatory and must be complied with when motor vehicles or items of motor vehicle equipment are manufactured and certified thereto.

1-7.34 Foam. An aerated fire-extinguishing solution created by mixing air into foam solution to form bubbles.

1-7.35 Foam Concentrate. The fire chemical product, as received from the supplier, that when diluted with water, becomes foam solution. ~I:!~..:

"~.'..'~i': 1-7.~6 Foam Proportioner. A device or method to m ":'::~ concentrate to water to make foam solution. ~ . ~:¢$:!:...

1-7.37 Foam Proportioning System. The apparatus a n d ~.'..'s~:~. techniques used to mix concentrate with wate . r . :~ . .e . , fo solution. .-.~'~:'~¢" "x":'2;fi~.-::'~-':. :::

1-7.38 Foam Solution. A h o m o g e n e o u s : . ' ~ r e of waf~i aad~::~ foam concentrate in the proper p r o p o r f i o f f ~ i ~ :~ii

• ~...'~;.-'~ ,.'~: 1-7.B9 Fully Enclosed Personnel Area. A d r i v e i ~ - , p ~ g e r compartment on the fire apparatus that p r o v i d e s ' ~ n c l o s u r e on all sides, top, and bottom and has positive latchin~¢~n all access doors.

1-7.40 Gallon. United States gallon.

1-7.41 Gage. A round, analog pressure-indicating device that uses mechanical means to measure pressure.

1-7.42 Gage Pressure. Pressure measured by an ins t rumen t~here the pressure indicated is relative to atmospheric pressure.

1-7.4~* GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating). The chassis manufacturer 's specified maximum load-carrying capacity of an axle system.

1-7.44" GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating). The chassis manufacturer 's specified maximum load-carrying capacity for tractor trailer-type vehicles having three or more axle systems (a multiaxle axle installation is one system).

1-7.45 Gpm. Gallons per minute.

1-7.46 * Grade. A measurement of the angle used in road design and expressed as a percentage of elevation change over distance.

1-7.47 Ground Clearance: The clearance under a vehicle at all locations except the axles and driveshaft connections to the axle.

I-7.48" GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). The chassis manufacturer's specified maximum load-carrying capacity o f a vehicle having two axle systems (a multiaxle axle installation is one system).

1-7.49 Intake Connection Size. The nominal size of the first fire hose connect ion ' from the pump.

1-7.50 Interlock. A device or arrangement by means of which the functioning of one part is contJ'olledby the functioning of another.

1-7.51 Label. A visual indication whether in pictorial or word format that provides for the identification of a control, switch, indicator or gage, or the display of information useful to the operator.

1-7.52 Labeled. Equipment or materials to which has been attached a label, symbol, or other identifying mark of an organization that is acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with product evaluation, that maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled equipment or materials, and by whose labeling' the manufacturer indic~ttes compliance with appropriate standards or performance in a specified manner.

1-7.53" Listed. The means for identifying listed equipment may vary for each organization concerned with product evaluation; some organizations do not recognize equipment as listed unless it is also labeled. The authority having jurisdiction should utilize the system employed by the listing organization to identify a listed product. ~

1-7.54 Low-V~.~"~ge~C~t~zuit,~"~" Equipment, or System. An electrical circuit, e q u i ~ ' ~ o r system where the voltage does not exceed 30 volts (V) r ~ " (a@.'.~,42.4 (V) peak (dc), usually 12 (V) dc in fire

l -7.~S"M~a~teturer . ~ ' i ~ e r s o n or persons, company, firm, c o r a t e , , p a r m e r s h ~ or other or~mization responsible for

1 ~ lterials d~ components into a finished product.

1-7.51 '~ " "" ~ . . . a x l n a u m Pump Close-Off Pressu,re. The maximum pump , ~ . ~ pressure obtained with all discharge oudets

~6~losed, w l t r ~ pump primed and running with the pump drive ~ " " e o p . ~ t i n g at maximum obtainable ~;peed, and with the

"< ": ' :~'~:e pressure at atmospheric pressure or less.

iii.~: - . !-"-:'~Iinimum Continuous Electrical Load. The continuous %.electrical current required to operate the minimum requirement of " ~ c t r i c a l devices defined by this standard.

ii~*:1-7.58 Momentary Switch. A switch that returns to the neutral position (off) when released.

1-7.59 National Hose Thread (NH). A standard screw thread that has dimensions for inside (female) and outside (male) fire hose connections as defined in NFPA 1963, Standard for Fire Hose Connections.

1-7.60" Net Pum~ Pressure. The sum of the discharge pressure and the suction lift converted to psi or kPa when pumpinl~ at draft, or the difference between the discharge pressure and the retake pressure when pumping from a hydrant or other source of water under positive pressure.

1-7.61 Nozzle Reaction. Force that occur.~.when a water stream is discharged fro m the nozzle.

1-7.62 NPSH. National pipe straight hose thread as specified in ASME B1.20.7, Pipe Threads, general Purpose (inch).

1-7.63" Off-road Use Vehicle. A vehicle designed to be used on other than paved or improved roads, espe~Sally in areas where no roads, poor roads, and steep' grades exist 2aad where natural hazards, such as rocks, stumps, and logs, protrude from the ground.

1-7.64 Operator 's Panel. A panel containing gages, switches, instruments, or controls where an operator can visually monitor the applicable functions.

1-7.65 Optical Center. The point specified by the optical warning device manufacturer of highest intensity when measuring the output of an optical warning device.

1-7.66 Optical Power. A unit of measure ,designated as candela- seconds/minutes that combines the flash energy and flash rate of an optical source into one power measurement representing the true visual effectiveness of the emitted light.

1-7.67" Optical Source. Any single, independently mounted, light emitting component in a lighting system.

151


1-7.68 Optical Warning Device. A m a n u f a c t u r e d assembly of one or more optical sources.

1-7.69 Plate. A visual indicat ion whether in pictorial or word fo rmat tha t provides instruct ion to the operator in the use of a c o m p o n e n t on the apparatus .

1-7.70" Preconnec ted H o s e Line. A hose line tha t is s tored on the appara tus already connec ted to an outlet on a p u m p and that can be charged by the activation of one discharge valve.

1-7.71 Psi. Pounds per square inch.

1-7.72 PTO. Power takeoff.

1-7.73 P u m p Opera to r ' s Panel. The area on a fire appara tus that contains the gages, controls, and o ther i n s t rumen t s used for opera t ing the pump .

1-7.74 Pump Operator's Posit ion. T he location f rom which the p u m p operator operates the pump .

1-7.75 Purchaser . The author i ty having responsibility for the specification and acceptance of the apparatus .

1-7.76 Purchas ing Authority. The agency that has the sole responsibil i ty and author i ty for negot iat ing, placing, and, where necessary, modify ing each and every solicitation, purchase order, or o ther award issued by a govern ing body.

1-7.77 Qual i f ied Person. A person who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, professional s tanding, or skill, and who, by knowledge, t raining, and exper ience, has d e m o n s t r a t e d the ability to deal with p rob lems re ladng to a part icular subject matter , work, or project.

1-7.90 Strainer. A device used in p u m p inlets or tank fill openings tha t prevents foreign materials tha t canno t pass t h rough the p u m p without causing damage f rom en te r ing the tank or pump.

1-7.91 Sump. A recessed a rea of a tank assembly des igned primarily to ent rap s ludge or debris for removal and to serve as a central liquid collection point.

1-7.92 Swash Partition. A vertical wall within a tank s t ructure des igned to control the unwanted m o v e m e n t of the fluid within that tank.

1-7.93 Wildland Fire Apparatus . Fire appara tus des igned for f ight ing wildland fires tha t is equ ipped with a p u m p having a capacity normal ly between 10 g p m and 500 g p m (38 L / r a in and 1900 L / r a in ) , a water tank, l imi ted hose and equ ipmen t , a n d that has p u m p and roll a n d capability.

1-8" Convers ion Factors. In this s tandard , values for m e a s u r e m e n t are followed by an equivalent in SI units, but only the value that first appears shall be cons idered as the r equ i rement , s ince the value in SI uni ts could be approximate . Table 1-8 provides the conversion factors that shall be used where SI uni ts are no t provided in the text or where m o r e precision is desired.

.... iiii~-i:.-. ..-ii;ii::T:~':~; 1-8 Convers ion Factors

. . : : : : - : : ; : : : : : : : : : . .

U.S. : : i~us?~: :Units SI Units "' . '[[l " f f : : . ' . .

1 g a l l ~ i i ~ i ' ~ n u t e : : i ~ ) . . : : i : . ' = - - =, 3.785 liters per minu te ( L / m i n )

........ ~:, . j .~ii~:9..n ~ : : m i n u t e (g#'kn) = 0.833 imperial gallons

. . ~ . . . . . . . . . . .

1-7.78 Ramp Breakover Angle. The angle measu red between two , "::~iiii-:: . . . . . . . (2) lines t angen t to the f ront and rear tire static loaded radius, and -! ........ ~ p o u n c r : ~ : : s ~ u a r e m c n ~ps~) intersect ing at a poin t on the unders ide of the vehicle that defines :i-~i~!i::.~ inch of ~ u r v (in H~) the largest r a m p over which the vehicle can roll. :i::::ii?:'::::~i::iii!iii~i~:i ............ ii . . . . . "

1-7.79 Rated Capacity (Water Pump). . The flow rate at whic.h......the "iiiii:..::~.:.:! ..... .-ii::;:" p u m p manufac tu r e r certifies compl iance of the p u m p wi.t~ii~ii::ii.: :!::::::::i 1 fooU(ft) r equ i rements set for th in this s tandard ./:::" .:-..:. '??: .:::

.... iiii::!:::. .!!!::? ... :-i!::~ii~quare inch ( i n . ) 1-7.80 Readily Accessible. Able to be located, reae~:~:~iiii~..r~#d~ii!i::::::::ii:i::....~:!i!!!~:: ii .... or r emoved wi thout removing other c o m p o n e n t s or parts'::~i~..~e .... :i'i'~i~"

s lal o e 1 mde er hou r (mph) appara tus and wi thout the need to u e spec" t~t~:*.o p ~i~ii:. " P e n c 1 o s u r e s . . . . . !i.-':ii:::" ===============================¢=== .... ::'::::::::::::::::::::.::::::¢::

.&::" "':-.:.::~:~:~:~::. ":'.'---:7-" 1-7.81 Reserve Capacity. The ability of ~ - ~ U e r y to s ~ h a .:=.f'i .... 1 p o u n d (Ib) m i n i m u m electrical load in the event o f ~ " ~ m g syste~i::~l~.ilure . . . . . • • -'-.:.:..~.. ¢.:.:. I norsepower knp) or a p ro longed charg ing system deficit. ".'-'~!~!!!~iii::=. .:!~!?

1-7.82 S tandard Cubic Feet per Minute (scfm). " ~ e s s i o n of airflow rate in which the airflow rate is corrected tdi::~Eandard t empera tu re and pressure. -:ii:::"

per m inu t e

= 6.895 kilopascals (kPa)

= 3.386 kilopascals (kPa)

= 25.40 mil l imeters (mm)

= 0.305 meters (m)

= 645.2 square mil l imeters ( ram z)

= 1.609 ki lometers per h o u r (kmph)

= 0.454 kilograms (kg)

0.746 kilowatts (kW)

Chapter 2 General Requirements

1-7.83 Shall. Indicates a manda to ry requ i rement .

I-7.84 Should. Indicates a r e c o m m e n d a t i o n or tha t which is advised but no t required.

1-7.85 Sign. A visual indicat ion whe the r in pictorial or word fo rmat that provides a warn ing to the operator or o ther persons near the apparatus .

1-7.86 Slip-on Fire-Fighting Module . Ase l f -con ta ined uni t that includes an auxiliary engine-driven pump , piping, a tank, and hose s torage that is des igned to be placed on a truck chassis, utility bed, flat bed, or trailer.

1-7.87 Slow-Operat ing Valve. A valve that has a m e c h a n i s m to prevent m o v e m e n t of the flow regulat ing e lement f rom the fully closed posi t ion to the fully opened posit ion or vice versa in less than 3 seconds.

1-7.88 Split Shaft PTO. A power takeoff (PTO) drive system that is inser ted between the chassis t ransmiss ion and the chassis drive axle and tha t has the shif t m e c h a n i s m necessary to direct the chassis engine power ei ther to the drive axle or to a fire p u m p or o ther accessory.

1-7.89 Suction Lift. The sum of the vertical lift a n d the friction and en t rance loss caused by the flow t h rough the intake strainers and hose expressed in feet of water head.

2-1 Legal Requ i rements . The appara tus shall comply with all applicable federal a n d state moto r vehicle laws and regulat ions.

2-2 Personnel Protection.

2-2.1 Guards or shields shall be provided where necessary to prevent injury of pe r sonne l by hot, moving, or rotat ing parts d u r in g n o n m a i n t e n a n c e operat ions .

2-2.2 Vehicular workmansh ip shall ensu re an opera t ing e n v i r o n m e n t free of accessible sharp project ions and edges.

2-2.3 Safety related (e.g., caution, warning, danger) signs shall mee t the r equ i r emen t s of ANSI Z535.4, Product Safety Signs and Labels.

2-3 Controls and Instructions.

2-3.1 All requi red signs, plates, and labels shall be p e r m a n e n t in nature , securely a t tached, and capable of wi ths tanding the effects of ext remes of weather and tempera ture .

2-$.2 No gage or visual display shall be more t han 84 in. (2134 ram) above the level where the opera tor s tands to read the ins t rument .

2-4 Component Protection. Hydraulic lines, air system tubing, control cables, and electrical l ines shall be cl ipped to the f rame or body s t ruc ture of the appara tus a n d shall be fu rn i shed with protective looms, g rommets , or o ther devices at each poin t where they pass t h r o u g h body panels or s t ructural m e m b e r s or wherever they lay against a sharp metal edge.

152

N F P A 1906 ~ N o v e m b e r 2000 R O P

Exception: Where a through-the-frame connector is provided, metal protective looms or grommets shall not be required.

2-5 Vehicle Stability.

2-5.1 The finished, fully loaded, and equipped vehicle shall mee t one of the following lwo criterizz

(a) The calculated center of gravity shall be no higher than 75 percent of the rear vehicle axle track width for a vehicle w i t h a GVWR of 35,000 lb (14,969 kg) or less, and 85 percen t of the rear vehicle axle track width for a vehicle with a GVWR ~reater than $$,000 lb (14,969 kg). The rear vehicle axle track width shall be measured f rom the center of the rear wheel assembly on one side of the vehicle to the center of the rear wheel assembly'on the other side.

(b) When the completed and fully loaded fire apparatus is placed on a tilt table with aggressive surface and without blocking of the down slope tires, a vehicle of 53,000 lb (14,969 kg) or less GVWR shall be able to be tilted to 30. degrees before lifting a f ront or rear tire. A vehicle with a GVWR greater than 33,000 lb (14,969 kg) shall be able to be tilted to 27 degrees before lifting a f ront or rear tire.

2-9.1. Road tests shall be conducted as detailed in 2-9.2 through 2- 9.4 to verify that the completed apparatus is capable of compliance with Section 2-7. The tests shall be conducted at such locations and in such a manne r so as no t to violate local, state, or federal traffic laws.

2-9.2 The apparatus shall be fully equipped and loaded as required in 3-1.1. The tests shall be conducted on dry, level, paved roads that are in ~ood condition. The engi.ne shall no t o p e r a t e i n excess of the maxamum governed speed.

2-9.$ Acceleration tests shall consist of two (2) runs in opposite directions over the same route.

2-9.3.1 The vehicle shall-attain a speed of 35 m p h (56 kmph) from a s tanding start within 25 seconds. ,,

2-9.3.2 ff the apparatus is designed to respond on public roads as an emergency vehicle, it shall attain a m i m m u m top speed of 50 m p h (80 kmph) .

2-9.4 The service brakes shall bring the: fully laden apparatus to a complete stop f rom an initial speed of 20 m p h (~2 kmph) in a distance no t exceeding $5 ft (10.7 m) by actual measurement on a

• . substantially hard, ..l~yel surface road that is free of loose material, 2-5.2* The front-to-rear weight distribution of the fully loaded oil, or grease. ,.<~:.~'~::. vehicle as def ined in Section 5-1 shall be within the limits set by the ~.-":"::" "'::% ' chassis manufacturer. The front axle loads shall no t be less than 2-10 Tests o . ~ . . v e r y . If acceptance test; are desired at the point the min imum axle loads specified by the chassis"manufacturer, of d e l i v e r y , ~ e y ' : ~ b e run in accordanct~ with the provisions of under full load and all o ther loading conditions, mis ~ . . . . ~ : . . a n c l ~t~.~&,.cluplicate the te,;ts ma t the purchaser

• spec~t~.~,..~...:.~-.., • "-:-'.ii-!i~i:..,~i:- 2-5.3 The difference in weight on the end of each axle, f rom side .:::':'~":~ " " '% " "::~:~::" to side, when the vehicle is fully loaded and equipped as def ined in 2-..l:..~Apl~-.atus Cer t . l f i~ ,bn ; The final stage manufacturer of the Section 3-1 shall not exceed 7 percent . . ~ t u s ~ a h ceruty me ronowmg: ..:.- ~.~:...-:~?..:.%-:~,-'..,, 2-6 /m~aratus Performance. " ( a ) ' ~ i [ w e i ~ h t of the comple ted apparatus, when fully loaded

- - " . and e q ~ d as def ined in Section 3-1 does no t exceed the GVWR 2-6.1" The apparatus shall mee t the requirements of this s tandard ""::~i~.~.'..:... and G A . ~ g s . at elevations up to 2000 ft (610 m) above sea level. ~'~!i~.'.'~::,:.~.~ -~i~ ~ "

% " ~ " ~ ' ) . i . : ~ . ~ m p l e t e unit, when fully loaded and equipped as 2-6.2* The apparatus shall mee t all the requirements of this %: .~ '~ . ' . : ~ ]~ Section 3-1, meets the weight distribution and vehicle s tandard while stationary on a grade of 20 percen t in any ~ o n . ~i~-~-"~tabili~'~'requirements, as def ined in Section 2-5.

. . ~ " " "" ~"~:~$.:":k ~:.~:.

2-6.3* The fire apparatus shall be des igned to p e r f o ~ l l its ~i~ ~ " ' ~ ) The unit meets all required federal s tandards per ta ining to functions in an ambient temperature of 32°F to110°.j~i.~.~:.G to ~'.:.~.~.~. -*.:: ~.t.~e manufacture and complet ion of the fire apparatus and the 43°C). "~ "::":::~:" ":?':;:+:":*::::::::':" ':":: ':::" m • "~'" ...::.:::-" -:.::~:~:~:~, .-.: :!:!.." anufacture shall affix a label or tag to the apparatus stating the

- " '~- : , " :~: * "-'-'-'.:-":'~" same. 2-7 Roadability. .~,~.~:!~:!:-.:-~:: .... :*~:~:-.'::. ~.~::~,, -, ~ ~...-'~.,.: ..::!:!:.::!:..-.:, ,::!:. 2-7.] The apparatus, when fully equippect.:~'d l o a d ~ i . . . d , e f i ~ : n 2-12 Data Required of the Contractor. The contractor shall Section 3-1, shall be capable of the f o l l ~ i ! p e r f o r m a ~ : o n ffry, supply, at the time of delivery, at least one copy of the following: paved roads in good condition: ":~ ~ .... "~i~i.".." (a) The manufacturer 's record of apparatus construction details,

x%#~... .~.~!:: including the following information: (a) From a standing start, the vehicle shall a t ~ s ~ d of 35

m p h (56 kmph) within 25 seconds on a level roa'd':~ii~iii~.~7 (1) Owner's name and address

(b)* If the apparatus is designed to respond on'~'ublic roads, it (2) Apparatus manufacturer , model , and serial numbe r shall attain a min imum top speed of 50 m p h (80 kmph) on a level road.

(c)* The 'appara tus shall be able to maintain a speed o f a t least 20 mph (32 kmph) on any grade up to and including 6 pei'cent. "

2-7.2* The vehicle shall be capable of maneuver ing across a 20 percen t grade and up and down a 25 percen t grade.

2-8 Serviceability.

2-8.1 The apparatus shall be designed so that all r e c o m m e n d e d daily main tenance checks can be pe r fo rmed by the operator without the need for hand tools. Apparatus components that interfe're with repair or removal of other major components shall be at tached with fasteners, such as capscrews and nuts, so that the componen t s can b e removed and installed with ordinary hand tools. These components shall no t be welded or otherwise permanent ly secured into place.

2-8.2 Where special tools are required for rout ine service on any c o m p o n e n t of the apparatus, such tools shall be provided with the apparatus.

2-8.3 At least two (2) copies of a complete, detailed operat ion and service manual for the apparatus shall be provided. This manual shall include the chassis, pump, wiring diagrams, lubrication charts, and fire-fighting equ ipment for that apparatus.

2-9 Road Tests.

(3) Chassis make, model , and serial numbe r

( 4 ) GAWR of f ront and rear axles

(5) Front tire size and total rated capacity in pounds

(6) Rear tire size and total rated capacity in pounds

(7) Chassis weight distribution i n p o u n d s with water and manufacturer m o u n t e d equipment (front and rear)

(8) Engine inake, model , serial number , ra ted horsepower and related speed per SAEJ690, Certificates of lVlaximura Net Horsepower for Motor Trucks and Truck Tractors, and governed speed

(9) Type of fuel and fuel tank capacity

(10) Electricalsystem vo l t ageand alternator output in amperes

(11) Battery make, model , and capacity in Cold Cranking Amperes .(CCA)

(I2) Chassis transmission make, model , and serial number; if so equipped, chassis ixansmission PTO(s) make, model, and gear

. ratio

(13) Pump make, model , rated capacity" in gallons per minute (liters per minute where applicable) and serial number

(14) Pump transmission make, model , serial number , and gear ratio

153


(15) Auxiliary pump make, model, rated capacity in gallons per minute (liters per minute where appl icable)and serial number

(16) Water tank certified capacity in gallons or liters

(17) Paint numbers

(18) Company name and signature of responsible company representative

(b) The pump manufacturer ' s certification of sucdon capability.

(c) The pump manufacturer 's certification of hydrostatic test.

(d) The certification of inspection and test by the pump manufacturer or contractor.

(e) Weight documents from a certified scale showing actual loading on the front axle, rear axle(s), and overall vehicle (with the water tank full but without personnel , equipment , and hose) Exception: When a slip-on unit is supplied without a chassis

(tO The ASME certification for any pressure vessels or receiving tanks and a certificate from the air compressor manufacturer stating the maximum capacity of the compressor at the rated pressure and the maximum rated pressure, if the apparatus is equ ipped with a CAFS.

Chapter 3 Chassis and Vehicle Components

3-1" Carrying Capacity.

3-2.2 Cooling System.

3-2.2.1" The cooling system of the engine shall be adequate to maintain a temperature in the engine at or below the engine manufacturer ' s maximum tempera ture rating unde r all conditions for which the apparatus is designed.

3-2.2.2 Drain valves shall be installed at the lowest point of the cooling system and protected.

3-2.2.3 The radiator shall be moun ted to prevent the development of leaks caused by twisting or straining where the apparatus operates over uneven ground. Radiator cores shall be compatible with commercial antifreeze solutions.

3-2.3 Lubrication System.

3-2.3.1" The engine shall be provided with a replaceable-element oil filter of the type approved by the engine manufacturer.

3-2.3.2 The engine oil fill-pipe shall be large enough and located so as to allow easy filling.

3-2.3.3 A pe rmanen t plate in the driving compar tment shall specify the quantity and ~ e of the following fluids used in the vehicle:

(1) Engine oi[.#-.!i::~!::!::ili'--: ....

( 2 ) E n g i n ~ : - . ' ~ . . . a . r l t x-:.",

(3) C ~ . . t r a P ~ i o n fluid

( 4 )..~!~#u'~:~:~m s mi s ~ : : : ~ . ~ r i cati o n fluid

3-1.1" The GAWR and GVWR of the chassis shall be adequate to ..::{~}..::..Pu~: pr imer flui~iff • ::i::" "-::::i:i:i:i::.. .:i::.::i:!::..

carry the fully equipped apparatus, including full water tanks, fuel " (6i::ii~i~}.;ve'~le(s) lubrication fluid tanks, and all o ther full reservoirs; the apparatus designed hose load; the equipped personnel weight; and a miscellaneous and :~iR ........ (7) A i : ~ : ~ f i o n i n g refrigerant minor equ ipmen t allowance. The miscellaneous and minor equipment allowance shall be at least equal to the weight as shown "t.ii:iii::i~iii!iiiiiiiiiii...(.:~:)..::.:.Air_~ditioning lubrication oil

in Table 3-1.1. ::~ik :::.:i;-'i:9:i':~'er steering fluid .::::.::::-" ..::::."

• ..::#iii::i::i::::i::i::?:ii .... t~:z '" Table 3-1.1 Minimum Miscellaneous E q u i p m ~ : . . . . . . . i~ii! ~!iii:::::~:~il0) Cab flit mechanism fluid

Allowance ======================== 5:::.)::i ..... ":!!..ii::i'::"(ll) Transfer case fluid " " ""'.:!::]::.'::...:.-::.;" ......... Rt!i::ii--.:::.@ ..... 1

Chassis GVWR Equip.~....~..*..Weig~iiii::::t .... "::::::-:~ ..... ( 2 ) Equ ipment rack fluid

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ::i-~i l b k s ...........

5,000 - 10,000 2268 - 4536 .:i'i~:!i::~ ":iii~

10,001-15,000 4537 : 6803 5~ii!i}:ii:.

15,001 - 20,000 6804 - 9072 1000 '::t!~::-~¢ii!::454

20,001 - 26,000 9073 - 11,804 1500 :::" 681

26,000 and up 11,805 and up 2000 908

3-1.2 The equipped personnel weight shall be calculated at 250 lb (113 kg) per person multiplied by the number of seating positions on the apparatus.

3-1.3" The final-stage manufacturer shall affix a certification label or tag certifying that the unit meets all required federal or national standards per ta ining to the manufacturer and complet ion of the fire apparatus on which the certification label or tag is affixed,- including GVWR and GAWR.

3-2 Engine and Engine System Design.

3-2.1" An engine governor or electronic fuel control system shall be installed that will limit the speed of the engine under all conditions of operat ion to that speed established by the engine manufacturer; this shall be the maximum governed speed.

3-2.1.1" Automatic engine shutdown systems shall be permit ted where they are an integral part of the s tandard engine management system. They shall also be permit ted to automatically shut down the pump drive engine when the pump is out of water, provided the system must be manually armed.

3-2.1.2 The engine and transmission installation shall mee t the engine and transmission manufacturer ' s installation recommenda t ions for the service in tended.

(13) CAFS Air compressor system lubricant

3-2.4 Fuel and Air System.

3-2.4.1 Diesel Engines.

3-2.4.1.1" A dry-type air filter shall be provided. Air inlet restrictions shall no t exceed the engine manufacturer ' s recommendat ions . The air inlet shall be protec ted to prevent burn ing embers and water from enter ing the air intake system.

3-2.4.1.2" The fuel supply lines and fuel filters shall mee t the engine manufacturer ' s recommendat ions .

3-2.4.1.3" Where an electric fuel pr iming system is furnished, the valving and piping shall be ar ranged and marked with a label so that it can be opera ted only to repr ime the fuel system. When the system is not being intentionally operated, it shall be isolated f rom the fuel system and inoperable.

3-2.4.2 Gasoline Engines.

3-2.4.2.1 A dry-type air filter shall be provided. Air inlet restrictions shall no t exceed the engine manufac turer ' s recommendat ions . The air inlet shall be protected so as to prevent burning embers and water from entering the air intake system.

3-2.4.2.2 All fuel lines and filters or strainers shall mee t the engine manufacturer ' s recommendat ions , along with the requirements found in 49 CFR 393 E (fuel systems). "/'he fuel line(s) shall be located or protected, so as not to be subjected to excessive heating from any port ion of a vehicle exhaust system. The line(s) shall be protected from mechanical damage.

3-2.5* Exhaust System. The exhaust piping and discharge outlet shall be located or shielded so as not to expose any port ion of the apparatus or equ ipment to excessive heating. Exhaust pipe discharge shall be d i rec ted away f rom the p u m p operator ' s position. Silencing devices shall be provided. Exhaust back pressure shall no t exceed the limits specified by the engine manufacturer. Where parts of the exhaust system are exposed in a

154


m a n n e r l ike ly to cause in ju ry to o p e r a t i n g p e r s o n n e l , s u i t a b l e p ro t ec t i ve g u a r d s sha l l b e p rov ided .

3-3 V e h i c l e C o m p o n e n t s .

3-$.1 Braking System.

3-3.1.1" W h e r e a i r - ac tua t ed b r a k i n g sys tems a re p rov ided , t hey sha l l i n c l u d e the fo l lowing:

(1) An a u t o m a t i c m o i s t u r e e j ec to r

(2) An a i r d r i e r

(3) A p r e s s u r e p r o t e c t i o n valve to p r e v e n t t he use of a i r h o r n s or o t h e r a i r - o p e r a t e d accessor ies w h e n the sys tem's a i r g~_ge p r e s s u r e d r o p s b e l o w 80 psi (552 kPa)

3-$.1.2" P a r k i n g b rakes shal l c o n t r o l the r e a r w h e t s , o r a l l wheels , a n d shal l be of t he posi t ive, m e c h a n i c a l l y a c t u a t e d type. T h e p a r k i n g b r a k e sys tem shal l h o l d the fu l ly l o a d e d a p p a r a t u s on a t l eas t a 20 p e r c e n t grade . A Iockup dev ice to r e t a i n a p p l i e d p re s su re on hydrau l i ca l ly a c t u a t e d serv ice b r a k e systems, or the use of the "pa rk" p o s i t i o n on a n a u t o m a t i c t r a n s m i s s i o n sha l l n o t be s u b s t i t u t e d for a s e p a r a t e p a r k i n g b r a k e system.

$-3.3.1" T h e t r a n s m i s s i o n sha l l be r a t e d for heavy d u t y serv ice a n d sha l l be d e s i g n e d to m a t c h e n g i n e t o r q u e a n d s p e e d to flae l o a d d e m a n d . T h e t r a n s m i s s i o n sha l l p r o v i d e the d r ive r wi th t he s e l e c t i o n of i n d i v i d u a l gea r s or r a n g e s of gea r s n e c e s s a r y to m e e t t he p e r f o r m a n c e r e q u i r e m e n t s of this s t anda rd .

3-3.3.2* T h e t r a n s m i s s i o n sha l l a l l ow the 'vehicle to f u n c t i o n a n d o p e r a t e s m o o t h l y at 2 m p h (3.2 k m p h ) .

3-3.3.3 P o w e r T r a i n Capab i l i ty .

3-3.3.3.1 All c o m p o n e n t s i n the p o w e r t ra in , f r o m the e n g i n e to t he p u m p , a n d f r o m the e n g i n e to t he d r i v ing axles , sha l l be c a p a b l e o f t r a n s m i t t i n g ava i l ab le t o r q u e n e c e s s a r y to power t he p u m p , as i n s t a l l e d i n t he appa ra tu s , fo r t he p u m p p e r f o r m a n c e ra t ing , w i t h o u t e x c e e d i n g t he c o m p o n e n t m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s c o n t i n u o u s d u t y t o r q u e / s p e e d i n g ra t ing .

3-3.3.3.2 W h e n p u m p i n g c o n t i n u o u s l y a t each of t he p u m p p e r f o r m a n c e p o i n t s spec i f i ed i n 7-1.1, 7-1.2, or 7-1.3, l u b r i c a n t t e m p e r a t u r e s in any p o w e r t r a in c o m p o n e n t i n s t a l l e d in t he a p p a r a t u s f r o m the e n g i n e to t he p u m p shal l n o t e x c e e d the c o m p o n e n t m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s r e c o m m e n d a t i o n for m a x i m u m t e m p e r a t u r e .

3-3.1.3 T h e service b r a k e s sha l l be c a p a b l e of b r i n g i n g t he fu l ly 3-3.4 Fue l Tanks,!~i::iiiiii~.::x

l a d e n apparatus, to. a c o m p l e t e s top from. a n in i t i a l s p e e d of 20 m p h 3-~.~,1" A-- rml~" :":~-": m ot~ a singte" o r i g i n a l e q u i p m e n t m a n u f a c t u r e r (32 k m p h ) , i n a d t s t ance n o t e x c e e d i n g 35 f t (10.7 m) by ac tua l . . . . . . . . . . t . . ~ [ ~ . m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

| 1 • • e l • . ~ r i l . U g l I d l l [ l h ~ t , ] [~ l l U~.]cc_dal~[ I ILiLLI~U, g ~ J . l y d k U l J d u u t l ~ g / t i U U I ~ a L K . l l l IA:I.IIM U I m e a s u r e m e n t on a narct level su r l a ce r o a a m a t is t r ee o t loose .:.:.:.::- ~,'-..:.-::::::-:- , , ~ o , o ~ ~ , 0 . . . . ' ' compon..e49, t~:.~nall ~ . t , ,t~ t.,rr~ ovo r~ l,uet ,.,,ysterns. m a t e r i a l Oll o r ease ..:::...:.. .':::-:. .-:'.:.:.:~.:.:-~

~&9. ! A * A l l . . . . . . . . ~ q t h ~ (~.X/-XA/'~ n f k l q f ~ / 3 0 l h t i f f 9 .9J~ L-o~ " . ~ 3 - 3 . 4 . $ ~ * : ~ : ~ ' ~ ] [ n e a r t ~ 3 ~ fill o p e n i n g s h a l l i n d i c a t e t h e p r o p e r . . . . . . . . . . vr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . , -~ , . . . . b~ - - fue~l-:.-'s ¢ ~ :. 'i:i:i::" g r e a t e r sha l l be e q u i p p e d wi th an aux i l i a ry b r a k i n g system. ..::i::::'7~:. ":!::"::, .~.~:" " - - 3 " "* - - " s . . . . . . . ~3 : ! i~ .~ : .~ i : .~ . .nk fill p i p i n g sha l l be pos i t i ) n e d so i t is p r o t e c t e d 3-" . 1 . ~ Any u m e a . e c o n a a r y DraKlng ctevme, s u c n as t r a n s m i s s i o n ~ "::~:-':::-::~'-- " ¢" , - - - - - . , - - ~ . , . , , . . . , . . . . . . . . i r o m ml*~nanlca l a a m a g e o, urlnl~ m e nornqlal use o i rifle t i r e r e t a r a e r s , a n a e x n a u s t r e s t r i c t ion crevices is used , Uaey sna i l nave a "-:::..::::% , , , . , ~ - ~, . ~ . . . . . . . . . . . ~..~,.k , . , , • ~ , r , ~ ~¢4" a u r i ~ ~ w ~ . e r o s a . ~ a ; t l o . . . . . . apparatt~.$~!~0ct.pom m e t a n k anct m e n u p i p i n g snai l De pos luone ,a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :"~:~:~::::-::,...~-:...:,. s o they a r ' ~ . * ' : : ~ x o o s e d to h e a t f r o m the e x h a u s t sys tem or o t h e r 3-3.2 S u s p e n s i o n a n d Whee l s . - ~ : . r . . . c e of ! # l i o n ;

3-3 2 1 E a c h load-be-wing t i re a n d r i m of t he a p p a r a t u s sha l l n o t ":::~ -~ : " : "%"" "'""~-~--.g#gSi:~-~-:asoline f u e l e d chassis sha l l have ~d~w above n o r m a l fuel carry a w e i g h t in excess of the r e c o m m e n d e d l o a d for the...:!!¢#::iiiiii~::." "~i~-]evel,4/C, l t h t ank f u e l p i c k u p s in 49 CFR '493.67, Liquid fuel tanks.

o p e r a t i o n of tru%k.tires o f tl~.e size used, as p ubhshed , t~:~.~ e "%i~i :~::i!:~ 5 T o w i n g A t t a c h m e n t P o i n t s a n d H a r d w a r e . Tow h o o k ( s ) or ][earnOOK OI m e l l r e a n n m m ~ o c l a t l o n , i n c . , or as.~:~:~. ~,.:-. . ..:~:r. , , , - , t . , ,- ., ., , . . . . . , - - - ~.:.';~:::~- • .~:-.-,:-:-.- cg- ::'::.~w eye ts ) snai l De a t tacnec t curecnv to m e I r a m e s t ruc tu r e , to r e c o m m e n a e o ny tlae tare m a n u t a c t u r e r w n e n m e a p p a ~ u~, ~¢::':::~:#-~::,. ~-.~:-" . . ,, ~ ., ~ . - • _ _ . _. , . ~ . ~ . ~ .. , ,. _ -...::::: :.-::, ...:::*- ======================== prov~cte a m e a n s to a l low r e c o v e r y f r o m m e t r o n t a n a rear . loactect as lnotca tec t in ~ec t lon 3-1. t ~ompl l ance sna i l De "z ::~:-'.' ::" ":::::::::::::::.~" ~,. . , ,, ~ . . . . . , . . . . , . , . , . . . . :~* :sx -- "~--'.:." raarctware sna i l nave a Clear anct unoostru ,z tecl access. c te te rmlnect Dy w e l g n l n g m e l o a n suppor tec t D y ~ e s . L"Z KCJa

wi th all movab l e loads l o c a t e d , as t h e y ~ ~ t ~'~iii~::.: ¢ axle , a p p a r a t u s in service. ...,.~ii!:." "%11 i~i!i~ :~:'" C h a p t e r 4 Low-Vol tage E lec t r i ca l Sys t ems and Warning Devices

3-3.2.2* T h e m i n i m u m ax le h o u s i n g c l ~ . : . a n d g r o t ~ " c l e a r a n c e sha l l be as spec i f i ed in T a b l e $-3.2]~i!::ii-i .... " • . 4-1" Gene ra l . Any 12-volt or 24-volt e l ec t r i ca l sys tems or w a r n i n g

~ - ~ i j i # ' : : " " devices in s t a l l ed o n t he f i re a p p a r a t u s sha l l be a p p r o p r i a t e for the

T a b l e 3-3.2.2 U n d e r - V e h i c l e C l e a r a ~ :~

- Chassis GVWR Axle Housing Ground Clearance Clearance

lb k~ in." m m m. rnm

5,000 - 10,000 2,268 - 4,536 6 152 9 229

10,001 - 15,000 4 , 5 3 7 - 6,803 8 203 1 2 - 305

15,001 - 20,000 6,804 - 9,072 9 229 13 330

20,001 - 26,000 9,073 - 11,804 10 254 15 381

26,001 a n d u p 11,805 a n d u p 10 254 15 381

$-3.2.3* A p p a r a t u s sha l l have a m i n i m u m of 20 d e g r e e ang le d e p a r t u r e a n d 20 d e g r e e a n g l e of a p p r o a c h , w h e n fu l ly l oaded .

3-3.2.4 C l e a r a n c e for f i re cha in s sha l l be p r o v i d e d in a c c o r d a n c e wi th SAE J683, Tire Chain Clearance-Trucks, Buses, and Combinations of Vehicles..

3-3.2.5 T h e s t e e r i n g m e c h a n i s m sha l l be c apab l e of t u r n i n g the f r o n t whee l s to a n a n g l e of a t l eas t 30 d e g r e e s to e i t h e r t he f i g h t or le f t for n o n - d r i v i n g f r o n t axles, a n d a t l eas t 28 d e g r e e s for d r i v ing f r o n t axles . P o w e r s t e e r i n g or power -ass i s ted s t e e r i n g sha l l be p r o v i d e d .

3-3.3 T r a n s m i s s i o n .

service i n t e n d e d a n d shal l m e e t t he spec i f ic r e q u i r e m e n t s of C h a p t e r 4.

4-2 Wir ing . All e l ec t r i ca l c i r cu i t f e e d e r w i r i n g s u p p l i e d a n d ins t a l l ed by the a p p a r a t u s m a n u f a c t u r e r sha l l m e e t the r e q u i r e m e n t s of 4-2.1 t h r o u g h 4-2.8.

4-2.1" T h e wire shal l be s t r a n d e d c o p p e r or c o p p e r a l loy c o n d u c t o r s of a gage r a t e d to carry 125 p e r c e n t o f t he m a x i m u m c u r r e n t for w h i c h the c i r cu i t is p r o t e c t e d . Vo l t age d r o p s in al l w i r i ng f r o m the p o w e r sou rce to t he u s i n g dev ice sha l l n o t e x c e e d 10 p e r c e n t . T h e use of s ta r washe r s f o r c i r cu i t g r o u n d c o n n e c t i o n s sha l l n o t be p e r m i t t e d . All c i rcu i t s sha l l o the rwi se be w i r e d in c o n f o r m a n c e wi th SAEJ1292 , Automobile, 'Truck, Truck-Tractor, Trailer, and Motor Coach Wiring.

4-2.2 Wiring and W i r e H a r n e s s Construction.

4-2.2.1 I n s u l a t e d W i r e and Cable. All i n s u l a t e d wi re a n d cab le sha l l c o n f o r m to SAEJ1127 , Battery Cable; SAEJ1128 , Low Tension Primary Cable, type SXL, GXL or TXL; or SAEJ1560 , Low Tension Thin Wall Primary Cable.

4-2.2.1.1 All c o n d u c t o r s sha l l be c o n s t r u c t e d in a c c o r d a n c e wi th S A E J l 1 2 7 , Battery Cable; SAEJ1128 , Low Tension Primary Cable; or SAEJ1560, Low Tension Thin Wall Primary Cable; e x c e p t w h e n good. e n g i n e e r i n g p r a c t i c e d i c t a t e s spec ia l s t r a n d c o n s t r u c u o n . C o n d u c t o r m a t e r i a l s a r id s t r a n d i n g , o t h e r .than c o p p e r , sha l l be p e r m i t t e d if a l l a p p l i c a b l e r e q u i r e m e n t s fo r physical , e lec t r ica l , a n d e n v i r o n m e n t a l c o n d i t i o n s a re m e t as d i c t a t e d by the e n d a p p l i c a t i o n .

4-2.2.1.2 Physical a n d d i m e n s i o n a l values of c o n d u c t o r i n s u l a t i o n sha l l be in c o n f o r m a n c e wi th t he r e q u i r e m e n t s o f SAE J1127,

155


Battery Cable; SAEJl128, Low Tension Primary Cable; or SAEJ1560, Low Tension Thin Wall Primary Cable; except when good engineer ing practice dictates special conductor insulation.

4-2.2.2 The overall covering of conductors shall be moisture- resistant loom or braid. This covering shall have a min imum continuous rating of 194°F (90°C) except when good engineer ing practice dictates special consideration for loom installations exposed to higher temperatures.

4-2.3 The overall covering of jacketed cables shall be moisture resistant and have a min imum continuous temperature rating of 194°F (90°C) except when good engineer ing practice dictates special consideration for cable installations exposed to higher temperature.

4-2.4 All wiring connect ions and terminations shall use a me thod that provides a positive mechanical and electrical connect ion and shall be installed in accordance with the device manufacturer 's instructions. Wire nut, insulation displacement, and insulation piercing connect ions shall no t be used.

4-2.5 Wiring shall be restrained to prevent damage caused by chafing or ice buildup, and protected against heat, liquid contaminants, or other environmental factors.

4-2.6* Wiring shall be uniquely identified at least every 2 ft (0.6 m) by color coding or pe rmanen t marking with a circuit function code. The identification shall reference a wiring schema. [See 2- ll.3(b).]

4-2.7 Circuits shall be provided with properly rated low-voltage overcurrent protective devices. Such devices shall be readily accessible and protected against heat in excess of the overcurrent device's design range, mechanical damage, and water spray. Circuit protect ion shall be accomplished by utilizing fuses, circuit

(g)* Other warning devices and electrical loads def ined by the purchaser as critical to the mission of the apparatus

4-3.3* The condit ion of the low-voltage electrical system shall be moni tored by a system that provides an audible and visual warning to persons on, in, or near the apparatus of an impending electrical system failure caused by the excessive discharge of the battery set. The charge status of the battery shall be de te rmined either by direct measurement of the battery charge or indirectly by moni tor ing the system voltage. If system voltage is moni tored, the alarm shall sound if the system voltage at the battery or at the master load disconnect switch drops below 11.8 volts for 12-volt nominal systems or 23.6 volts for 24-volt nominal systems for more than 120 seconds.

4-3.4 A voltmeter shall be moun ted on the driver's ins t rument panel to allow direct observation of the system voltage.

4-3.5 Load Management.

4-3.5.1" If the total connected electrical load exceeds the minimum continuous electrical output rating of the installed alternator(s) operat ing under the condit ions specified in 4-3.1, an automatic electrical load managemen t system shall be required.

4-3.5.2 The m i n i ~ . . . c o n t i n u o u s electrical loads def ined in 4-3.2 shall not be s ~ i c t t~::!~utomatic load management .

4-4* Batter.~:," "::%iiiii::!~ ....

4-4.1 B:*.~:~.shali::i~ii~.f the high-cycle type.

4 - 4 . ~ h ¢ . ba'ttery system:i?~il be able to restart the engine after ~.~in~!~.~. .e minimur~::'continuous electrical load for at least 10 "$:fiii~j~s .~t-~:.the engine off. The min imum cont inuous electrical load"~i~not ' : 'ctischa-rge the battery system by more than 50 percent

breakers, fusible links or solid state equivalent devices. If a .::: ..... of the r :~ . .ve c.~nacity rating during the 10-minute period. -.-...-.-.-~. "::~iiiiiiiii::.:.::!!::" mechanical type device is used, it shall conform to one of the :i::{ii~::~iiii!!ii!i: .4r4..3 The t ~ : e r y system CCA rating shall meet or exceed the following SAE standards: :.-':. ""'::~'~.u..O3:--~C~A recommenda t ions of the engine manufacturer.

:!~!:. ...::Y"'-:-::::i::!::i~i!i!:: (1) SAE J156, Fusible Links ":{ik.:¢i~I-4.4 . ~ ' e batteries shall be moun ted to prevent movement during (2) SAEJS53, Circuit Breakers ..g':.#~i~iiiiiiii{ii-: "~iiiikappm~atus operat ion and shall be protected against road spray.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . !~::::ii!i~iii~:il. :iiiiii. i . . . . . . . . . . ':i.ii!!~4.1* The batteries shall be readily accessible for examination, (3) o ,a_ t~ j~ Jztectr~c ruses i~artnage ~ype) ........ :::-. : ......... :. ".-.:-" ,

' ":" :':.'..'ii'i':-.....:i!:;':"":'-ii!:!!:!:~!i::.:....:ii:i-":" test, anct mmntenance .

(4) SAEJ1888, H,gh Current Time Lag Electnc...,:Fus!es. "-::i:iiiii::i i .... " ........ 4-4.4.2* Where an enclosed battery compar tment is provided, it (5) SAE a12077, Miniature Blade T~C,e.,r Elect'~f~'~':"~i:'::'i!~::"..~ ::i:~:i~:i:i::. "~:~!::~ii::i::ii::.....::ii!:'..:_:i:i:i_.. shall be ventilated to the exterior to prevent the buildup of heat

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . :.:.:.- and explosive fumes. The batteries shall also be protected against 4-2.8 Switches, relays, terminals, and c o ~ . g r s shall l a ' ~ : a dl~:ect vibration and temperatures that exceed the battery manufacturer 's current (dc) rating of 125 percent of m'~i / i~: : .~zurrent ~'~ which the circuit is protected.

4-3 Power Supply. "::iiii~iii::iii#:i"

4 - 3 . 1 " A 12-volt or 24-volt electrical al ternator shaltE::be provided. It shall have a min imum output at idle to meet the min imum cont inuous electrical load of the apparatus as def ined in 4-3.2, at 200°F (93°C) ambient tempera ture within the engine compartment , and shall be provided with full automatic regulation.

4-3.2 The min imum continuous electrical load shall consist of the total amperage required to simultaneously operate the following in a stationary mode during emergency operations:

(a) The propuls ion engine and transmission

(b) All clearance and marker lights, headlights, and other electrical devices manda ted by the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 108, Lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment, and other laws or regulations

(c) The radio(s) at a duty cycle of 10 percent transmit and 90 percent receive. For calculation and testing purposes, a default value of 5 amperes cont inuous shall be used.

(d) The lighting necessary to produce 1 footcandle (11 Ix) of illumination on all walking surfaces on the apparatus and on the ground at all egress points onto and off the apparatus, 5 footcandles (54 Ix) of i l lumination on all control and ins t rument panels, and 50 percen t of the total compar tment lighting loads

(e) The min imum optical warning system required in Section 4- 8, where the apparatus is blocking the right-of-way

(f) The cont inuous electrical current required to simultaneously operate any water pumps and hydraulic pumps

recommendat ion .

4-4.5 A master load disconnect switch shall be provided between the starter solenoid(s) and the remainder of the electrical loads on the apparatus. The batteries shall be connec ted directly to the starter solenoid(s) . Electronic control systems and similar devices shall be permit ted to be otherwise connec ted if so specified by their manufacturer.

4-4,5.1 The alternator shall be wired directly to the batteries th rough the ammete r shunt(s) , if one is provided, and not through the master load disconnect swltch.

4-4.5.2" A green "battery on" pilot light that is visible f rom the driver's position shall be provided.

4-4.6 To minimize the load placed on the electrical system during apparatus start-up for an emergency response, a sequential switching device shall be permi t ted to energize the optical warning devices requi red in 4-3.2 and other high-current devices. Where incorporated, the switching device shall first energize the electrical devices required in 4-3.2 within 5 seconds.

4-5 Starting Device.

4-5.1 An electrical starting device shall be provided for the engine.

4-5.2 Where the electrical starting device is operat ing under maximum load, the voltage drop of the conductors between the battery and the starting device shall be in accordance with SAE J541, Voltage Drop for Starting Motor Circuits.

4-6 Temperature Exposure. Any alternator, electrical starting device, ignition wiring, distributor, or ignition coil shall be moisture resistant and protected such that it is no t exposed to a tempera ture that exceeds the c o m p o n e n t manufacturer 's r ecommenda t ions .

156


4-7* Electromagnetic Interference. Electromagnetic interference suppression shall be provided, as required, to satisfy the radiation limits specified inSAE J551-2, Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Disturbance Characteristics of Vehicles, Motorboats and Spark- Ignited Engine-Driven Devices. The purchaser shall indicate if testing and certification under SAEJ551-2 is required.

4-8 Optical Warning Devices. Each apparatus that responds on public roads as an eraergency vehicle shall have a system of optical warning devices that meets or exceeds the requirements of 4-8.1 through 4-8.13.

4-8.1 For the purpose of defining and measurin~ the required optical performance, the system sh~dl each be d~vided iiato four warning zones. The four zones shall be de te rmined by drawing lines through the geometr ic center of the apparatus at 45 degrees to a line lengthwise of the apparatus th rough the geometr ic center. The four zones shall be designated A, B, C, and D in a clockwise direction with zone A to the f ront of the apparatus as shown in Figure 4-8.1.

4-8.9.1 The min imum flash rate of any optical source shall be 75 flkshes per minute, and the min imum number of flashes at any measurement point shall be 150 flashes per minute.

Steady burn ing nonfiashing optical sources shall be permit ted to be used. The optical energyprovrded by these nonflashing o~tical sources shall no t be i n c l u d e d i n the calculations of the zone s total optical power.

4-8.9.2 The flasher of any current- interrupted flashing device shall otherwise mee t the requirements of SAE J1054, Warning Lamp Alternating Flashers.

4-8.10" Permissible colors or combinatiom; of coiors in each zone, within the constraints imposed by applicable laws and regulations, shall be as shown in Table 4-8.10. All colors shall be as specified in SAEJ578, Co/or Specification, for white, red, yellow, or blue.

Table 4-8.10 Zone Colors

Color Calling for Rilght-of-Way . . . . Blockinlg Right-of-Way.

~ / Red ,:~........,. Any zone Any zone

~ ~ Blue ~:~'~::::~f';:~.~d'l~ r. o n e Anyy zoile Zone D Yellow :::'~'~!::"::;"~$~'.~9.. Y zo except A An zone

t l ~ ~ 11 ] ~ 7 Wh~.'."::.. ":~iiii:: " ~ n e exc ep t C Not permit ted • .:.:~:..'.'.'(:~:.:.,. %. , .'...'..'..v. . . . . . ~ . . . . . .

Zone C Zone A .~-':'" "<::": "<%{~i~-":"

lmll_ / 1 [ ' , , II t ,,on, ~'::,:~ia, l ~ e m e n t s ~or the Optical Warning Light System.

~ ) / 11 " ~ , x ] [ )L-~ A L ~ = e : ~ r more optical warning devices shall be moun ted as / _ _ ~ ::~:.< .... high a s ' ~ . 5 . . ~ l . They shall be permit ted to be combined in one

/ Zone ~ ~ . "~::-'.i(~.,.::.~r more e i~ i~ 'ures and shall be permit ted to be m o u n t e d on the / ~ ::~-["~:~"~ii~'~:9.9f O~i'~y other convenient point. <:::. - ~-~.-:~..:.~.::.-:."

/ ~ ":iii!..:~.l'~"~i~ne or more lower-level optical warning devices shall be ~ i ~ ':~i!.."..?"mout~d as close as practical to each f ron t corner of the apparatus

, ..::~::: %-~ - ~ the opdcal center of the device at a distance between 18 in. 17;, . . . . . . . . . ~, . . . . . ¢ . . . . t ~ l ~ ; ~ o .-"!~i~:" ... : ~ ' d 62 in. (457 mm and 1575 ram) above level ground

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . f:~i ~i'~::'::?''~' ""~:.-'~? ' 48 11 3 For each operat ing mode, the combined optical power of ~vo.z ~acn opucal warning aevace snalt De lnstaneG on me~'.'.~:~:.'6"., ":<::::':!::~" _ , ".~" . . . . . . . , - -s d c . . . . . . . . . . ~+z~" . <-~-~. all m e optlcal sources mountect on DOra trte upper and lower levels apparam an onnec ten to m e apparatus s el ....-~.~tem::.~:: . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . ~ i ~ : . : , , '..:.:z:~.%, .<:::- shall meet or exceed the zone s total optacal power reqmrements accoraance w]m m e requtrements ot m~s s.t~roarct a t ' ~ . ~ e "::~:~:~.~" . . . . . . . . . . ~-8.'-::.:.:~ Shown in l a d l e ff-~ 11 3 requirements of the manufacturer of the ~ c e . ' " ~ . <..'~V " " •

A:.::::~:. -::,, <:k::~ ":~ . . . . • , . . . . . . . . . . ":~". ~.":_-"~-: . . . . . ~i:.'.g~--, ~ 4-8.11.4 No redly]dual measurement point shall be less than that ,~-o.a .~ master OOUCal warning aewce sw]tcn'~a~t energ]z~.'all ot . • ~ . , -- . . . .

shown in l a d l e %-15 11 ,5 the optical warn,ng devices shall be provided~'::-~.::, f f • " " " "~':'~:?':'::" <~:" 0 " " " .~ 4-8 12 Tests o f ucal Warren Dewces 4-8.4 The optical warning system on the fire a p p ~ ' i a a l l be " P g "

capable of two separate signaling modes during e ~ ' g e n c y operations. One mode shall signal toArivers and i3edestrians that devices including those tested under SAEJ595, Flashing Warning the apparatus is responding to an emergency and ~s calling for the right-of-way. The o ther mode shall signal that the apparatus is s topped and is blocking the right;of-way.

48.5* A switching system shall b e provided that senses the" posit ion of the parking brake or the park position of an automatic transmission. When the master optical warning system switch is closed and the parking brake is released or the automatic , transmission is no t in park, the warning devices signaling the call for the right-of-way shall be energized. W h e n the master optical warning system switch is closed and the parking brake is on or the automatic transmission is in park, the warning devices signaling the blockage of the right-of-way shall be energized. The system shall be permi t ted to have a me thod of modifying the two signaling modes.

4-8.6 The optical warning devices shall be constructed or arranged so as to avoid the projection of light, ei ther direcdy or through m!rrors, into any driving 6"r crew comp~tf f ient (s ) .

4-8.7 The f ront opt icafwarning devices sh]ill be placed so ~s to maintain the maximum p0ssible sepai-ation f rom the head l igh t s . - I, . - , _ 4-8.8 The optical sources on each level shall be Of sufficient number and arranged so that failure o f a single optical source does not create a measurement point, in any zone on the same level as the failed optical source, without a warning signal at a distance of 100 ft (30 m) f rom the geometr ic center of the apparatus.

4-8.12.1 Mechanieal and Environmental Test. All optical warning

Lamps for Authorized Emefg~ency, Maintemance, and Service Vehicles, and SAEJ1318, _Gaseous Dzscharge Warnin. g~ Lamp for Authorized Emergency, Maintenance, and Service Vehic~:, shall be tested in conformance with SAEJ845, 360 Degree Warning Devices for Authorized Emergency, Maintenance, and Service Vehicles. All de~4ces shall comply with the following per formance requirements of that standard:

(1) Vibration _

(2) Moisture

(3) Dust

(4) Corrosion

(5) High temperature

(6) Low temperature

(7) Durability

(8) W a r p a g e

Exception: • Optical devices and components designed for mounting only in weatlierproof interior spaces shaUbe required to comply onl~ with the vibration test and the warpage test for plastic components. "

4 - 8 . 9 * F l a s h R a t e .

157


Table 4-8.11.3 M i n i m u m Optical Power R e q u i r e m e n t s fo r Wildland A p p a r a t u s

M o d e of O p e r a t i o n

Clear ing Right. of-Way Blocking Right-of-Way

Zone H At Any H At Any Point 5 H At Any H Poin t At Any Poin t 5 Point Degrees Up or 5 Degrees U p or 5

Degrees Down f r o m Degrees Down H f r o m 1t

A

B

C

D

1,000, 000

200,000

400,000

200,000

10,000

8,000

10,000

8000

3,500

3,500

3,500

3,500

400,000

200,000

800,000

200,000

10,000

8,000

10,000

8,000

3,500

3,500

3,500

3,500

1. All values are in c a n d e l a - s e c o n d s / m i n u t e . 2. H = Hor izon ta l p l ane pass ing t h r o u g h the opdcal center .

.... #4~ii?::::.':%

4-8.12.9- Pho tome t r i c Tes t P r o c e d u r e s fo r Opt ical Devices. Tes t ing 4-9 Aud lb l e . . : :~ .g . .~ Devices. shall be p e r f o r m e d by, or o n beha l f of, the device m a n u f a c t u r e r to 4-9.1 A . u ~ j . ~ i ~ . q u i p m e n t ensu re compl iance with the r e q u i r e m e n t s of 4-8.12.2.1 t h r o u g h in the f o r m o f at least one 4-8.12.2.4. The results of the test ing shall be used by the appa ra tus a u t o ~ ' i ~ c h 6 ~ i ~ : - b e provided on the appara tus . bu i lder or p u r c h a s e r to d e t e r m i n e compl i ance with this s tandard . T . . . . . . . . . . . 4-~-~'* If-.:..~e a p p a r a t u s . . ~ s p o n d s as an e m e r g e n c y vehicle on publ ic n e g o m o m e t e r in tegra t ing p h o t o m e t e r ancl o m e r e o u l p m e n t .-:::::::::;~:-. ,::.. . • -~- • . . . . . . ~ . ~ . . . . . . . ' . . ' _., - . ~ ~ . on~i~.~Lectnc or e l ec t romc s~ren snail De p ro v meo , l n e mren usea to take the test m e a s u r e m e n t s snail m e e t m e r e q u i r e m e n t s o i "'.-" --:::::.'~:.. .+:-::::-:.:,:..._ . . . . . . . . . o • ,:, , , oo~ ~, ~ . _ ~ . , ,. m a n f f . ~ r e ' r - ' : ~ n a u certlty the s i ren as mee t i n g m e r e q u i r e m e n t s o t o z ~ _ r ~ t i a o v , r a o t o m e t r v L a o o r a t o r ~ z x c c u r a c ~ c , u z a e t i n e s , o ~ .;':~::'~ ~ , r , • • o. . . ,, . . , - . . . . ot*2mjie~....N~.i::j~mergenc 3 v e n : c ~ e a 2 r e ' n s . A m e a n s si3au De provmect to 4-8.12.2.1 T h e optical source shall be m o u n t e d in a g o n i o m e t e r :i::~:i:::: .... allow t h e : : ~ a o n o f the s iren within conven ien t reach of the a n d ope ra t ed as it wou ld be in a n o r m a l system appl icat ion. T h e ~i::i::i%~i::iii3:..d....fi. ver- %iii:: m n i m u m dis tance be tween the l ight emi t t ing sur tace of the source "i::::: ""'::::i~L.-:i::~= ....:~i;::" . . . . . . . . . b e i n - t - s te ,~ aria the f~ont face of the ~ h o t o ~ e t e r de toc tor ~hal I be :iii:. ~..ii.-..~.....,gfre m r m s n e d , air norns , electric s~rents), a n d e lec t romc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ::::-..-::Siren sl~/eaker(s) shall be m o u n t e d as low and as far for ~rd on the ou It t i n m) . l n e g o n l o m e t e r snail De o n e n t e a aria m e l n t ~ g ::::-:::: .-:.:, . _ _ , , . ,, _ • • ..::+:. --.....--.:.. i:::: ap aeatus as ractlcal /~U(llole warn ln equl m e n t s~lau n o t tie p h o t o m e t e r shall be set to integrate light pulses f rom th~:~out~i l for "::. P - ~t ~" ~ . g P ~^ , .-::-" ::::: . ::::XO.ountea on m e r o o t o i m e appara tus . Zo seconcts. ..::!:!:!" :!:!::. ::~::::::::::- - -

. . . . !!iii!-'i-~!!i~! ........ iiiil;i!i!::~i~iii:i::... ":~ii:,.:ii!::i~10 Work Lighting. 4-8.19.2.2 For all tests p e r f o r m e d w~th the power apphe0/~!~..~.~.~:: . . . . ":'::i~iiii~:~.-..:::-ii " l ight ing system, or c o m p o n e n t thereof , shall be o~er....a.ted ~i~ii~.8 .......... ~ ...... 4-10.1 T h e work a rea immedia te ly b e h i n d the vehicle shall be vol~7+0.1 " volt for 122volt ra ted equlpment.an..d:...!.:...~-~6.i~:..+ 0.~..i~t..::~i:. i l lumina ted to a level of at least 3 footcandles (33 Lx) within a 10 ft to r Z~V-volt ratect e q m p m e n t m e a s u r e a at t h~ .~omt o t ' ~ y inta~:t~."" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . c o m p o n e n t . If the e q u i p m e n t is ra ted for..::.~:::" eration.~.., o/~/:":'::'~" th ":..~... 1 ~'::':'';1i::: x lu tt t~ m x ~ m~ squa re to the rear ozme. veto c~e. ~ia nose nea volts and 24 volts the tests shall be o e r f 6 } ~ . a t bo th v ~ g e s " is p rovided l ight ing on this hose bed shall be at a level of 3

. . . . . . !~ii!'ii'~.. :::'}i~ ~ " foo tcandles (33 Ix) or h igher . Lateral hose beds (crosslays) that are 4-8.12.2.3 The t echn ique descr ibed in 4-8.12.2:.:~::}J~all be...:~:erformed p e r m a n e n t l y covered shall n o t be r e q u i r e d to be i l luminated. a long the hor izontal p lane that passes t h r o u g h tf~:~i!::gp.ti~l cen ter beg inn ing at the optical cen ter and r epea t ed at 5 - d : ~ e intervals to 4-10.2 The appa ra tus shall be e q u i p p e d with l ight ing that is capable the left and r igh t of the optical cen ter t h r o u g h o u t ,~e active of p rov id ing i l lumina t ion at a m i n i m u m level of 1 foot-candle (11 hor izonta l angle of l ight emiss ion of the optical source, lx) on g r o u n d areas within 30 in. (762 m m ) of the edge of the

4-8.12.2.4 M e a s u r e m e n t s shall be r epea ted at 5 degrees u p a n d 5 degrees down f r o m the hor izonta l p lane that passes t h r o u g h the optical cen ter b e g i n n i n g at a p o i n t on a l ine pass ing t h r o u g h the optical cen te r a n d p e r p e n d i c u l a r to the hor izontal p lane a n d pass ing t h r o u g h the optical center . T h e m e a s u r e m e n t s shall be r epea ted at 5-degree intervals to the left and r ight of this line t h r o u g h o u t the active hor izonta l ang le of l ight emiss ion of the optical source. I f the optical wa rn ing device conta ins m o r e than one optical source , the test shall be r epea t ed for each optical source .

4-8.13" Cert if icat ion o f Compl iance . T h e appa ra tus m a n u f a c t u r e r shall be pe rmi t t ed to d e m o n s t r a t e compl iance of the warn ing system by one of the fol lowing methods :

(a) Cert if ication that the system was installed within t h e geomet r i c pa r ame te r s specif ied by the m a n u f a c t u r e r of the system a n d re fe renc ing the optical source test r epor t s p rovided by the m a n u f a c t u r e r of the system.

(b) Cert if ication that a ma themat ica l calculat ion p e r f o r m e d by a qual if ied pe r son demons t r a t e s tha t the c o m b i n a t i o n of individual devices as instal led mee ts the r e q u i r e m e n t s of this s tandard . This calculat ion shall be based on test repor t s for individual optical sources p rov ided by the m a n u f a c t u r e r of the device.

(c) Actual m e a s u r e m e n t of the l ight ing system after instal lat ion on the appara tus .

o

appa ra tu s in areas des igned for p e r s o n n e l to c l imb on to the appa ra tu s or descend f rom the appa ra tu s to the g r o u n d level. L igh t ing des igned to provide i l lumina t ion on areas u n d e r the driver a n d crew r id ing a r ea exits shall be act ivated automatical ly w h e n the exit doors are opened . All o the r g r o u n d area l ight ing shall be swi tchable .

4-10.3 Appara tus shall have sufficient l i g h d n g to provide an average m i n i m u m level of 1 foo tcand le (11 Ix) in the crew c o m p a r t m e n t ( s ) ; the eng ine c o m p a r t m e n t ; the p u m p c o m p a r t m e n t ; a n d each enc losed tool a n d e q u i p m e n t c o m p a r t m e n t g rea te r than 4 ft 3 (0.11 m s) in vo lume and having an o p e n i n g grea ter than 144 in. ~ (92,900 rnm~); as well as on all work areas, steps, a n d walkways.

4-10.4 Switches for all work l ight ing shall be readily accessible. The lights shall be a r r a n g e d to min imize accidental breakage.

4-11 Haza rd Light. A r ed f lashing or ro ta t ing light, located in the dr iving c o m p a r t m e n t , shall be i l luminated automat ica l ly whenever the appara tus ' s park ing brake is n o t fully en g ag ed and any of the fol lowing condi t ions exist:

(1) Any passenge r or e q u i p m e n t c o m p a r t m e n t d o o r is o p e n

(2) Any ladder or e q u i p m e n t rack is n o t in the s towed pos i t ion

(3) Any o t h e r device is o p en ed , ex tended , or dep loyed that creates a hazard or is likely to cause d a m a g e to the appa ra tu s if the appa ra tu s is moved

158

N F P A 1906 - - N o v e m b e r 2 0 0 0 R O P

The light shall be marked with a sign .that reads:

Do Not Move Apparatus When Light Is On.

4-12 Backup Alarm. An electric or electronic backup alarm shall be provided that meets the Type D (87 dBa) requirements of SAE

J994, Alarm - - Backup - - Electric, Laboratory Performance Testing:

4-13 Stop, Tail, and Directional Lights. The apparatus shall be equipped with all stop, tail, and directional lights required by the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 108, Lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment. Equipment shall be moun ted so that it ~11 no t obscure the rear stop, tail, and directional lights. Directional lights shall be visible f rom the front, sides, and rear of the apparatus. On apparatus 30 ft (10 m) or longer in length, a turn signal shall be moun ted approximately midway along the apparatus at approximately running board height.

4-14 Electrical System Per formance Tests.

4-14.1" The apparatus low-voltage electrical system shall be tested and certified. The certification shall be delivered to the purchaser with the apparatus.

4-14.2 Tests shall be per formed when the air temperature is between 0°F and 110°F (-18°C and 45°C).

(3) Each c o m p o n e n t load specified in 4-3.2 comprising the mi n i mum continuoffs load

(4) Additional loads that, when added to the minimum cont inuous load, de te rmine the total connec ted load

(5) Each individual intermit tent load

Chapter 5 Driving and Crew Areas

5-1 General.

5-1.1" Each crew riding position shall be provided with a seat and an approved seat belt designed to accommodate a person with and without heavy clothing. Each crew riding position shall be within a fully enclosed personnel area. Materials used within the driving and crew compar tment shall comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 302, Flammability of interior materials. All forward facing seats adjacent to a side wall shall be provided with a Type 2 pelvic and upper torso restraint-st.de seat belt assembly conforming to the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 209, Seat belt assemblies. All seat belt assembly anchorages shall conform to the Fed.e.ral Motor Vehicle Sa£ety Standard (FMVSS) No. 210, Seat be l t . : :~b l y anchorages.

--i: ~ , .::..:,::;. 5-1.2 Signs th . . .~ i~d "Occupants must be seated and belted when

4-14.3 Test SequenCe. The following three tests in 4-14.3.1 through apparatus ~ . - ' . j ~ " ~ n " shall be provided. They shall be visible 4-14.3.3 shall be pe r fo rmed in the order in which they appear, f rom eac..D."~ted " ~ i o n . A label that states the number of Before each test, the batteries shall be fully charged until the perso~i~.*..li~.i:yehicl'~ii.~..designed to carry shall be located in an voltage stabilizes at the voltage regulator set point and the lowest area.:..'~'~bl'~":~b"'{he driv~,-~!~:':':::"::" charge current is mainta ined for 10 minutes. Failure of any of these ~-:-:::* . . . . . . -- "::-':::" tests shall require a repeat of the sequence. ~..:~,.~. t a ~ , s e a t l oca t i t ~ the maximum noise level shall be 90 d[~a

, " ~ i t ~ . ~ : . ~ . ~ r n i n g devices in operation, as measured by the test 4-14.3.1 Reserve Capacity Test. The engine shall be started and p r o c ~ " ~ def ined in 49 CFR 393.94(c) ,e~cept that the test shall be kept runn ing until the engine and engine compar tment ....;. perforr~ii..wjtlx:.~he yehicle traveling at a steady speed of 45 m p h temperatures are stabilized at normal operating temperatures and ':~...:~::.:,,(72 kmph'~!~::~i~ level, hard, smooth surface road. the battery system is fully charged. The engine shall be shut off and the min imum cont inuous electrical load shall be activated for 10 " i i i - " " : ' : :%~j~ .~er io r crew and driving compar tmen t door handles shall minutes. All electrical loads shall be tu rned off pr ior to a t tempting ":~.:..- ...::~ d ' ~ ' ~ e d and installed to protec t against accidental or to restart the engine. The battery system shall then be cap.~.l~i~" %:::"inadv~i~ent opening. Door handles shall mee t Federal Motor restarting the engine. Failure to restart the engine shall ~ " "::::~ "-ii~:.Ve, hicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 206, Door lock and door considered a test failure. " ..::#:::i: ili!ii!: .. "~j~nt ion components.

:-i:::::':i-:'::.::, .-:~-'.'-:::-'.::i::::-:.. ":-'i:..-~i::" 4-14.3.2 Alternator Per formance Test at Idle. The min~.'.~#:':":""':':::':!~iiiiii::~i~:i:i::i:: ::'~" 5-1.5 Head height at any seat shall be at least 37 in. (940 ram) from continuous electrical load shall be activated with...t2xe, engifii~::i::::ii::.. ":":::~:~::::" the seat to the ceiling with the seat depressed 1 in. (25 ram). Each runn~'ng at idle speed. The engine tempera t ..ttr....~i!;~::i.~..:,stal~]:~~..~.~. seating space shall have a min imum width of 22 in. (560 mm) at

the shoulder level. Seat cushions shall be a min imum of 18 in. (457 normal operating temperature . The battery:.:~ystem s~:'~.:-'.h.e tes(~::i~b detect the presence of battery discharge . ~ n t The dg.~t ior~f t f battery discharge current shall be consitt:~?~i~.xest failu/'~-~::

"":~:!:i:~::.::.. :i:i:i: 4-14.3.3 Alternator Per formance Test at Full li '~i::..The..:~tal cont inuous electrical load shall be activated wi th"~! -~ :~ ine running up to the engine manufacturer 's g o v e r n e d i ~ e d . The test durat ion shall be a min imum of 2 hours. Ac t iva t i~ of the load managemen t system shall be permit ted during this test. However, an alarm sounded by excessive battery discharge, as detected by the system required in 4-3.3, or a system voltage o f less-than 11.7 vo l t s de for a 12-volt nominal system or 23.4 volts de for a 24-volt nominal system, for more than 120 sec'onds, shall be considered a test failure.

4-14.4 Low-Voltage Alarm Test.

4-14.4.1 Following the complet ion of the above tests, the engine shall be shut off. The total cont inuous electrical load shall be activated and shall continue to be applied until the excessive battery discharge alarm activates.

4-14.4.2 The battery voltage shall be measured at the battery terminals. With the load still applied, a reading of less than 11.7 volts dc for a 12-volt nominal system or 23.4 volis dc.for a 24-volt nominal system shall be ~:onsidered a test failu/-e.

4-14.4.3 The battery system shall then be able to restart the engine. . Failure to restart the engine shall be considered a test failure.

4-15 Documentation. At the time of delivery, the manufacturer shall provide the following:

(a) Documentat ion of the electrical system performance tests

(b) A written load analysis, including the following:

(1) The nameplate rating of the al ternator

(2) The alternator rating under the conditions specified in 4-3.1

mm) in width and 15 in. (381 mm) from the f ront of the cushion to the face of the seat back. A back cushion that extends from the face of the seat vertically at least 18 in. (45,7 mm) and that is a min imum o f 18 in: (457 mm) wide shall be provided. The back cushion shall be permit ted to be split to accommodate a fully recessed SCBA and braf~et. Where the back cushion is split, a headres t shall be suppl~n:l.

5-1.6" Where SCBA units are mounted within a driving or crew compar tment , a positive mechanica l means of holding file SCBA device in its stowed posit ion shall be provided. The bracket holding device and its mount ing shall retrain the SCBA unit when subjected to a 9-G force and shall be installed in accordance with the bracket manufacturer 's requirements .

5-1.7 All equ ipment required to be used during an emergency response Shall be securely fastened. All equ ipment no t required to be used dur ing an emergency response, with the exception of SCBA units, shall not be moun t ed in a driving or crew area unless. it is contained in a fully enclosed and latched compar tment capable of containing the contents when a 9-G force is applied in the lon~[itudinal axis of the vehicle or a 3-G force is applied in an}' o ther dwection, or the equ ipmen t is m o u n t e d in a bracket(s) that can contain the equipment when the equ!ipment is subjected to those same forces.

5-1.8 Steps and access handrails that comply with 6-4.1, 6-4.2, and Section 6-5 shall be provided as necessary for access to all driving and crew compartments .

5-2* Driving Compartment .

5-2.1" A fully, enclosed driving comparmaent with seating capacity for not less than two persons shall be pro,hded.

5-2.2* The following inst rumentat ion and controls shall be moun ted in the driving compar tment and shall be identified and visible to the driver while seated. Controls and switches that are

159


expected to be opera ted by the driver while the appara tus is in mo t ion shall be within cot~venient reach for the driver,

(1) Speedomete r

(2) O d o m e t e r

(3) Oil pressure indicator or gage

(4) Coolant t empera tu re indicator or gage

(5) Voltmeter

(6) Brake air pressure gage(s) , if applicable

(7) T u r n signal control and indicator lights

(8) H e a d l i g h t / D O T light switch

(9) High beam headl ight switch and indicator

(10) Fuel level gage(s)

(11) Hea te r /de f ros t e r controls

(12) Warn ing lights and s i ren switches, if applicable

(13) "Battery on" indicator l ight

(14) Windshie ld wipers and windshield washer control

(15) PTO-engaged indicator, if applicable

Chapter 6 Body, Compar tmen t s , and Equ ipmen t Mount ing

6-1 Compar tmenta t ion .

6-1.1" Any enclosed external compar tmen t s shall be weather resistant, dus t resistant, water resistant, and have provision for dra inage of moisture.

be const ructed of an open gra te- type material to facilitate d ra in ing of accidentally spil led fuel to lessen any s l ipping hazard.

6-4.3 An accident prevent ion sign(s) shall be located on the vehicle a t the rear step areas, a n d at f ron t b u m p e r extens ions an d cross walkways, if they exist. The sign(s) shall warn pe rsonne l that s t and ing on these areas while the vehicle is in mo t ion is prohibited.

6-5* Access Handrai ls . Access handra i l s shall be provided at all en t rances to the driving or crew c o m p a r t m e n t and at any location where a fire f ighter is expected to cl imb up onto the appara tus for access to equ ipmen t . Access handra i l s shall be cons t ruc ted of or covered with a slip-resistant, non-corrosive material . Handrai ls shall be between 1 in. and 1 5 / 8 in. (25 m m and 41 ram) in d iameter and have a m i n i m u m clearance between the handrai ls and any surface of at least 2 in. (51 ram). All handrai ls shall be des igned and m o u n t e d to reduce the possibility of h a n d sl ippage and to avoid snagg ing of hose, equ ipmen t , or clothing.

6-6 Metal Finish.

6-6.1" All exposed fer rous metal surfaces that are no t plated or stainless steel shall be c leaned and prepared tho rough ly and shall be painted or coated. The pa in t or coating, inc lud ing any primer, shall be appl ied iv~...ax:cordance with the paint or coat ing m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s r ~ ' / ~ m e n d a t i o n.

6-6.2 Each ~ t u s shall have a reflective str ipe(s) aff ixed to the pe r ime te r .~ ! the~ : i~m-a tus . The stripe or combina t ion of stripes, shall be..:..a..::../i~.imu/f~::i~::.4 in. (100 m m ) in total width and shall confo.~-~:~i:ff~e min i~ . . r . . . c3qu i rements of ASTM D 4956, Standard Specy.flcati..o. n~':for R e t r o r ~ e Sheeting for Traffic Control, Type I, ~ 1 , ~i:..Class 3. At l ~ t 50 pe rcen t of the cab and body length • :6~/i'::~..h ~ ; : . ? t t least 50 percen t of the width of the rear, and at l e a s ( ' ~ : : i ~ ' r c ~ t of the width of the f ront of the appara tus shall have the r e ~ e material affixed to it. A graphic design mee t ing the

:i::i!~!:!:::: ..... reflectivi{~/i::~.~i~i'rements of 6-2.2, shall be pe rmi t t ed to replace all "~ii::!?i~::::::i::iiiiii!~.part oft~..:~:"kequired s t r iping material, if the design or

::ii::~:. ' " : : : ~ ~ the reo f covers at least t h e ' s a m e per imeter length(s) 6-1•2 All electrical j u n c t i o n s or wiring within compa r t men t s shall "iii::i:..-::.~'ct~i~ i:~b°ve" be protec ted f rom mechanica l damage resul t ing f rom e q ~ t :~ii::ii::"~ 7 ~ : ~ , ~ . . . . . . s tored m the compar tment . All terminal strips shall hav~::prote'g~e ":iiii:.....:::. covers. ..::~iiiiiii.-... :~::ii:'.. .::: "::i::~q.1 If a hose s torage area(s) is provided, the area(s) shall allow

• :ii::::%~iii::....::~i;:~i:::!!~:-i~----~::.... :.ii~:iii::for cleanln~ a n d ventilation. T h e bo t t om shall be m a d e of sections 6-2* Ra.dm Space. S.ultably protec ted space or a c o m p a ~ t shfi.l~i~i-iiiiiiii-i-" fabricated ~rom non-corrosive materials. The inter ior shall be be provided for the ms ta l l auon of r adm eqmpnae.,r~ .................. ! ........ ===================== . . . . . smoo th and free f rom all projections; such as nuts, sha rp angles,

. . : . : . : - : - . . , . , . : . : , : + : , : . : . : . : . : - . . . . . . . . . - . - .

6-3 Equ ipment Conta inment . Equipment.:~]ders":o~i~i::::ii:. %iiiiS ~ or brackets, tha t m igh t injure the hose. Reels, handrai ls , ladders, compa r tmen t s shall be provided for all t...o..'~, equipm~/~~i'~nd4: "i::" and e q u i p m e n t holders shall no t be placed to obstruct the laying o ther i tems tha t are on the apparatus . E ~ ' ~ p t holde~i~hal l be or removal of hose f rom the storage area. a t tached and shall be des igned so that e q u i p ~ : t remair~::in place u n d e r all vehicle o eratin condi t ions All tooi'~i::i~d e ~ m e n t 6-7.2 ff a hose reel is provided, it shall be equ ipped with a brake.

P g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . % It shall have a capacity of no t less than 100 ft (30 m) of s/~-in. (19 - "::~:~:~:i:i::" shall be readily accessible. .:~:i::"

6-4' Stepping Surfaces. ~ .:i!::"

6-4.1" Steps, platforms, or secure ladders shah be provided so fire fighters have access to all working and storage areas of the apparatus . The m a x i m u m s tepping he i gh t shall no t exceed 18 in. (457 ram), with the except ion of the s tepping he igh t f rom the g r o u n d to the first step, which shall no t exceed 24 in. (610 m m ) . W h e n it is no t possible to main ta in the m i n i m u m or specified angle of depar ture us ing a fixed rear step with the g r o u n d to first step he igh t no t exceeding 24 in., the first step shall be des igned to be movable so as no t to be d a m a g e d when the vehicle traverses terrain tha t requires the full angle of depar ture . All steps, platforms, or ladders shall sustain a m i n i m u m static load of 500 lb (227 kg) without de format ion and shall have skid-resistant surfaces. All steps shall have a m i n i m u m area of 35 in. 2 (22,582 ram2), and shall be of such a shape that a 5-in. (127-mm) d iameter disk does no t overlap any side, when placed on the step, and shall be a r ranged to provide at least 8 in. (203 ram) of clearance between the leading edge of the step and any obstruction. All platforms shall have a m i n i m u m dep th of 8 in. (203 m m ) f rom the leading edge of the platform to any obstruct ion. All ladders shall have at least 7 in. (178 ram) of clearance between any r u n g and the body or o ther obstruct ion.

6-4.2* All exterior surfaces des ignated as s tepping, s tanding, and walking areas shall have a m i n i m u m average slip resistance of 0.68 when measu red with the English XL tester used in accordance with ASTM F 1679, Standard Test Method for Using a Variable Incidence Tribometer (VIT), on a wetted surface• All inter ior steps shall provide an average m i n i m u m sllp resistance of 0.52 when measu red with the above re fe renced tester when tested on dry surfaces. Where the fuel fill is located at or near a s tepping surface, the surface shall

ram) booster hose. W h e n the reel is equ ipped with over 100 ft (30 m) of hose, the reel shall have power rewind capability.

6-8 Slip-on Fire-Fighting Module . If the pump , piping, and tank are built as a slip-on, self-contained unit, the uni t shall mee t the r equ i r emen t s of 6-8.1 t h r o u g h 6-8.2.3.

6-8.1 Intake and discharge p ip ing shall no t interfere with the rout ine m a i n t e n a n c e of the p u m p , eng ine , or auxiliary systems and shall no t undu ly restrict the servicing of these componen t s .

6-8.2 Mounting•

6-8.2.1 The slip-on uni t shall be m o u n t e d in a m a n n e r that allows access to the engine , pump , and auxiliary systems for rout ine ma in tenance . The slip-on un i t shall no t be welded or otherwise pe rmanen t l y secured to o ther componen t s .

6.8.2.2* Anchorage shall be provided on the vehicle chassis and on the slip-on fire-fighting modu le to secure it to the vehicle chassis. This anchorage shall be des igned to p reven t m o v e m e n t of the uni t du r ing rapid acceleration, or du r ing side-hill operat ion.

6-8.2.3 No dri l l ing on chassis f rame flanges or welding to chassis f rame shall be permitted•

Chapte r 7 Water P u m p s

7-1 Pe r fo rmance Requ i rements . P u m p s on wildland fire appara tus shall be ra ted as ei ther a low pressure p u m p , a h igh pressure p u m p , or an extra h igh pressure pump .

160


7-1.1 If the pump is to be rated as a low pressure pump, i t shal l flow one of the rated capacities stated in Table 7-1.1 at 100 psi ne t pump pressure.

Table 7.1.1 Low pressure pump rated capacities h, p m L / m i n

10 38 20 76 $0 115 50 190

7.1.2 If the p u m p is to be rated as a high pressure pump, it shall be capable ot~ clelivering one of the rated capacities stated in TaMe 7-1.2 unde r the following conditions:

(1) 100 percent of rated capacityat 150 psi (1035 kPa) net pump pressure

(2) 70 percent of rated capacity at 200 psi (1380 kPa) net pump pressure

7-3.2 -The completed pumping 'sys tem shall be capable of developing a vacuum of 17 in. Hg (57.4"kPa) at an altitude of 2000 ft (610 m), by means of the pump pr iming device and sustaining the vacuum for at least 5 minutes, with a loss no t to exceed 10 in. HI~ (33.9 kPa). The p u m p pr imer shall no t be used dur ing the 5- minute period. This sha l l be demonst ra ted with all intake valves open, all intakes capped or plugged, all discharge caps removed, and without the use of the pump primer .during the 5-minute period.

7-3.3 A me t hod shall be provided to prevent the loss of vacuum through the pr iming device when the pr iming device is no t in use.

7-4* Construction Requirements.

7-4.1 Suitable means shall be provided for completely draining the pump and all lines and accessories in cold weather, or provide for the placement of antifreeze.

7-4.2 The pump body shall be tested to a hydrostatic pressure of 100 psi (690 kPa) above the maximum rated close-off pressure or a gage pressure of 300 psi (2070 kPa), whichever is higher, for 10 minutes. The pump manufacturer shall provide a certificate of complet ion for the hydrostatic test.

(3) 50 percent o f rated capacity at 250 psi (1725 kPa) net pump . "" 7-4.3 The pumg. ! i~e l l e r s , rotors, pistons wanes or water pressure contacting g e ~ t i c a b l e ) shall b e constructed of a corrosion

Table 7.1.2 High Pressure Pump Rated Capacities resistant m a ~ : : . gpm L / m i n 74.4 Wh.e:~i:an a ~ r y pump is proxided in combinat ion with a

30 115 water ~ ' : ~ d wh~.~!.~e ~umps are in te rconnec ted so that 60 250 p r e ~ f ' ~ / ~ one p u ~ i ~ be t ransmit ted to the other pump, 90 345 c ~ : k . v ~ , intake or . .~charge relief valves, pump drive gear 120 460 ~ : . . o r ~ e r autorn~fic means shall be ]provided to avoid 250 950 [ ) r e ~ : g ~,_her pump beyond its maximum rated hydrostatic 350 1325 p r e ss u t'~}~i:...:. ' - 400 15 20 ~ :::-- "":~'-::- - .-::'::':" . . ~nn mc~ ":i:~'ii'~::-::.. 7-4.5 The ~ discharge and intake piping system, valves, dram ~ ~ ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ¢" :~ " c " ~ '-~.::."~'::;:~...".~,~...and ,]~es, and intake and outlet Aosures, excluding the t a n k ,

::i~':. ~ k to pump lines on the tank side of the valves in those 7 1 3 If the hum ~ is tO be rated as an extra f i i-h ~ressure ~ m ~ " "~?.., ..::-:f{nes ~ 1 be capable of withstanding a min imum hydrostatic

" • r P ~ F - x ~ . - ~ , "::'.':.':'.'-~" .:: ' . • it shall flow one of the ra ted capacities stated in Table 7 - ~ ":-:iii: burst gage pressure of 300 pst (2069 kPa).

pst ne t pump pressure. ...4"#. ~ii i':" :. " ' :~ : . 6 The pump shaft shall be constructed of stainless steel or shall d:::~::~ii~}':.':. .... #"-'!'::ii~:~-~::::. ":{~:.'.-'.'i.'"~e protected from corrosion.

Table 7-1.3 Extra High Pressure Pump Rated ":::~i~'" "::~i~iii-:: ~ ~ ~ . . . . t . .~ba Capacities -~'~'~-~-- ~:'~-~i~::, i ..... " . . . . . . v . . . . .

7-5.1" Intakes of the same or larger size as specified in Table 7-2(a) i I L L . 0 3 ¢ . ~ " ===================== ~;pm L / a ~ "';:::":::::":m'::::, ":-~-::~::~

10 ".-.--'.-'-"-'.-'~.::..;.::.. " . . . . . .:¢'::"

~o 11g%::..-;i.::, ....F 50 190 '%i~ii~-~.:.. 100 375 200 750 ' :~ : :~

7-2* Pumping Suction Capability.. The pump.manufac ture r shall certify that the pump can deliver its ra ted capacity at rated net pump pressure, under the following conditions:

(1) Up to an altitude of 2000 ft (610 m) above sea level

(2) Through a single inlet with 20 ft-(6 m) of suction hose of the size specified in Table 7-2(a) and equ ipped with a suction hose strainer

(3) With a lift of 10 ft

(4) At 29.9 in. H g (101.2 kP a) a tmospheric pressure (corrected to sea level)

(5) At a water tempera ture of 60°F (16°C)

(6) Entrance and friction for the 20 ft (6 in) of suction hose and strainer listed in Table 7-2(b)

7-3* Priming.

7-3.1" When dry; the pump system (in both parallel and series operat ion where pumps are of the parallel /series type) shall be capable of taking suction under the conditions specified in Section 7-2 through 20 ft-(6 m) of suction hose of the size specified in Table 7-2(a) and a strainer, and discharging water in not more than 30 seconds.

for suction hose size shall be provided.

7-5.1.1" The intakes specified shall have male national s tandard hose thread (NH). Intakes of 2 in. (51 mm) or less shall be permit ted to have NPSH thread.

7-5.1.2 If the couplings on the suction hose carried on the apparatus are of a different size or have o ther means of hose at tachments than the th readed connection.,', provided on the intakes, suitable adapters shall be provided on each appropriate intake.

7-5.9 Any 3-in. (76-mm) or larger intake wdve shall be a slow operat ing valve.

Exception: This requirement shall not apply to the tank to pump intake valve.

7-5.3 Each intake shall be provided Mth piping and a suitable closure that is capable of withstanding 100 psi (690 kPa)over the maximum rated pump close-off pressure or 300 psi (2070 kPa) gage pressure, whichever is higher. Each intake that has male threads shall be equipped with a cap.

7.5.4 Each 2 1/2-in. (65-ram) or larger valved intake shall be equipped with a bleeder valve having a min imum s/4-in. (19-mm) pipe thread connect ion to bleed off air or vrater f rom a hose connec ted to the intake. The b leeder valve :;hall be operational without the operator having to get under the apparatus. If a valved appliance is at tached to an intake, it shall be equipped with a s/4- in. (19-ram) bleeder valve on each intake.

7.5.5 Where a cap, plug, or other closure is provided for a 3 1~2- in. (89-mm) or smaller intake, it shall be secured to the pumping unit with a suitable chain or cable.

161


T a b l e 7-2(a) S u c t i o n H o s e S i z e by R a t e d Capac i ty

Flow Rate gpm L/ ra in in.

M a x i m u m S u c t i o n H o s e S i z e m m

10 38 1 25 2O 76 1 1/2 38 30 115 1 1/2 38 50 190 2 51 60 230 2 51 90 345 2 1/2 65 100 375 2 1/2 65 120 460 2 1/2 65 200 750 3 76 250 950 3 76 350 1325 4 1 O0 4O0 1520 4 1 O0 500 1900 4 1/2 113

Table 7-2(b) Friction and Entrance Loss in 20 ft (6 m) of Suction Hose, Including Strainer

Flow Rate

(gpm) 1 in. 1 1 / 2 in.

ft in. ft water Hg water

Suction Hose Size (inside diameter)

.-::!:!:!:i:!:i::-. 2 in. 2 1 / 2 in . . . . . .$:"in. ""::i .... 4 in.

~ . H J . in. ft in. ft in. . ::::-!i!#!::-. in. ft Hg water I-Ig water Hg . : ~ t e r "::i~::iii::iiii?: j-I g water

..::i::-. "::i:i-. "::':i:i:.":i::.. Low pressure and extra high press~ii~.d:iiaps ............... • .:.:.:.:.:,:.. .:::.

- ..::;:: "::: " . . . . . ~!::!!i!!::~ii~ .... .... ~ : % .... .y: :

1 . 1 5 .:i!~::"'%iiiiii::... :iiiiiiiiii::..

2.38 .... ~iiiiiiiils~i::!!i ............. ~s: .... ~i::::ii!i::}~::.

6.18 1.7 1.50 -:!::.: ..... '::iii~ii~i:~-:-...::!i:-

6.2 5.47 ":~@:::i!:::.l 77 ": !.~-"::" 8:!~- "":'::.i.::i:iiiii~!N::::~i!!@:::i::" 3.3 2.91

: 9 .... fi'i'+ "i'i'i - - - ........

238 ................... %ii?i 1,24~.::!¢!i~i:i:::::::':-'ii::iiii{i{ii)iiii!!i::+ iiiii):+i(:"

0~::: : ===================== .:ii:i .... ========================= ".:::::::::

10

2O 30 50 100 200

30 21 15

60 42 30

90

63 45

2.65 9.97

3.0 11.3 1.3

2.7 7.0

2.7 1.4

0.74

9.6 5.0 2.7

8.40::~)iii.:iii::.. 2.4 iiiiii~2.12 4.41 '::i--~ii:ii~>2 .... ::!::~: 1.06

2.38 : ~ i ~ : : Y 0.58 ~-~' 4.77

2.7 2.38 1.3 1.15

1.7 1.50

0.78 0.69

0.36 0.32

4 ~ / z i n . in. ft in. H g w a t e r l-lg

120 84 60

8.6 7.59 2.8 2.47 4.6 4.06 1.4 1.24 2.4 2.12 0.70 0.62

250 175 125

350

245 175

13.0 6.0 3.2

11.47 5.30 2.82

5.2 2.6 1.3

10.0

5.0 2.6

4.59 2.29 1.15

8.83 4.41

2.29

2.4

1.2 0.65

2.12 1.06

0.57

400

280 200

3.2 2.82 2.3 2.03 1.6 1.41 1.1 0.97 0.8 0.71 0.58 o.51

500 350

250

5.0 4.41 3.5 3.09 2.4 2.12 1.7 1.50

1.3 1.15 0.9 0.79

162


7-5.6* Each intake shall have a removable or accessible s t ra iner inside the connect ion . The strainer(s) shall-restrict spherical debris tha t is too large to pass t h r o u g h the p u m p .

7-6 P u m p D i s c h a r g e .

7-6.1" Sufficient discharge outlets, inc lud ing any discharge outlets located in hose storage areas, shall be provided to discharge the ra ted capacity of the p u m p at the flow rates as shown in Table 7-6.1.

Table 7-6.1 F l o w Rates f o r V a r i o u s Out l e t S izes

Out le t S ize F l o w Rates in. m m g p m L / m i n

1 25 50 189 1 1 /2 38 125 473 2 1 /2 65 250 950

7-6.2 ' Each ciischarge outlet over 1 in. (25 m m ) in size shall be equ ipped with male nat ional s tandard hose th read (NH). Adapter coupl ings with special th reads or o ther m e a n s for hose a t tachment , shall be permi t ted to be fu rn i shed on any or all outlets. Discharge

7-7.2 A m i n i m u m level of 5 footcandles (54 Ix) of i l luminat ion shall be provided to i l luminate all gages, d ischarge outlets, p u m p intakes, a n d controls.

7-7.8 A test plate shall be provided at the p u m p opera tor ' s posi t ion tha t gives the ra ted discharges a n d pressures, toge ther with the - s p e e d o f the engine as d e t e r m i n e d by the certification test for each unit , the posi t ion of the parallel series p u m p as used, arid the governed speed of the engine as s ta ted by the engine manufac tu re r on a certified brake horsepower curve. The plate shall be complete ly s t amped with all in format ion :at the factory and a t tached to the vehicle pr ior to sh ipping.

7-8 Gages and Ins t ruments .

7-8.1 A mas te r p u m p c o m p o u n d gage shall be provided on the p u m p panel . If a r o u n d gage is used, it shall be at least size 2 1 /2 in accordance with paragraph 3.1 of ASME B40.1, Gages --" Pressure Indica t ing Dial Type - - Elastic Element . If a digital gage is used, the digits shall be at least 5 / 8 in. (16 m m ) high. It shall read f rom 30 in. Hg (101.6 kPa) vacuum to at [east 100 psi (690 kPa) h ighe r than the m a x i m u m p u m p close-off pressure. The accuracy of the gage shall be a m i n i m u m of Grade B as def ined in ASME B40.1. Pressure gage shall be connec ted directly at the p u m p discharge, before::i~!~:check valves.

outlets 1 in. (25 ram) or less in size, shall be permi t ted to have NPSH thread. 7-8.2 If one o~i~ore ~:"1/2 in. (65-ram) or larger external p u m p

inlets are p r . ~ , a p u m p intake gage s]hall be provided on the 7-6.3 Each discharge outlet, except an out let to which a hose is to p u m p p a n ~ - b . n d " ~ l be located t6 the le.ft or below of the p u m p be re-connected, shall be e ui ed with a suitable cap or closure d i s c h a r ~ . ~ e If a " ~ n d gaze is used it shall be at least size 2 1 /9 thatPis capable of withstandi~a~ lP0P0 psi (690 kPa) over tile in a c . q , ~ : ~ t h p : ~ h ~ 3 . 1 o fASME B40.1, Gages - - - " m a x i m u m rated p u m p close-off pressure or 300 psi (2070 kPa) P r e s ~ r e / n d ~ c a t i n g D i z ] ' ~ e - - Elastic Element . If digital gages gage pressure, whichever is h igher . W here an adapter is provided ~ i ! ~ . ~ e d ~ . e digits sha~::~oe at least 5 / 8 in. (16 ram) high. The gage on a discharge outlet, t he closures shall fit on the adapter . If a cap ~ ' ~ | ~ . ~ a d ~ b . m 30 in. Hg (101.6 kPa) vacuum to at least 300 psi or closure is provided, it shall be secured to the p u m p i n g un i t with ( 2 0 6 ~ ) . "l~ae accuracy of the gage shaft be a m i n i m u m of Grade a suitable chain or cable. B as d e ' ~ . ~ in ASME B40.1. •

" :.:'~::.:~ "::'!'-~:'37.:-....:~':" - 7-6.4* Each discharge outlet shall be equ ipped with a valve that can::':"~iiiiiii~i::::i::~g.~....3 ff bo~ii~n intake gage and a master discharge gage are be o p e n e d a n d closed smooth ly at the flows shown in Table 7-6.1 at "% " : " ~ ~ : : | a b e l at the intake gage shall read "Pump Intake" and a p u m p discharge gage pressures of 250 psi (1724 kPa). The flow- % . ~ e mas te r discharge gage shall read "Pump Discharge." regula t ing e l emen t of each waive shall no t change its positi.~..-'.:-~der %#::" .:i'i~ ~::" . . . . . . - . . any condi t ion of operat ion tha t involves discharge press l#~:~ '~ ' :~e ::i~:: 7-8.4 Each pressure mcucatang device or flowmeter, anct its m a x i m u m nressure of the numn" the m e a n s to nreven.~(~:chan~i']n -i~i:g...~pective display, shall be m o u n t e d a n d a t tached so it is pro tec ted posi t ion sh'ail be incorpora ted in the operating" m e c ~ i ~ a ~ i ~ . l ":~::.~i-~om accidental damage and excessive vibration. . be permi t ted to be manua l ly or automatical ly controlle~[:!~":$-ii:i:.<@~': "?" 7 9* Pure "Controls (76-mm) or larger discharge valve shall be a slo.,q,:.~p.erati~ii~ve. ""::::!:~::::" " P " . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . ~ ~ i ~ : . . ~ , .=<~'-'~::-.,..-';::> 7-9.1 Provisions shall be m a d e for pla, ' ing the p u m p drive system • - o . ~ A n y z ~ / z - m . ~oa-mm) or larger cusc.._~rge ouu~t.?~..at ~s"::':i~:Y:::. ~" . -. . . " . . • - " "~a , o • , , , ~ m x , .-.'-:~, "~::-:::::.'.., ".'::::::" In operaUon us ing controls and switches tha t are xdenufied and toca teu .more ul n ~K in. ~ I U O / ram) ano..~..::.~lae g r o u n ~ . ~ to ..::::- . . . . . .

, . _ - . . . . . . . . z:.<.:.::::.:¢~:: . . . . ,:::.-:-:s: . ':: w~thm convemen t reach of the operator . ],ndlcator a n d interlock wmcn a nose ~s to De connectea , ou t wPtfft3p/~.~.'ii~.ot m a n . ~ . s torage . . . . systems shall be provaded as r e q m r e d by this u m control sectaon area, shall be eq uipped__ with a sweep_ elbow ~~-~i.:.--.~.:,.least 30 i~ ::~ ~zrees~ P P '

downward . '::ii::~,~::.....~#:" compress ion brakes or engine exhaus t bra&es are furnished, they 7-6.6 An au tomat ic p u m p coo l ing / recirculat ion [ ~ : : b f sufficient size to p reven t the p u m p from overheat ing when r~:"discharge lines are open shall be provided between the p u m p discharge a n d the water tank. A check valve shall be inc luded to facilitate pr iming. Where a foam system is provided, this line shall be p l u m b e d so the water r e tu rn ing to the water t ank is free of foam solution.

7-6.7 ff the appara tus is equ ipped with a booster reel~ the piping, valves, and swivel be tween the p u m p and booster reel shall be nominal ly the same size or larger than the nomi na l ins ide d iameter of the hose to be carried on the reel. A shu tof f valve shall be provided between the p u m p and the reel. High-pressure booster hose o f the same nomina l size shall be pe rmi t t ed in place o f piping.

" 7-6.8 All discharge valves 1 in. (25 m m ) or over in size shall be quar ter - turn types.

7-6.9 Where the valve opera t ing m e c h a n i s m does no t indicate the posi t ion of the valve, an indicator shall be provided to show when the valve is open.

¢ 7-6.10 Visible quar ter - turn valves shall be installed so they are open when hand l e is parallel with the r u n of the pipe, a n d close when hand le is pe rpend icu la r to cen te r line.

7-6.11 W h e n a f oam eductor is installed, a water only (no foam) discharge shall be installed.

7-7 P u m p Operator's Pos i t ion .

7-7.1 The p u m p panel and o ther p u m p controls, gages, and in s t rumen t s shall accessed f rom g r o u n d level, a working pla t form or a driver 's c o m p a r u n e n t .

7-9.1.1 Where the p u m p is driven by the chassis engine and engine

shall be automatical ly d i sengaged for p u m p i n g operat ions. Where an automat ic fan clutch is furnished, the fan shall be engaged for p u m p i n g operat ions.

7-9.1.2 Any control device used in the p u m p i n g s y s t e m power train between the engine and the p u m p shall be equ ipped with a m ean s to prevent un in ten t iona l m o v e m e n t of the control device f rom its set posit ion in the p u m p i n g mode .

7-9.1.3 A label indicat ing the chassis t ransmiss ion shift selector posi t ion to be used for p u m p i n g shall be provided in the driving c o m p a r t m e n t and located so that it carl be read f rom the driver 's posi t ion.

7-9.1.4 Where the p u m p is driven by the chassis engine a n d t ransmiss ion t h r o u g h a split shaft PTO, the driving c o m p a r t m e n t speedome te r shall register when the p u m p drive system is engaged. Where chassis t ransmiss ion retarders are furn ished , they shall be automatical ly d i sengaged f o r p u m p i n g operat ions.

7-9.2* Where the appara tus is equ ipped with an au tomat ic chassis transmissiori and the water p u m p is dr iven by the chassis engine t h r o u g h the t ransmiss ion main driveline and the appara tus is to be used for stat ionary p u m p i n g only, an inter lock system shall be provided to ensure tha t the p u m p drive system c o m p o n e n t s are properly engaged in the p u m p i n g m o d e ot" opera t ion so tha t the p u m p i n g system can be safely operated f rom the p u m p opera tor ' s posi t ion.

7-9.2.1 A "Pump Engaged" indicator shall be provided in the driving c o m p a r t m e n t to indicate that the p u m p shift has been successfully comple ted .

163


7-9.2.2 An "OK to Pump" indicator shall be provided in the driving c o m p a r t m e n t to indicate tha t the p u m p is engaged, the chassis t ransmiss ion is in p u m p gear, and the parking brake is engaged.

7-9.2.3 A "Thrott le Ready" indicator shall be provided at the p u m p opera tor ' s panel tha t indicates that the appara tus is in "OK to Pump" mode, or tha t the chassis t ransmiss ion is in neutra l and the park ing brake is engaged.

7-9.3 Where the water p u m p is dr iven by a t r ansmiss ion-mounted (SAE) PTO, f ront-of-engine crank shaft PTO, or eng ine flywheel PTO, and the appara tus is to be used for stat ionary p u m p i n g only with the chassis t ransmiss ion in neutral , an interlock system shall be provided to ensure tha t the p u m p drive system componen t s are properly engaged in the p u m p i n g m o d e of operat ion, so tha t the p u m p system can be safely opera ted f rom the opera tor ' s position.

7-9.3.1 A "Pump Engaged" indicator shall be provided both in the driving c o m p a r t m e n t and at the p u m p opera tor ' s posit ion to indicate that the p u m p shift has been successfully completed.

7-9.3.2 An "OK to Pump" indicator shall be provided in the driving c o m p a r t m e n t to indicate that the p u m p is engaged and the chassis t ransmission is in neutral and the parking brake is engaged.

7-9.3.3 A "Thrott le Ready" indicator shall be provided at the p u m p operator panel that is energized when the "OK to Pump" indicator is energized, or when the chassis t ransmiss ion is in neutral and the parking brake is engaged.

7-9.4 Where the water p u m p is driven by a t r ansmiss ion-mounted (SAE) PTO, f ront-of-engine crankcase PTO, or eng ine flywheel PTO and the appara tus is to be used for ei ther stationary or "pump and roll" p u m p i n g with the au tomat ic chassis t ransmiss ion ei ther in neutral for stat ionary pumping , or in a road gear for p u m p and

7-9.7.2 If the p u m p is equ ipped with a rel ief xalve system where the system does no t control eng ine speed, the system shall be equ ipped with a m e a n s to indicate when the system is in control of the pressure. If the p u m p is equ ipped with a governor system that controls engine speed, an indicator shall show when the system is t u rned on and whe the r it is control l ing the eng ine speed or p u m p pressure. Ei ther system shall be control lable by one (1) person at the p u m p operator posit ion.

7-9.7.3 If the system discharges water to the a tmosphere , the discharge shall be in a m a n n e r tha t will no t expose personne l to h igh-pressure water streams.

7-9.7.4 The pressure control system shall be certified as mee t ing the r equ i r emen t s of 7-9.7.1.

7-10 P u m p and Roll Pe r fo rmance . T h e vehicle drive engine an d drive train shall be a r ranged so tha t the p u m p can deliver at least its ra ted capacity or 20 g p m (76 L / m i n ) whichever is less at a gage pressure of 80 psi (552 kPa), while the appara tus is moving at 2 m p h (3.2 kmph) or less.

7-11 Requi red testing.

7-11.1" The pump..~[lall be tested after the p u m p and all its associated p ip ing: :~ i i : :equipment have been installed on the apparatus . Th..~::}~.i.~sts st~all be conduc ted at the manufac tu re r ' s approved f a ~ f i ~ - ~ d certified by the contractor. T h e testing shall include at.!~-'.fist ~ i i ~ . u m p i n g tests (7-11.2), the p r iming device test (7-11.3),:::'tli':~.acuti':~i~.st (7-11.4) the water tank- to-pump flow test (7-11.LS..~::}iiiii~ii~the pii3}~!j.n~egrity test (7-11.6).

7,ti~:2 Primping Tests. ii~ii I!~--~ "i~:l'~:i;..:~itions for Tests.

roll, an inter lock system shall be provided to ensure tha t the p u m p 7-11.2.L:~ii)~t)e test site shall be adjacent to a supply of clear water at drive system componen t s are properly engaged in the p u m p i n g :i!ili:i: ..... least 4 ft (:~i'~:l~)" deep, with the water level no t more than 10 ft (3 mode of operat ion so that the appara tus can be safely opera ted in ::::::i::i!!~i!i'ii::i::!::::~-).,.9r less..~"an five (5) feet below the center of the p u m p intake, e i ther s tat ionary or p u m p and roll p u m p i n g mode. "iiii: .... ~ i i ~ : i . ~ : ~ a o u g h to allow the suct ion strainer to be submerg ed at 7-9.4.1 A "Pump Engaged" indicator shall be provided both in. the ':i.)i...:::t~'as(~..~'(0.6 m) below the surface of the water, when connec ted to driving c o m p a r t m e n t and at the p u m p operator panel t o . . : ~ . e d "!::iiii:." the p~}:np by 20 ft (6 m) of suct ion hose. tha t the p u m p shift has been successfu ly comple ted .... ii:: . . . . :iii::i::i::: "iiii::--~4~'l 2 1 2* ..::::i::" :i:i::" ::~::~:ia . . . . . . Tests shall be pe r fo rmed u n d e r the following 7-9.4.2 An "OK to P u m p " indicator shall be providei~'i~!?~,he ~ : . : . . "-}:i::.:iJ i '~'°nditi°ns: c o m p a r t m e n t to indicate that the p u m p is engaged and "~!i:~assi's"::::i::i::ii::iiii!~ ii: (1) Water tempera ture : 35°F to 90°F (2°C to 32°C) t ransmission is in neutral and the parking brak..e:.::~:i~g-3ged:?:!~. "OK to P u m p and Roll" indicator shall be p.r~:8"g~lii::~::)~e di:'~g::iiiii:" c o m p a r t m e n t and shall be energized whe~:i~e pump"}'g.-'}~gage~-}i s, the chassis t ransmiss ion is in road gear, .~!:: : :~e parkin~{i~}ake:i:is released. W h e n the "OK to P u m p and Rbll~:i~i .cator is ~ e r g i z e d , the "OK to Pump" indicator shall no t be e n e r " ~ i ~ . :i::ii:

"::'-.':."-."-5:. .-::}-"

7-9.4.3 A "Thrott le Ready" indicator shall be p r o ~ t the p u m p opera tor ' s panel that is energized when the "OK tq:: i~mp" indicator is energized, or when the chassis t ransmNsion is in neutral and the parking brake is engaged.

7-9.5 An interlock system shall be provided to prevent a d v a n c e m e n t of the eng ine speed at the p u m p operator ' s panel unless the chassis t ransmiss ion is in neutra l and the parking brake is engaged, or the appara tus is in "OK to Pump" mode.

7-9.6 With paral le l /ser ies centrifugal pumps , the control posit ions for parallel opera t ion (volume) and series opera t ion (pressure) shall be indicated. The control for chang ing the p u m p f rom series to parallel, and vice versa, shall be operable at the p u m p opera tor ' s posi t ion,

7-9.7* Pressure Control Systems.

7-9.7.1 On p u m p s of 250 gpm (946 L / m i n ) or larger, a system shall be provided that, when set in accordance with the manu fac tu r e r ' s instruct ions, will automatically comxol the pressure to a m a x i m u m of 30 psi (207 kPa) pressure rise above the set pressure(s) when all d ischarge ~ l v e s are closed no more rapidly than in 3 seconds, and no more than in 10 seconds, dur ing all of the following condit ions:

(1) Over a range of pressures f rom 100 psi to 300 psi (690 kPa to 2069 kPa) ne t p u m p pressure with intake pressure between -10 psi a n d 185 psi (~o9kPa a n d 1276 kPa) a n d discharge pressure between 90 psi and 300 psi (621 kPa and 2069 kPa)

(2) Over a range of flows f rom 150 gpm (5t58 L/ ra in) to the rated capacity of the p u m p

(2) Barometr ic pressure: (corrected to sea level) 29 in. Hg (98.2 kPa), m i n i m u m

7-11.2.1.3 Engine-driven accessories shall no t be funct ional ly d i sconnec ted or otherwise r ende red inoperat ive dur ing the tests.

7-11.2.l~4 All s tructural enclosures, such as gratings, grills, an d hea t shields, no t fu rn i shed with a means for open ing in no rma l service shall be kept in p lace-dur ing the tests.

7-11.2.2 Equipment .

7-11.2.2.1 Suction hose shall be of the size specified in Table 7-2(a) for tile rated capacity of the pump.

7-11.2.2.2 A suct ion hose and s t ra iner that allows flow with total en t rance and friction loss no t greater than that specified in Table 7-2(b) shall be used.

7-11.2.2.3 One or more lines of fire hose, of sufficient diameter , shall be provided to allow discharge of the rated capacity of the p u m p to the nozzles or o ther f low-measuring equ ipment , without exceeding a flow velocity of 35 f t / s ec (10.7 m / s e c ) [approximately 193 g p m (730 L / m i n ) for 1 1/2-in. (38-mm) hose] .

7-11.2.2.4 Discharge shall be measu red us ing a s m o o t h b o r e nozzle a n d pitot tube or o ther e q u i p m e n t such as flow meters , volumetr ic tanks, or weigh tanks.

7-11.2.2.5 All test gages shall m e e t the r equ i r emen t s for Grade A gages as def ined in ASME B40.1, Gages - - Pressure Indicat ing Dial Type - - Elastic Element , and shall be at least size 32, in accordance with pa ragraph 3.1 o fASME B40.1. The suct ion gage shall have a range of 30 in. Hg (100 kPa) vacuum to zero for a vacuum gage or 30 in, Hg (100 kPa) vacuum to a gage pressure of 150 psi (1035 kPa) for a c o m p o u n d gage. The discharge pressure gage shall have a gage pressure range of zero to 400 psi (0 to 2758 kPa). Pitot gages shall have a gage pressure range of at least zero to 160 psi (0 to 1103 kPa). A mercury m a n o m e t e r shall be permi t ted to be used in lieu of a p u m p intake gage. All gages shall have been calibrated in

1 6 4

N F P A 1 9 0 6 ~ N o v e m b e r 2 0 0 0 R O P

the year p reced ing the tests. Calibrat ing e q u i p m e n t shall consist of " a dead-weight gage tester or a mas te r gage mee t ing the r equ i r emen t s for Grade 3A or Grade 4A gages as def ined in ASME B40.1 tha t has been calibrated by its manu fac t u r e r within the preced ing year.

7-11.2.2.6 All test gage connec t ions shall include "snubbing" means such as needle valves to d a m p ou t rapid needle movements .

7-11.2.2.7 Speed-measur ing e q u i p m e n t shall consist of a t achomete r or o ther device for measu r i ng revolut ions per minute .

7-1L2.3" Procedure. The ambien t air t empera ture , water tempera ture , vertical lift, elevation of test site, and a tmospher ic pressure (corrected to sea level) shall be d e t e r m i n e d and recorded prior to the p u m p test.

7-11.2.3.1 The p u m p shall be subjected to a 30-minute p u m p i n g test consist ing of con t inuous p u m p i n g at ra ted capacity at ra ted ne t p u m p pressure. If the p u m p is s topped before the test is completed , the entire p u m p test shall be repeated.

7-11.2.3.2 The discharge volume, d ischarge pressure, suct ion pressure, a n d engine speed shall be recorded at least three (3) t imes at approximate ly 1f -minute intervals. T h e average ne t p u m p pressure shall be calculated a n d recorded based on the average values for d ischarge and suct ion pressure.

(i) W h e n the discharge pressure drops by 5 psi (34 kPa) or more, the t ime shall be recorded and the e lapsed t ime f rom the open ing of the discharge valves calculated and recorded.

The requi red tank- to-pump flow rate shall be maintait~ed until 80 percen t of the ra ted capacity of the tank has been discharged. The volume discharged shall be calculated by mult iplying the rate of discharge in g p m by the t ime in minu tes elapsed f rom the open ing of the discharge valves until the discharge pressure drops by at least 5 psi (34 kPa) on level.

7-11.6 Piping Integrity Test. The p m n p and its connec t ed piping system shall be tested hydrostatically to a gage pressure of 250 ps~ (1725 kPa) or a 100 psi above rated p u m p pressure, whichever is less. The hydrostat ic test shall be conduc ted with the tank fill llne valve and the tank- to-pump valve closed. All d ischarge valves shall be open and the outlets capped. All intake valves shall he closed, and non-valved intakes shall be capped. ']['his pressure shall be ma in ta ined for 3 minutes .

Chapter 8 P u m p Engines ""

8-1 General. If a se,o.arate p u m p eng ine drives the pump , that eng ine shall m e ~ . ~ : ~ e q u i r e m e n t s of Chapte r 8. ..::!~!." . "':&::. 8-2 Engine ~ . g i . ' n e System Desigrt.

7-11.2.3.3 T h e engine, p u m p , t ransmission, and all parts of the 8-2 1" " .::i:i::::: ine::'~.C..rnor or electronic fuel control system shall appara tus shall exhibi t no u n d u e heat ing, loss of power, over- ~ speed, leaks, or o ther defect du r ing the entire test• be ' ins t w i l [ ' : ~ the speed of the eng ine u n d e r all

c o n d e m n s :~- ~pera t io~!~! .~a t speed establ ished by the engine 7-11.3 Pr iming Device Test. m ~ f a c t ~ r e r ; this shalLi~:~ the m a x i m u m gove rned speed.

• . ' . ~.--':~ii:.~::: ~ii~i~.,.. . ." ..... • 7-11.3.1 With all open ings to the p u m p closed, the p r imer shall be g-2.~ii~.ti~v~..atlc engine shu tdown systems shall be permi t te d opera ted in accordance with the manu fac t u r e r ' s instructions. The w h e n ' : ~ are an integral par t of the s t andard eng ine m a n a g e m e n t m a x i m u m vacuum at ta ined shall be at least. 17 in. Hg (57.6 kPa). ~.. system. ~ s.l~ll a lso be pe rmi t t ed to automatical ly shu t down the At alti tudes above 2000 ft (610 m) , the v a c u u m at ta ined shall be :~.:::::.:,. l aump d r i ~ : ~ i ! ~ n e when the p u m p is out: of water, provided the permi t ted to be less than 17 in. Hg (57.6 kPa) by 1 in. Hg (3.4 kPa) %~::-:~:-%~r,/9 mu.sgi~ge manua l ly a rmed. per 1000 ft (305 m) of alt i tude above 2000 ft (610 m) . :iiii:" "'~i.-'..':~:.~ ~::~

::~:~....~3 t Z ~ F m g ~ystem. 7-11.3.2 With the p u m p i n g uni t set up for the p u m p i n g t~.~-..~....¢..: "!ii#i::~., . ":~::L.":':". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

pr imer shall be operated in accordance with the manu-f~i'f '~:'~%: :....-.:..-~ a-~.l l n e e n g m e snan ne alrcooiect.or uqulci COeOleU , WU~I a Seli], ins t ruct ion until the p u m p has been p r i m e d and is d i~argin~! i i~ " - ~ t a i n e d cooling system. The coohng s]~tem ot m e eng ine snarl water• The interval f rom the t ime the p r imer is s t a r t ~ ' : . : t t ~ e ~."..':.:. % ,:i.'15e adequate to main ta in a t empera tu re in the eng ine at or below the p u m p discharges water shall be recorded. This t e s t~s~ l : : i~ '.:i~!i:::: ~i::::i~":" the engine manufac tu re r ' s m a x i m u m t empera tu re rat ing u n d e r all

e rmit ted to be pe r fo rmed in connec t ion with la..rjmi.ng ~ ~ p ......... i:i ...... condi t ions for which the appara tus is designed. for the p u m p i n g tesl. The u m e r e q m r e d to p . ~ ; : : ~ . ' ! ~ u m p " ~ [ l ~ ,::i:. _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . no t exceed 30 seconds Only b i o d e ~ r a d a b l ~ . ~ r o d u c ~ : ~ k q be '':~:::~:i';~::~ a-~.z t t m e eng ine ~s uqmct connect, araart valves snaai oe ms tmiea

. . . . . . " - ~ . - ~ ,::~-~~' " "~:. i:i!! !i::" at the lowest no in t of the coolin~ system a n d nrotected. perm~ttea to oe a i scnargea onto m e gro...u..~!::.. "%!!~: .:i:: " . . . .

7 11 4 Vacuum Test A vacuum test shall b : ~ i ~ o r m e d " ~ d shall 8-3.3 If the engine is liquid cooled, the radiator shall be m o u n t e d " ". • • " • • " ~ ; ~ .:-:~ - to revent the deve lopmen t of leaks caused by twisting or s t ra ining consist of sub j ecung the interior of the p u m p , ~ . c a p d retake P . .

a n d ca ed 'd i schar e outlets to a vacuum of 17":s':':::"::~"~'~(57 6 kPa ' where the appara tus operates over uneven g round . Radiator core,,; PP g , ~. ' . :~g t • ) . . . . . by m e a n s of the p u m p ' s p r iming device The v a c u ~ ' s h a l l no t shall be compat ible ru th commercml zuaufreeze so luuons . drop more than 10 m Hg (33 9 kPa) in 5 m m u t e ~ "/'he p r imer

• • • ' ' ';:" ~ " 8-3.4 ff the p u m p drive engine has a liquid cooling system, a shall no t be used after the 5-minute t e s t p e r i o d has begun . The engine shall no t be operated at any s p e e d g r e a t e r than the governed speed du r ing this test.

7-11.5" Wate r Tank- to-Pump Flow Test . A watbr tank-to-purdp flow test shall be conductec[ as follows.

(a) The water tank shall be filled until it overflows.

(b) All intakes to the p u m p shall be dosed .

(c) The tank fill shall be dosed.

(d) A hose l ine(s) and nozzle(s) suitable for d ischarging water at the requ i red flow rate shall be connec ted to one or more discharge outlets.

(e) The tank- to-pump valve and the discharge valves leading to the hose lines a n d nozzles shall be -opened fully.

(f) The e n g i n e thrott le shal l be a d j u s t e d u n t i l the requ i red flow rate, -0, +5 percent , is established. The d ischarge pressure shall be- recorded .

(g) . T h e discharge valves shall be closed and the Water t ank refilled.

(h) The discharge valves shall be r e o p e n e d fully and the t ime recorded. If necessary, the eng ine throt t le shall be adjus ted to ma in ta in the discharge pressure recorded as no ted in 7-11.5(t).

coolant t empera ture gage or h igh- tempera tu re indicator l ight shall be provided on the pumplpane l .

8-4 Lubricat ion System.

8-4.1 The eng ine oil fill2pipe shall be large e n o u g h and located so as to allow easy filling•

8-4.2 ff the p u m p drive engine has a positive pressure lubrication system, a low oil pressure indicator or oil pressure gage shall be provided on the p u m p panel.

8-4.3 Clearance or an ex tens ion shall be provided so the engine oil can be d ra ined and captured•

8-5 Fuel and Air System.-

8-5.1 Diesel Engines .

8-5.1.1 A dry-type air filter shall be provided. Air inlet restrictions shall no t exceed the engine m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s r ecommenda t ions . The air inlet shall be pro tec ted so as to prevent bu rn ing embers and water fxom enter ing- the air intake system.

8-5.1.2 The fuelsul~ply lines and fuel iilters shall mee t the engine m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s .

8-5.1.3 Where an electric fuel p r iming system is furnished, the valving a n d piping shall be a r ranged and marked with a label so that it can be operated only to repr ime the fuel system. W h e n the system is no t be ing intent ional ly operated, it shall be isolated f rom the fuel system and inoperable .

165


8-5.2 Gasoline Engdnes.

8-5.2.1 A dry-type air filter shall be provided. Air inlet restrictions shall no t exceed the engine manufac tu re r ' s r e commenda t ions . The air inlet shall be protec ted so as to prevent bu rn i ng embers and water f rom e n t e r i n g t h e air intake system.

8-5.2.2 All fuel lines and filters or strainers shall mee t the engine manufac tu r e r ' s r e commenda t i ons , a long with the r equ i rements f o u n d in 49 CFR 393 E (fuel systems). The fuel line(s) shall be located or protected, so as no t to be subjected to excessive hea t ing f rom any port ion of a vehicle exhaus t system. The line(s) shall be pro tec ted f rom mechanica l damage .

8-6* Exhaust System. The exhaus t p iping and discharge outlet shall be located so as not to expose any port ion of the uni t to excessive heat ing. Exhaust pipe discharge shall be di rected away f rom the p u m p opera tor ' s position. T he exhaus t system shall be provided with an approved spark arrestor. Exhans t back-pressure sball no t exceed the limits specified by the engine manufac ture r . W h e n 100 percen t of the exhaus t gases pass t h rough a turbo charger, a spark arrestor is no t r equ i red . Where parts of the exhaus t system are exposed in a m a n n e r likely to cause injury to opera t ing personnel , suitable protective guards shall be provided.

8-7 Engine Controls.

8-7.1" A non-keyed switch to start or stop the p u m p engine shall be fu rn i shed a n d shall be located at the p u m p opera tor ' s panel.

8-7.2* The engine speed shall be permi t ted to be control led by an au tomat ic speed control ler or a manua l ly adjustable throttle. A h a n d throt t le of a type tha t holds its set posit ion shall be provided where the p u m p drive engine is no t equ ipped with an au tomat ic

Chapter 9 Water Tanks

9-1 Tank Capacity. A water tank with a m i n i m u m capacity of 50 gal (190 L) shall be provided.

9-2 Tank Construction.

9-2.1" The water tank shall be cons t ruc ted of non-corrosive material or o ther materials tha t are protec ted against corrosion an d deteriorat ion. It shall have a means to permi t comple te c leaning of the tank.

9-2.2* If the water tank is i n d e p e n d e n t of the body a n d compar tments , it shall be equ ipped with a m e t h o d for lifting the tank(s) out of the body.

9-2.3 Tanks shall be cradled, cush ioned , spr ing m o u n t e d , or otherwise protected f rom u n d u e stress resul t ing f rom travel on uneven terrain. Tanks shall be m o u n t e d in accordance with the tank manufac tu re r ' s requi rements .

9-2.4* All water tanks shall be provided with baffles or swash parti t ions to form a c o n t a i n m e n t or dynamic m e t h o d of water m o v e m e n t control. . ,

..-:::i:::.. 9-2.4.1 I f a c o r ~ : n : ~ M t m e t h o d of b~ming is used, a m i n i m u m of one transvers.¢ii::~:.longitudinal vertical baffles shall be provided. There shal..l:.:~:e ~ ' : ~ m u m dis tance of 48 in. (1220 m m ) between any com.b . i '~ ion ~i::.'.~.~k vertical walls and baffles. Each baffle shall cover .a.~::~::~5 per~{~li.:.gf .d.ae area of the plane tha t contains the b a ~ ! ............ ~:::: " . . . . . i~i::::i::::::i~ii .... •

.-::i::" -- ~:i::::" ...~...'~# I"~i~::..dynamic m ' ~ o d of par t i t ioning is used, the tank shall " : ~ ' o r i ~ . . v . ~ transverse a n d longi tudina l parti t ions. T h e vertical

thrott le control system to control the engine speed. The thrott le par t i i~i . .shal" l be secured to the top a n d bo t tom of the tank. Th e shall be located so that it can be man ipu la t ed f rom the p u m p .:. longitu~:.pa,...tT_itions shall ex t end a m i n i m u m of 75 percen t of the opera tor ' s posit ion with all i n s t rumen ta t ion in full view. :ii::i::ii?:::::!i!i:i::.:..tank leng~iiii..-.-T-fie part i t ions shall be a r r anged in such a m a n n e r 8-8 Electrical System and Devices. =========================== ve..~.~al p lane of each part i t ion shall create cells for which

8-8.1 The electrical system on the p u m p engine shall mee t the ::i!!:.:.:...-..../i'~:i~f°n:-:-:- shall exceed 48 in. (1220 ram). r equ i rements of Section 4-2 a n d 44 .4 t h rough 4-4.4.2. .::!:#:::ili::i:. ::iii::i~::"9-2.5 -:iii*[n indicator shall be provided that shows the level or

- ..::!ii:: . . . . . . ::iii~i~ii~: 'i~::!:. a m o u n t of water in the tank(s) . If the appara tus is no t equipped 8-8.2 Where a separate battery(s) is provided, a built-k~i-means'::::{i5 "i::i.'.@.~h a p u m p , the indicator shall be visible at the inlet val,ee - - charge the battery(s) shall be provided. The c b a r g i ~ . ~ : ~ e m .s~#i::.... ":ii::::..:i::::~'osition. have an ou tpu t adequate to mee t the con t inuous anticip"~{{~i "i ............ i~iii::i::iiiii::il electrical load of the engine and star t ing sys tem.as . . .n lanufa :~ed , "':::::: .... 9-3 Tank to Pump Intake Line. A valved tank- to-pump connec t ion at 200°F (93°C) operatin:~ t empera tu re (wi th ia : i~ i i~R~ne ::iiiiii::i::ii .......... shall be provided and shall be capable of flowing water f rom the enc losure i f a p p l [ c a b l e ) , a n d shall be proy~:~e,:l w~tl '{'::~i~iiauto'~c tank at the ra ted capacity of the p u m p up to 250 g p m (950 L/min). regulat ion. ..::ii::ii!: '::::iii::i::ii:: .:¢ .... The valve control shall be located at the p u m p opera tor ' s position.

• :¢::':"::iiii::i::i::ii::. "iiiii::i} " This flow shall be susta inable while p u m p i n g a m i n i m u m of 80 8-9 Starting Device. An electrical s tar t ing d : ~ . shall b~i!~rovided, its characteristics, shall be such that, when o p e ~ .... un~i~r .... m a x i m u m load, the voltage drop of the conduct~: : :~#{1 be in accordance with SAE J541, Voltage Drop for Starting.:.~6tor Circuits. 8-10 Fuel Tanks.

8-10.1 The fuel tank(s) shall be of sufficient size to permi t operat ion of the p u m p at its ra ted capacity and pressure for at least one hou r without refilling.

8-10.2" The p u m p engine shall be permi t ted to draw fuel f rom the chassis fuel tank, when done in accordance with the chassis manu fac tu r e r ' s r e c o m m e n d a t i o n .

8-10.3" T h e fuel tank(s) and systems shall mee t 49 CFR 393.65 all fuel systems.

8-10.4 Each fuel tank shall be labeled near the fill open ing to indicate the type of fuel.

pe rcen t of the certified tank capacity with the appara tus on level ground.

9-4 Filling and Venting.

94.1 * A convenient , covered fill open ing des igned to prevent spillage shall be p rov ided and shall be des igned to allow the

1 insert ion o f a 1 /z-in. (38-ram) hose with a coupl ing with rocker lugs. The cover shall be marked with a label that reads: "Water Fill." An easily removed a n d c leaned screen shall be installed in the opening. The cover, or ano the r device, shall open as a ven t to release pressure bui ldup in the tank.

9-4.2* Adequate vent ing of the tanks shall be provided to allow water to be drawn f rom the tank at a rate at least equal to the rated capacity of the p u m p or 250 g p m (950 L / ra in ) , whichever is lower.

94.3* A valved tank fill line, sized in accordance with Table 94-3, shall be I~rovided. The valve control shall be located at the p u m p opera tor s posit ion.

Table 9-4.3 Size of Tank Fill Line

Pump Size Tank size 250 gallon or less 251 gal to 1000 gal 1000 gal or more (950 L or less) (951 L to 3784 L) (3785 L or more)

,gpm L / m i n in. mm in. mm in. mm

60 or less 227 or less 3/4 19 1 25 1 25

61 to 120 228 to 454 1 25 1.5 38 1.5 38

121 or greater 455 or igreater 1 25 1.5 38 2 51

166


9-5* W a t e r Tank Capacity Certification. The manufacturer shall certify the capacity of the water tank prior to delivery of the apparatus.. This capacity shall be recorded on the manufacturer ' s record of construct ion (see Section 2-14), and the certification shall be provided to the purchaser when the apparatus is delivered.

Chapter 10 Equipment Carried on Wildland Fire Apparatus

10-1" Suction Hose. If suction hose is provided, the hose shall comply with NFPA 1961, Standard for Fire Hose, and a suction strainer shall be furnished.

10-2" Minor Equipment. Equipment on the following list shall be available on the wildland apparatus before it is placed in service. Brackets or compar tments shall be furnished to organize and protect the equipment• A detailed list of who is to furnish the items and the method for organizing and protect ing shall be supplied by the purchasing authority.

(1) Two wheel chocks, moun ted in readily accessible locations, that meet or exceed the requir/:ments of SAE J348, Standard for

requirements of the other power-dependent .systems installed on the apparatus•

11-3.3" Components that are continuously wetted with foam concentrate shall be constructed of materials that will not be damaged in form, fit, or function, when exposed to foam concentrates, including the adverse effect~ of corrosion, formation of harmful solids, deter iorat ion ofgaskets and seals, binding of moving parts, and the deteriorat ion of the foam concentrate caused by contact with incompatible materials•

11-3.4 The foam propor t ioning componen t s that can be flushed with water after use shall be constructed of materials that do not corrode after being flushed with water and allowed to dry. These components shall also be constructed of materials resistant to deter iorat ion by foam concentrates.

11-3.5 The foam concentrate supply line shall no t collapse under all operat ing conditions specified by the manufacturer of the fomn propor t ion ing system.

11-3.6 A means shall be provided to prevent water backflow into the foam propor t ioning system and the foam concentrate storage tank.

Wheel Chocks, for the wheel diameter on which the chocks are to be used 11-3.7 A device ~ . . : : '~e provided on the foam concentrate suppl'g

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . side of the fo~!!~rolt~i~loner to prevent any debris that might kz) wne approveo, ary cnem~caa portaote n re exungmsner warn a zffPrt the n n ~ cff the fnzrn nrc~nt~rtltnnlncr iv~t~r~ frnm

min imum 40-B:C rating moun ted in a bracket fastened to the ent~enn-~-tt['e~'i:'s -t~"~-~'TV-he'clevic-e" sVh'a~l]'co~nsi'st'o~f'ar'em'o-va~bl"e t . . '~2, y ~ . . . . "~:4 a aratus • PP elemen..L:~i~hall '~:.......~ full flow capacity of the foam supply line.

(3) One first md kit • " - ll-3..,.~":A"fo:~" conce~@..~!isystem flush line(s) shall be provided as . . . . r .~ilred':~y. the foam s ~ m manufacturer A means shall be (4) If a s are tire ts carried on the a aratus, one set of tnre tools ....~. :...~ .,:... .~ " • .

• - P. PP . l ~ e d g~:$he flush hiae(s) to preyer t water baekflow into the nncludm~r a3ack and lug wrench -~:.:.:,.:::...:.:...:..::.:.: . . . . . o foar f f : i~ i~ntca te tank or water tank during the flushing operatmn.

(5) One reflective triangle kit Where'::~::.foam propor t ioning system is connec ted to more than :i::..: one foa~!::~.g~-ntrate storage tank, provisions shall be made to

. . . . . . . . . . . . . :iiiiiiiiiiiiii!!i!::::.£1ush all c r Y ' o n lines to avoid contaminat ion of dissimilar foam tmapter i t ~tass/ , t r o a m t~oncentra te r r o p o r n o n m g ~ystems ::!::."-:-::':~:i~tr~,~."

~ p A ~ P n h ~ C ~ t r ~ t e ~ i r c ~ h b ~ ° e ~ ~ e e c a p P o t e ~ i a ~ l ~ S A e ~ ~ h - i { i l i : : ~ " ~Ttt~li:~rm~i~eorSrauY't~o~i~ oS~te)r~ ~Pc~afi~l gbcSp~r°ltil~hedalla be P Y " PP" ' P • ~{{::i{i-. .~i:: i . . . . . . . . :ii::::.i ...... P P P ' P " " : " " " • -.'.:!::"::,:.-:g-.-:.-'.;:, ..::#:i'iii!::!i!i!!::.:.. ":.-i::.:-~!:i~equired by 11-9.2.

11-2 Requirements by Type o f F o a m P r o p o r t i o n i n g S ~ . . . . . . . . :ii::::i::!::!!!::{!!!!i." • , ' : : : : : : : : : : : . . -.--:.:.- •

11-2.1" Eductor System. An eductor foam p . r : ~ . n g s : ~ ..... shall mee t the requirements of ' l 1-3.1 t h r o u # * ' l l - 3 . ( 3 ~ - ~ . 8 a~iii~!i ii .... Sections 11-4, 11-5, 11-6, 11-9, and 11-10~ ..::!iiii!~:~. "%-:;:~.:.:-'. ~::'i':'::"

11-2.2" Sel f - rduet ing Master Stream N'ozzi"~iiii~ self-edLl'~ng master stream nozzle shall meet the requirem~:~-::gf Sec•~ns 11-3, 11-4, 11-6, 11-9, and 11-10. "::~J~i~::, ::-#::~ - %.-: :.:...: :.: :.: :::

• 1 11-2.3 Intake-S'de System. An intake-side foam ~ o p o r f i o n i n g system shall mee t the requirements of Sections 11-3, 11-4, 11-5, 11-6, 11-9, and 11-10.

11-2.4" Around-the-Pump, System. An around- the-pump foam propor t ion ing system shall mee t the requirements of Sections 11-3, 11-4, 11-5, 11-6, 11-9, and 11-10. '

11-2.5" Balanced Pressure System. A balanced pressure foam propor t ioning system shall mee t the requirements of Sections 11-3 through 11-10.

ll-'L6* D i r e c t Injec t ion Systems. A direct injection foam propor t ioning system shall meet the requirements of Sections 11-3, 11-4, 11-5, 11-6, 11-7, 11-9, and 11-10.

11-2.7" W a t e r - P o w e r e d Direc t In jec t ion F o a m P r o p o r t i o n i n g System. A water motor or water turbine foam propor t ioning system shall mee t the requirements of Sections 11-3, 11-4, 11-5, 11-6, 11-7, 11-9, and 11-10.

11-3 Design a n d P e r f o r m a n c e R e q u i r e m e n t s o f a F o a m System.

11-3.1" The propor t ioning system shall be capable of propor t ioning foam concentrate(s) in accordance with the foam concentrate manufacturer ' s r ecommendat ions for the typ.e of foam concentrate used in the system over the system's design range of flow and pressures. The foam propor t ion ing system water flow characteristics, and the range of propor t ioning ratio(s), shall be specified by the purchaser.

11-3.2 T h e apparatus shall be capable of supplyinl~ the power required by the foam propor t ioning system in addntion to the

11-4.2 Foam propor t ioning systems that ~require flushing after use shall be provided with readily accessible controls that enable the operator to completely flush the system ~Jth water according to the manufacturer ' s instructions.

11-4.3 Foam propor t ioning systems that incorporate foam concentrate meter ing valves shall have each meter ing valve calibrated and marked with a plate to indicate the rate(s) of the foam concentrate propor t ioning available as de te rmined by the design of the system.

11-4.4 Foam propor t ioning systems that incorp6rate automatic propor t ioning features shall be equipped with controls that enable the operator to isolate the automatic feature and operate the system.

11-5 F o a m System Pressure Indicating Devices, Flow Meters, and I n d i c a t o r s .

11-5.1 The displays of all pressure indicating devices or flow meters, and o ther indicators (e.g., fluid level indicators) shall be located so that they are visible f rom the pump operator 's position and shall mee t the requirements of 2-3.2.

11-5.2 Where an analog pressure gage is used, it shall have a min imum accuracy of Grade B as def ined in ASME B40.1, Gages - - Pressure Indicating Dial Type "---- Elastic EL, rnent. Numerals for master gages shah be a mfn imum of 5/s2 in. (4 ram) high• There: shall be graduation lines showing at least every 10 psi (69 kPa), with major and intermediate graduation lines emphasized and figures at least every 100 psi (690 kPa). ~Maalog pressure gages shall be vibration and pressure pulsation dampened ; resistant to corrosion, condensat ion and shock; and have internal mechanisms that are factory lubricated for the life of the gage.

11-5.3 If digital pressure indicating devices are used, the digits shall be at least 0.25 in. (6.4 mm) high. Digital pressure indicating devices shall display pressure in increments of no t more than 10 psi (69 kPa). Digital pressure indicating devices shall have an accuracy of +3 percent over the full scale.

167


11-5.4 Each pressure indicating device or flow meter, and its respective display shall be mounted and attached so it is protected f rom accidental damage and excessive vibration.

11-5.5 A gage(s) shall be provided for balanced pressure foam propor t ioning systems that simultaneously indicates water pressure and foam concentrate pressure.

11-6 Atmospheric Foam Concentrate Tank. If the foam propor t ioning system incorporates an atmospheric foam concentrate tank, 11-6.1 through 11-6.12 shall apply.

11-6.1 The foam concentrate tank or tanks shall be constructed of non-corrosive materials or other materials that are protected

~t~e nSt corrosion or deterioration and that will not be adversely cted by the foam concentrate to be stored in the tank.

11-6.2 All foam concentrate tanks shall be provided with sufficient swash partitions so that the maximum dimension perpendicular to the plane of any partition shall not exceed 36 in. (915 mm). The swash partition(s) shall extend f rom wall to wall and cover at least 75 percent of the area of the plane of the partition.

11-6.3" The foam concentrate tank shall be provided with a fill tower or expansion compar tment that has a minimum area of 12 in. = (7742 mm ~) and that has a volume of not less than 1 percent of the total tank volume• The fill tower opening shall be protected by a completely sealed airtight cover. The cover shall be attached to the fill tower by mechanical means. The fill opening shall incorporate a removable screen with a mesh not to exceed 1/4 in. (6 ram) and shall be arranged so that foam concentrate from a 5- gal (19-L) container can be dumped directly to the bottom of the tank to minimize aeration without the use of funnels or other special devices.

11-6.4 The fill tower shall be equipped with a pressure /vacuum

11-7.2 The materials of construction for the foam concentrate p u m p shall be corrosion resistant and compatible with the type of foam concentrate(s) listed on the label required by 11-9.3.

11-7.3 Drive train components that transmit power to the foam concentrate p u m p shall be in accordance with the apparatus manufacturer 's design performance provided on the plate required by 11-9.3.

11-7.4 A means to relieve excess pressure in the foam concentrate pumping system shall be provided to protect the foam concentrate pump from damage.

11-7.5" Foam concentrate pumps that are intended to be supplied from an external source of foam concentrate shall be provided with an external valved intake and discharge connection.

11-8 Pressure Vessel Foam Concentrate or Foam Solution Tanks. If the foam propor t ioning system incorporates a pressure vessel foam concentrate tank, or the foam solution is contained in a pressure vessel, 11-8.1 through 11-8.8 shall apply.

11-8.1 If the tank is charged with a compressed gas or a pressurized liquid, and it falls within the scope of Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME Boiler anff Pressure Vessel Code, it shall be designed, fabrica,.~!..a.nd stamped in accordance with the requirements ~. .gecti '~ 'VIII , Division 1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vess.~i::~, for the rated pressure.

. : . : . : . , , : . : . : . : . : . : . .

11-8.2 F . ~ . a ~ : + o r o ~ n i n g system piping and components shall be des}g~..d...:'~.withs:~:. 3 ...n)inimum of 1 1/2 times the maximum wor .~ 'g p i ~ u r e of th~ii~:~sure vessel and shall be tested to the w ~ i n g ~..essure of th¢::~'~essure vessel after installation.

c]"l-~'.~i~'!iiTl~:~essure vessel tank shall be protected against corro}}~!i.from the foam concentrate or water stored in the tank.

vent that enables the tank to comoensate for chan~es in oressure or.:::~-. . . . . . . 2::i:ii~i!!::, .4:-, . . _ . - . ~ . . . . . • . . , o ~ '::::::::::::.... 11-~. a. li- t~¢:::tanK is equlpp eel wlm a grBvl ty nu U e nas a fill cap), vacuum when filhn~ or wlthdravnng foam concentrate from the ":::::::!::':::--~, _ ~ . -~i:Tgi: -" . . . . . ~ . . . . ' , " . , • • ::::::::::::::::::::::::::: opemng snail De a nnn lmum z-in. ( D l - m m } lnsloe tank. The pressurefvacuum vent shall not allow atmospheric a,r to "::.:::. '":'~:.::~:--. . . . . -:i::"

enter the foam tank except during operation or to compensate for 'iiii:::: ..::i!i::: ........ i!!::!i!::!ii:. !::" thermal fluctuations. The vent shall be protected to prevent...f,~am ":iiii::!ii::"l 1-8.@~]' The fill cap shall be equipped with nontapered threads concentrate from escaping or directly contacting the vent:ii6~:~ii-: ":--:: and a" compressible gasket. time. The vent shall be of sufficient size to prevent tar{.~i'~amag~::::i" :~ii~::.-:~"-" during filling or foam withdrawal. ..::ii~iiiiiiii: . . . . ii::: ....... -:i:. ~.'1:1-8.4.2 Special wrenches or tools required to dghten the fill cap

.......... :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: be supplied by the manufacturer and shall be mounted 11-6.5 The foam concentrate tank shall not be e q u i p p e d ' ~ an -:::iiiiii::ii;i:: adjacent to the fill cap. overflow pipe or any direct opening to the a ~ . e . . . . . . %iii?:::ii .........

: : . : . . : . , . ; . : . : . : . : . : . :< . . - < . : . : . : - : . : . , . . . : . ; :

11-6.6. The foam concentrate tank(s) sha!::i~ge d e s i ~ i i ~ d ::i!iiiiii~ .... 11-8.4.3 A safety vent hole shall be located in the fill cap so tha t j t vents the tank pressure while at least 31/2 threads remain engaged.

constructed to facilitate complete in ter i .~ i : :~hing a n d " ~ n i r / ~ " as

r equlred. -.::i-~-~iiiii .... iiiii::i

11-6.7 A minimum 1/2-in. (13-mm) valved dra'~ii~.h.all ~:pro~ded at the lowest point of any foam concentrate t a n k . ~ i . ~ k a i n shall be piped to drain directly to the surface beneath tb.~::apparatus without contacting other body or chassis compon~'hts.

11-6.8" The foam concentrate tank shall be constructed and installed to be independent of the apparatus body.

11-6.9 The foam concentrate discharge system design shall prevent the s iphoning of foam concentrate.

11-6.10" A label that reads "Foam Tank Fill" shall be placed at or near any foam concentrate tank fill opening. A label shall be placed at or near any foam concentrate tank fill opening that specifies the type(s) of foam concentrate the system is designed to use, any restrictions on the types of foam concentrate that can be used with the system, and a warning message that reads "Warning: Do Not Mix Brands and Types of Foam."

11-6.11 The foam concentrate tank outlet connection shall be designed a~ad located to prevent aeration of the foam concentrate and shall allow withdrawal of 80 percent of the foam concentrate tank storage capacity under all operating conditions with the vehicle level.

1 I-6.12 The foam concentrate tank inlet connection, if provided, shall prevent aeration of the foam concentrate under all operating conditions.

11-7" Foam Concentrate Pump. If the foam proport ioning system is equipped with a foam concentrate pump, 11-7.1 through 11-7.5 shall apply.

11-7.1 The foam concentrate pump shall operate without cavitation when delivering maximum rated flow.

11-8.5 A minimum 1/2-in. (13-ram), manually operated, valved vent shall be provided on all pressure vessel tanks.

11-8.6 If the pressure vessel is charged with a compressed gas or a pressurized liquid, a relief valve that meets the applicable requirements of Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, shall be installed on the pressure vessel and set to prevent tile vessel pressure from exceeding 110 percent of the max imum allowable working pressure.

11-8.7 A min imum 1/2-in. (13-mm), manually operated, valved drain connection shall be provided on all pressure vessel tanks.

11-8.8 A device indicating the internal pressure of the pressure vessel shall be located at the operator 's position.

11-9 Labels, Plates, and Instructions.

11-9.1 An instruction plate shall be provided for the foanl propor t ioning system that includes, at a minimum, a piping schematic of the system and basic operating instructions.

11-9.2 Each control, gage, and indicator necessary to operate the foam propor t ioning system shall be marked with a label as to its function.

11-9.3 A plate, located at the operator 's position, shall provide the following information pertaining to the operat ing specifications of the foam propor t ioning system:

(1) Foam classification type (Class A, Class B, or Class A and B)

(2) Types of foam concentrates for system use (see Operation Manual)

(3) Proport ioning rate (percent)

(4) M a x i m u m / m i n i m u m water flow (gpm)

168


(5) M a x i m u m / m i n i m u m operat ing p r e s s u r e

11-9.4 Two copies of an operations and m a i n t e n a n c e m a n u a i shall be provided. They shall include a complete diagram of the system together with operat ing instructions, system foam concentrate capabilities, original system caiibration, and details outlining all r e c o m m e n d e d main tenance procedures .

11-10" Foam Propor t ioning System Accuracy. The foam p ropor t ion ing system shall be accurate th roughout the manufacturer 's stated range of flow(s) and pressure(s). The accuracy of the foam propor t ioning system shall be tested by the apparatus manufacturer prior to delivery of the apparatus. Systems designed to produce foam solution at ratios of les~ than 1 percent shall propor t ion foam concentrate to an accuracy of 5:20 percent. Systems designed to produce foam solution at ratios of 1 percent or greater shall propor t ion foam concentrate to an accuracy of minus 0 plus 30 percent or 1 percentage point, whichever is less.

Chapter 12 Compressed Air Foam Systems (CAFS)

12-1" Application. If the wildland fire apparatus is equipped with a compressed air foam system (CAFS), it shall comply with the applicable sections of Chapter 12.

12-2" General Requirements .

panel indicating the test date s tamped on the cylinders and the date the cylinde/'s will next require testing.

12-4" Air Mixing.

12-4.1 An automatic means shall be provided to prevent the backflow of all liquids and gases including the back.flow of water or foam solution i n t o t h e compressed air source, air into the water pump, and both water and air into the foam propor t ioning equipment .

12-4.2 A means of mixing air and foam solution shall be provided on CAFS. The air and foam so ludon mixing system shall provide homogeneous mixing of the compressed air and foam solution.

12-5" Compressed Air S~mtem Piping. "Iqae discharge plumbing shall be configured to minimize the use of elbows or abrupt turns.

12-6 Air Source Controls.

12-6.1 All compressed air source controls shall be located at the pump operator 's position and shall be identified with a plate in accordance with the requirements of 12-8.1.

12-6.2 Compressed air foam systems that require flushing after use shall be p r o v i d e d . . ~ controls that are accessible to the operator and enable t h e . ~ to completely flush the system with water according to ~i:-xnanufacturer 's instructions. ,.q-::..-.:::-:~::-:.?:. 12-7 Foan¢'.:~ s t~!~. . ressure Indicatinl~ Devices, Flow Meters, a n d 12-2.1 An automatic regulating foam propor t ioning system shall be . ,:.:.:~ ..:.....:.:.: . . . . .

used and shall comply with the applicable requirements of Chapter lndica~...:~~]-~:k. " .... ~ii~:f~%::. ~.:::.

9. 12-.7.4#:';l'.lje"::~isplays o/ ' :~essure indicating devices, flow meters, 12-2.2 The total CAFS rating shall be expressed in terms of air and a~ i i : ind i~ors (e .g . , flu~.. :"level indicators) shall be located so they

. ~ ' ; ~ b l ~ . r n the pump operator ' s position and shall meet the water flow. The air flow shall be expressed in s tandard cubic feet reqta |~{'nt~' :"bf 2-3.2. per minute (scfm) and shall be based on the contin'uoug flow capacity of the compressed air source(s) at a min imum of 125 psi .... 19 7 9 ~ o ~en analncr nre~¢,,r~ ~ ;~ , , ~ a it ghnll hnvo (862 kPa) The water flow shall be expressed in ~allons her minute":!ii~!:~:::.-,. "~ : . . . . ~-~g...-:!~:i:'.'--~" --'";~,,~ v ~ - ~ ~,-~,~ -~ , " ' ~ : 2,~,;;'~','2", ~X , . ' . , , . . . . . . . . . o r -~..-.::..-~..inlmum a~euracy oI u rane t~ as ctetmeo in t~tvir, t~4u.l, uages - - tgpm) at a pressure ot xz~ psi tooz gva). - ~ i~" : : : : - :~ l r e l . ~ c a t i n g Dial Type - - Elastic Element. Numerals for

• "~i.:.. lti~{~ii ...... es shall be a min imum of 5/ in (4 mm) hi ~h Ther, - 12-2.3 The apparatus shall be capable of supplying: oower for .:::':: . . . . . :::~'~ . . . . s2 • g • - ooeraf ine the C.&FS at its rated caoacitv in additior~ t'o all o ~ . : - , ':.-:~i.::-:'-"-~hall ...~" gractuauon hnes showang at least every 10 psi (69 kPa), . . . . -- . . . . ~..-~..~?'.:.: .-'~ - . . . . . .

OWO~ de~e~a~nt s , , , ,o~s : ~ . m l e n ^~ ot, o ~ . . . . . . .-.-:::~:'" -:::::..'.::::: ::~. wxth major and intermediate g raduanon hnes emphastzed and P ~- v . . . . y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "- " v v . . . . . . ..:..,..~.~::: -%i ! '~ii!-~,~res at least every 100 psi (690 kPa). Analog pressure gages 12-2.4" On CAFS the water pump and air pressure$ . - ' . "~be :.-.':'ii!i~i:*i::::-.-, % ~i -~fi~all be vibration and pressure pulsation d a m p e n e d resistant to automatically balanced up to the rated pressure of t~e "~.:'~i:: ........... ~:!!::~::!ii}i~::!~":" corrosion, condensat ion, and shock; and have interrial compressor within 5:5 percent . -x s "%%%::- ":'::::;:~::::" mechanisms that are factory lubricated for the life of the gage.

x..q::::..?~-:'-~x.. ' ~',:::.':::::'~, . . 12-2.5" A means shall be provided on all ~ ' : ' f o ' ~ : ~ l ~ p e r a : ~ - ' . ' ! ~ : 12-7.3 If digital pressure indicating devices are used, the digits- relieve all pressure f rom the system after ~ . . s y s t e m h ~ i ~ n .i?. ;;i:" shall be at least 0.25 in. (6.4 ram) high. Digital pressure indicating deactivated. ...-.~:;:~i~i~.i:;., .~..~.......... ':~,~ii'i~.:............ "*" devices shall . . . . . . display pressure in increments of no t more than 10 ps

"~!..'.'-.'~!'::.. iiii~* (69 kPa). Dtgttal pressure indicating de~aces shall have an accuracy 12-3 Compressed Air S o u r c e . ": :~, . . .::j of +3 percent over the full scale.

12-3.1 The compressed air source operat ing in c[~,. ' .~:~vironment condit ions shall be des igned to provide a c o n t i n u ~ ' • r a t e d supply respective display, shall be m o u n t e d and at tached so it is protected for 6 hours durat ion without need ing adjustment, ":~.ddition of lubrication, or changing of air filters.

12-3.2 The compressed air system shall be equipped with an air pressure relief valve that.is set to prevent the compressed air system from exceeding 110 15ercent of the maximum allowable working pressure of the system. The outlet of the relief device shall be routed to an area that does no t expose personnel to air blasts or cause the creation of dust.

12-3.3 If the possibility exists for moisture to build up in the compressed air system, the system shall be equipped with moisturi~ drain valves..

12-3.4 If a holding, surge, or separator tank (DOT tank or ASME pressure vessel) is provided, it shall comply with 29 CaVR 1910:]69, Air receivers or equal for the rated pressure.

12-3.4.1 Transportable air tanks shall comply with 49 C-.b~178.37, Specification 3AA and 3AAX seamless steel cylinders, or 29 CFR 1910.169, Air receivers: Relief valves shall be of the ASME type on ASME cylinders and of the DOT type on DOT cylinders or equal for the rated pressure.

12-3.4.2 Valves installed on air tanks shall meet the requirements of the Compressed Gas Association or equivalent standards regarding pressure and usage with compressed air.

12-3.4.3 Air tanks shall be pe rmanendy s tamped or identified in accordance with DOT or ASME regulations. If the installation utilizes DOT cylinders, a label shall be placed on the operator 's

12-7.4 Each pressure indicating device mad flow meter, and its

from accidental damage and excessiw: vibration. / 12-7.5 Flow meter displays shall be located at the pump operator 's position and shall indicate the 'airflow in s tandard cubic feet per minute and indicate the water flow in gallons per minute. Flow meters shall be rated to a hydrostatic burst gage pressure of 500 psi (3447 kPa) if located on the pressure side of the system.

12-7.6" A pressure indicating device shall be provided for the compressed air source.

12-8 Labels and Instruction Plates.

12-8.1 A plate indicating the identification, function, and operat ion shall be provided for each control, gage, and indicator required to operate the compressed air foam system.

12-8.2 A label shall be provided at the p u m p operator 's position that gives the rated continuous flow capacity of the compressed Mr source at 125 psi (862 kPa).

12-8.3 An instruction plate shall be provided at the pump operator ' s posit ion that states the following:

(1) Open and close valves slowly•

(2) Do no t run with jus t air/water.

(3) Shut off air when foam tank is empty.

(4) Be prepared for high nozzle reactions - - open nozzle slowly.

169

2


12-9" Manufacturer's Predelivery Tests. The nmnufacturer shall conduct the tests that are detailed in 12-9.1 and 12-9.2 prior to delivery of the apparatus.

12-9.1 Capacity Rating Test.

12-9.1.1 The operation of the water pump and the compressed air source shall be tested simultaneously to determine the integrity of the system and to ensure that there is adequate power available to operate these components of the CAFS. The compressed air source shall be operated at its flow capacity at a min imum 125 psi (862 kPa), and the water p u m p shall discharge 2 gpm (7.6 L /min) of water at 125 psi (862 kPa) net pump pressure for every one scfm of compressed air discharge. The discharge shall be through at least two separate discharge openings, one discharging air only and the other discharging water only.

12-9.1.2 One or more lines of fire hose of sufficient diameter shall be provided to allow discharge of the required amount of water from the pump to a nozzle or other flow-measuring equipment without exceeding a flbw velocity of 35 f t /sec (10.7 m/see) [approximately 500 gpm (1900 L /min) for 2 ~/2-in. (65-ram) hose]. The discharge shall be measured using a smoothbore nozzle and pilot tube or other equipment such as flow meters, volumetric tanks, or weigh tanks. Test gages shall meet the requirements of 14-13.2.2.4, mad all test gage connections shall include "snubbing" means, such as needle valves to damp out rapid needle movements, unless the gages are liquid-filled.

12-9.1.3" The airflow rate shall be measured using- a pressure and temperature compensated flow-measuring device• The airflow shall be measured in standard cubic feet per minute (scfm) at a min imum of 125 psi (862 kPa). The airflow-measuring devi'ce shall have been calibrated for accuracy within the previous 3 months. The air discharge outlet shall have nothing attached directly to it

13-3 Electric Powered Winches.

13-3.1 Controls.

13-3.1.1" Control of the electric motor shall be by means of a hanitheld switch with forward, neutral, and reverse positions. The switch shall be located at the end of a min imum 25 ft (7.6 m) electrical cord that plugs into a receptacle near the winch location. Alternately, the switch shall be permitted to be located on a handheld transmitter of a Federal Communicat ions Commission (FCC)- approved radio frequency winch control device.

13-3.1.2 A free-spooling clutch shall be provided in addition to the remote control device if the winch is not visible to the operator.

13-3.2 Power Supply. Dedicated power and ground circuits shall be utilized. Wiring shall be sized in accordance with the manufacturer 's installation instructions and 4-2.1 of this standard.

13-4 Hydraulic Winches.

13-4.1 All hydraulic hose shall be designed for hydraulic pressures encountered for the specified hydraulic components . Hose shall be a wire braided-type with a female swivel on one end.

13-4.2 Hydraulic . . ~ k s . . . : . : . : . . . - . . . : . : . : . : . .

13-4.2.1 The lz~auli'ci::tluid tank shall be sized to prevent overheating...~f:~!:~uid or cavitation of the hydraulic pump at its maximum .:~.t p u'{:'i::~.!.

134.~g-"::::ii~lae{{i~ank ":':" ":" -'::::'st~:~{~i::~erllait visual checking of the fluid level and easy..-:i¢gfill.in'~:: The fill l~:ei'~::shall have a label permanently attached n~. . the ' :~ | l point statio~:"the hydraulic oil quantity and type.

:i34!~:::a*~in plug shall be installed to permit complete draini~i~.{, the tank. except the test device(s). .-.. ..:.:.:.:.: . . . . . :..

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ":ili{::ii::iiii::::.:... 13-4.2.4 ~ : ! i ~ " r e t u r n line diffuser shall be installed in the tank. A la-~.l.,t l n e water pumD ann the comDresseo air source snail De '::i:?::::i:i:i:::i:i:i:-.'-...., , ":::-:" , ,, , ,, ~ . - -- -- . ":':" "'-'::':'::~-swaslq.~ii~rtltlOn snail De lnstauecl in t/le tank between l.he started and the rated flows and pressures as speofied m 12-9 1.1 :.:.:. "-:-::::.:.:--~::.. .':f .. • . . "::::. st.~-m'~::al~t return nnes. shall be malntmned. The system shall be run for 1 hour. Readings ::i!i:...fi: . . . . . :i~ii::!::" of the airflow rate and pressure, and the water pump p r e s ~ : : i ~ a d :i::iii!::"13-4.~:~; A vent shall be supplied and shall be designed to prevent discharge rate shall be taken at least every 10 m nutes..-::::--'::i::::"'""::i~i~:-:-:.:-' %:.dirt and moisture from entering the tank.

. . . . . , x .>: ".x..-.-.+>"

12-9.1.5 Failure of any componen t of the CArS to ~ i ~ n a i ~ i ~ . % siiii-~i~-4 3 The system shall he ecminned with necessary filters and water pressures and discharge volumes at or above/f ie @ ~ i i .............. ~i~i!{}iiiii::iiiiiiii:":"strainers to keep the hydrauli~c fluid within the cleanliness rating shall consUtute failure of the test. . ....................... "::%::i!i .... " ............ requirements necessary for operation of tire hydraulic system.

12-9.2" Standby Run Test. One 200-ft (61-....~."~:;:]"{n'e:":i~:i~ii{i~-in'-i~:~iiiY 13-4.4" The winch shall be equipped with clutch assembly to mm) hose shall be connected to the disch~e of the ~ £ an~ii .... permit free-spooling and quick removal of cable. This control shall shall be s~etche.d out on level ground. :...~'-~.r..:ter-turn ~ of the be accessible without reaching under the apparatus. If the winch is same nominal size as the hose shall be msta |~i .~tt the d i ~ a r g e installed under the vehicle, it shall be remotely controlled. end. The hose shall be restrained immediate'l:~ii~hind t i~ valve at the discharge end to prevent uncontrollable m~o~n.l~;i~}len the valve is opened. Operating as a CARS, with gage a~:~ii~tput at 125 psi (862 kPa), a foam flow shall be established in rJ~ii~ hose line. With the water tank at the one-half full level, the valve at the discharge end of the hose shall be shut no faster than in 3 seconds and no slower than in 10 seconds. The engine(s) speed shall be maintained for t0 minutes without discharging water, air, or foam solution from the CArS and without operator intervention• A by- pass line shall be permitted to be opened temporarily if needed to keep the water temperature in the pump within acceptable limits. At the end of 10 minutes, the valve shall be reopened no faster than in 3 seconds and no slower thma in 10 seconds. Any damage to the system that affects its rated performance characteristics or the lack o[ a fire stream immediately upon opening the hose line shall constitute failure of this test.

Chapter 13 Winches

13-1 General. If a chassis-mounted winch is installed on the .~0Paratus, it shall meet the requirements of Chapter 13 and SAE

6, Rating of Winches.

13-2 Rating.

13-2.1" The winch shall have a min imum single line pull rating of 50 percent of tile vehicles rated GVWR.

13-2.2 The winch shall have a min imum wire rope length of 150 ft (46 m). The wire rope shall be of a type and size recommended by the winch manufacturer. The wire rope assembly, including all hardware such as clevises, hooks, and snatch blocks provided for at tachment to the winch, shall have a breaking strength greater than the line pull capacity of the winch.

13-4.5 Driving Compartment Controls.

13-4.5.1 The hydraulic p u m p engagement controls shall be located in the driving compar tment and shall be marked with a plate indicating their purpose and use.

13-4.5.2 A red light shall be installed in the driving compar tment to indicate when the winch drive system is engaged.

Chapter 14 Vehicle Protection Systems

14-1 Brush Rails. If brush rails are installed on the apparatus, they shall meet the requirements of 14-1.1 through 14-1.3.

14-1.1 Rails shall be suppor ted directly by members attached to the vehicle chassis frame. The rails shall be designed for replacement, if damaged, or for removal for servicing or repairing the vehicle chassis or body without the use of welding or cutting equipment.

14-1.2 The rails shall not impede the normal opening of engine enclosures, access to the driving and crew compar tment(s) , access to body storage compartments, or access to fire-fighting equipment.

14-1.3 The rails shall not block the full function of any of the vehicle lighting systems, whether normal travel lights, warning lights, or work area lights on the vehicle.

14-2 Grill Guard. f f a grill guard is installed on the apparatus, it shall meet the requirements of 14-2.1 through 14-2.4.

14-2.1 The grill guard shall protect the front of the cab, including the headlights and radiator air inlet.

170


14-2.2 The grill guard shall be suppor ted directly by the bumper at the f ront of the cab or by members at tached to the vehicle chassis frame. The guard shall be des igned for replacement , if damaged,. or for removal for servicing or tyepairing the vehicle chassis without the use of welding or cutting equipment .

14-2.3 The guard shall not impede the normal open ing of the engine enclosures.

14-2.4 The guard shall no t block the full funct ion of any of the vehicle l ighung systems, whether normal travel lights, warning lights, or work area lights on the vehicle. -, .

14-3" Skid Plates. If skid plates are installed on the apparatus, they shall mee t the requirements of 14-3.1 through 14-$.4.

14-3.1 Skid plates shall be installed on non-movable components that protrude below the normal truck chassis parts.

14-3.2 Skid plates shall be suppor ted directly by the componen t they are protect ing or the chassis frame and shall be removable without the use of welding or cutting equipment .

14-3.3 Skid plates shall not impede the normal function of the vehicle or any of its systems.

14-3.4 Skid plates shall be designed, located, and installed in a manner that minimizes the trapping of vegetative material between the plate and the componen t it guards or o ther components .

SAEJ551-2, Limits and Methods of Meas;zrement of Radio Disturbance Characteristics of Vehicles, Motorboats and Spark-ignited Engine-Driven Devices, 1996.

SAEJ553, Circuit Breakers, 1996.

SAEJ554, Electric Fuses (Cartridge Type). 1987.

SAEJ5-78, Color Specification, 1995.

S'AEJ595, Flashing Warning Lamps Jbr Authorized Emergency, Maintenance, and Service Vehicles, 1985.

SAEJ'683, Tire Chain Clearance - - 7"tucks, Buses (except Suburban, Intercity, and Transit Buses), and Combinations of Vehicles, 1985.

SAEJ690, Certificates of Maximum Net Horsepower for Motor Trucks and Truck Tractors, 1964.

SAEJ706, Rating of Winches, 1985.

SAEJ845, 360 Degree Warning Device.s fi~r Authorized Emergency, Maintenanc~ and Service Vehicles, 1997.

SAEJ994, Alarm - - Backup - - Electn'c, Laboratory Performance Testing, 1993. .._..=:..:::.

. . : . : . : . : . : . : . : . .

SAEJ1054, W......~'~n~:':'.~mp Alternating l~ashers, 1994.

S A E J l 1 2 7 , ~ : . . C a i l e , 1995.

SAEJl..~g~:!~}~ow ~ Prlma,~ Cable, 1995. Chal~ter 15 Referenced Publications ..~:i:i:,:::-:::~i~::.."::i~, "::N~iii!::.. ::i:-

- S~"?'~'i29.27"::"Automobile~:~ck, Truck-Tractor, Trailer, ahd Motor W~.....~, 1981 . . . . . ~i::"

15-1 The following documents or port ions thereof-are referenced ~:.:'-':":':::-~{}~.'."~.ii::. .~ ::::! !!: ::.. " within this s tandard as mandatory requi rements and shall be " SA~i~'~,""'.~aseous Discharge Warning Lamp for Authorized considered par t of the requirements of this standard. The edition Emerg~i..:.,:..Maintenance , and Service Vehicles, 1998. indicated for each referenced mandatory documen t is the current :.-':.!:i::.: . . . . . . . -~i~-~ii::~!~:" _ . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . ::::'.':.':.::.:..:..:. ~AL J155~,,::'.~otometry Laboratory Accuracy t,u~aeunes ± vu4. edmon as of the date of the NFPA issuance of this standard. Some .:::?:;:::::::::..: ...... "..:::.- of these mandatory documents might also be referenced in this ":!i. "":'::i:iiiii~..~.:,.,oNY"_o w ~ ion Th . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ '::::" " ~ 1 ! ; ~ . ~ , L Iens am vvau rr~rnary t~aote 1992 stanctarn tor specmc mrormataonm purposes and, mere tore , are :& ..-:i::" "~:-:::-:: -- ' also listed in Appendix D. ..::~-....:'.!!~}:! .... :{Ii}!::!¢!::~SAE:~-~:849, Emergency Vehicle Sirens, 1995.

15-1.1 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protect ion A~.~'~'iati~j{iil { i } i . . ~ J 1 8 8 8 High Current Time Lag Electric Fuses 1990. Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA 0 2 2 6 ~ 1 . :i}~ ...... .~:~ ~-'":~ - ' ~ ~ '

":i:""%{iiii}i::....::'ii;i:::::::??i{ii{i':~::... !'-'i:-:.. ':~::~ SAEJ2077, Miniature Blade Type Electrical Fuses, 1990. NFPA1901 Standard for Automotive Fire Apparatus, 199q: :~#on . ========{====}===}? -

-.-::-':-'::.'-':::::: . . . . "%iii~:.::. " 15-1.2.5 TRA Publication. The Tire and Rim Association, Inc., 175 NFPA 1961, Standard on Fire Hos~ 1997 ed!.ti:..::~:?':~-~.".-:-i}ii~.i~::ii::.. %iii:i:::.:.~ ....~f:'" Montrose Ave West Copley, OH 44321.

NFPA 1963, Standard for Fire Hose Conn~..~....~... , 1998 e'8~.n..::il}!::" Tire and Rim Association--Year Boo~

15-1.2 Other Publications. "::::::::::::"~J.:.i . . . . ~:::i?!!':" 15-1.2.6 U.S. Government Publications. U.S. Government Print ing

15-1.2.1 ANSI Publication. American N a t i o n a l ' ~ " Institute, Office, Washington, DC 20402. Inc., 11 West 42nd Street, 13th floor, New York, N ~ " ~ ' 3 6 .

ANSI Z535.4, Product Safety Signs and Labels, 199~!":"

15-1.2.2 ASME Publications. American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 345 East ,t7th Street, NewYork, NY 10017.

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division i and Division 2, 1998.

ASME B1.20.7, Pipe Threads, General Purpose (inch), 1983

ASME B40.1, Gages - - Pressure Indicating Dial Type - - Elastic Element, 1991.

15-1.2.3 ASTM Publications. American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428- 2959.

ASTM D 4956, Standard Specification for Retrorefleetive Sheeting for Traffic Control, 1995. . _

ASTM F 1679, Standard Test Method for Using a Variable Incidence Tribometer (VIT), 1996.

15-1.2.4 SAE Publications. Society of Automotive Engineers, 400 Commonweal th Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096.

SAEJ156, Fusible Links, 1997.

Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations, 1910.169, "Air Receivers"

Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 571, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS):

No. 108, Lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment

No. 206, Door lock and door retention components

No. 209, Seat belt assemblies

No. 210, Seat belt assembly anchorages

No." 302, Flammability of interior materials

Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 178, Subpart C, "Specifications for .Cylinders"

Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, 178.37, "Specification 3AA and- 3AAX seamless steel cylinders"

Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 393, Subpart E, "Fuel systems"

Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, paragraph 393.67, "Liquid fuel tanks"

Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, paragraph 393.94(c), "Vehicle interior noise levels test procedure"

SAEJ348, Standard for Wheel Chocks, 1990.

SAEJ541, Voltage Drop for Starting Motor Circuits, 1996.

171


Appendix A Explanatory Material

Appendix A is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document but is included for informational purposes only. This appendix contains explanatory material, numbered to correspond with the applicable text paragraphs.

A-l-1 This s tandard is des igned to cover new automot ive fire appara tus primari ly used to f ight wildland fires, at both on-road or off-road locations. To a l imited degree , this appara tus can be used to protec t exposures or f ight s t ructure fires f rom the exterior. The appara tus covered by this s t andard is no t in t ended to replace or supersede the func t ion of a p u m p e r or initial attack fire apparatus.

The term new as used in this s tandard is i n t ended to apply to the original cons t ruc t ion of a fire apparatus. It is no t i n t ended tha t this s t andard be appl ied retroactively to existing apparatus. However, if major renovat ions are made to an existing piece of apparatus, it is r e c o m m e n d e d that the appara tus be b rough t into line with this s t andard to the degree possible.

A-I-B The purchase of new fire appara tus involves a major inves tment and should be t reated as such. Fire appara tus are complex mechanica l e q u i p m e n t tha t shou ld no t be pu rchased in a haphaza rd manne r . Purchase shou ld be made only after a detai led s tudy of the fire depa r tmen t ' s appara tus needs, taking into considerat ion o ther e q u i p m e n t the d e p a r t m e n t owns or plans to buy.

The local fire chief and fire d e p a r t m e n t staff know the condit ions u n d e r which the appara tus is to be used. However, compe t en t advice also shou ld be obta ined f rom knowledgeable and i n fo rmed sources such as more exper i enced fire service personnel , wildland fire agencies, t rade journals , t ra in ing instructors, ma i n t enance personnel , and fire e q u i p m e n t and c o m p o n e n t manufacturers . The

to specifications tha t would requi re t h e m to pe r fo rm unlawfully or to dele te requi red i tems or to inc lude any tha t are illegal.

Addit ional r equ i r emen t s are placed on bo th appara tus an d engine manufac tu re r s by the Clean Air Act, which is enforced by the Envi ronmenta l Protect ion Agency (EPA). These s tandards have resul ted in major changes in the pe r fo rmance of many engines . Nei ther the engine manufac tu re r no r the appara tus manufac tu re r can modify engines once they are certified to EPA standards. Because of the EPA standards , it often is necessary to install larger engines than migh t have been used previously in order to obtain the same appara tus per formance .

Many appara tus purchasers f ind it desirable to provide for an in ter im inspect ion at the appara tus assembly plant. The advantages of such a provision include the oppor tuni ty to evaluate const ruct ion pr ior to final assembly and paint ing. The specifications shou ld detail the part iculars of such an inspect ion trip.

The chief of the fire d e p a r t m e n t (or a des igna ted representative) normal ly exercises the acceptance author i ty following satisfactory comple t ion of tests and inspect ions for compl iance with purchase specifications. The specifications shou ld provide details of delivery expectat ions, incl..t~.[.~..g the desired training, the required acceptance tes .ts,..~.~i:~U.id..entification of who is responsible for the various costs . . ~ ! a t e d " w i t h the delivery and acceptance.

T r a i n i n g - : ' ~ i d e s ~ ' ~ e d fire d e p a r t m e n t personnel is essential to ensure ..~t":"~.e p u { : ~ r and user are aware of, and ins t ructed in. the p . ~ r a t i o n , : ~ i ~ n d m a i n t e n a n c e of the appara tus acc~:i:ed.:::.]'his t r a i n i n g ' ~ ' u l d provide the initial instruct ion on the ~ i i . a . p p a ~ u s . A qua l i t~d representat ive of the contrac tor in the ":~3"s~'~:*.~iN~ity typically delivers the training. The specifications shouti~::i~.e..ntifi / clearly the a r r a n g e m e n t for furn ish ing the training,

fire insurance rat ing author i ty also shou ld be consulted, includi~.-~taer¢ it is to be provided, its durat ion, and what t ra ining :%::ii! ...... aids, such: :~ i : :~eo tapes or t ra ining manuals , are to be furnished.

The study shou ld look no t only at cu r ren t operat ions a n d risks ======================= ......... ..... .::-:-" .... protected bu t also at how these could change over the llfe of the ":i}::i..'":::N'i-g~-i::p....u.r.~'aser also shou ld def ine in the specifications the fire appara tus . :iii: .:~'rJ::gi'-'{~!i~esired for the comple ted apparatus. The warranty is a

..... :::::::::::-. "iiii::i!:::;uritte~:guarantee of the integrity of the appara tus or its Writing the Specifications. This s t andard provides the miR~:~::i::i::::i i. :iii:: c o m p o n e n t s that def ines the manu fac tu r e r ' s responsibil i ty within a technical r equ i r emen t s tha t new wildland fire apparat.~i-~ar e ::-'.:-::i: ....... ex ecte to m " " . .::::-" ~-!gN'en t ime period. The warranty somet imes is ex t ended for a

p d eet. It is recogmzed tha t many purch~ii~.eslre:ili~i:iii:i~!:!:.... ¢:i:: .:ii::igecond warranty period beyond the terms of the basic warranty for features of operat ion over and above these minimu/f i r ~ e / i ~ i i : i : : . : : ! i " snecific c o m n o n e n t s such as the en, , ine nurr n f rame and water The requ i rements in the s tandard, toge ther with.....~.....e..appe/n~:, ":'::?i!i!~ ..... taVnk. If a secondary manufac tu re r is~nvolvted in 'modi fy ing material, s h o u l d be s tudied carefully. It is im.~}~::.defii~/~i)-i::ii:: ..::. componen t s that are warranted by the or ginal manufac ture r , the carefully m the specificataons for the appar~.ms req0rC.gff.:~., nts ~ : : r e s o n s b i t for warrant work shou ld be unde r s tood c ear b . . . . . . . . • ...: ................ P Y Y Y Y as.d}.ose that de.tad where the appara tus ~ i i ~ o exceed ~:.e..i~:. .:!- .... the original manufac ture r , the secondary manufac turer , the m i n i m u m r e q m r e m e n t s or where a s p e C ' ~ ' N ! ~ g e m e n ~ : : ~ needed , contractor and the ~urchaser These migh t inc lude special pe r fo rmance r e ~ . . . e m e n t s , :i~finin~ ' ~ " t h . . . . : " P " " " " e n u m b e r of seats and the seat ing arrangemeN~it.~r fire:ifighters The purchase r migh t want a warranty b o n d to ensure that any r iding on the apparatus , or the provision of spac~i.~i~:,~tra bose or warranty work will be per formed, even if the appara tus e q m p m e n t the appara tus will be requi red to carrY.2U manufac tu r e r goes out of business. A warranty bond is a third-party

• --~ secured b o n d establ ished by the m a n u f a c t u r e r before delivery of a Where local opera t ing condit ions necessitate appara tus of

unusua l design, the purchase r needs to def ine carefully the special r equ i r emen t s within the specifications. Height , width, under - vehicle clearance, wheel base, t u rn ing radius, and length, occasionally need special a t tent ion. For example , a commun i t y with many narrow winding streets needs appara tus capable of readily negot ia t ing switchbacks without delay.

The e q u i p m e n t fist provided in this s t andard relates to the opera t ions to which a wildland fire appara tus is normally assigned. Because new appara tus shou ld be fully equ ipped in order to provide effective service, it is r e c o m m e n d e d tha t new e q u i p m e n t be provided a long with the apparatus.

This s tandard is des igned to ensure sound e q u i p m e n t that is capable of good pe r fo rmance , with the inclusion of restrictive features only where needed to specify m i n i m u m requirements . The tests are an impor t an t feature, and the results should be analyzed carefully to ensure that the comple ted appara tus meets the specif ied pe r fo rmance .

Since the passage of Public Law 89-563, the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966, the federal gove rnmen t has adop ted certain motor vehicle safety s tandards that apply to all manufac tu re r s of trucks, inc lud ing fire trucks. It is unlawful for a manufac tu re r to deliver a truck no t in compl iance with these federal s tandards. These federal safety s tandards change frequently, a n d their provisions make the incorpora t ion of certain features a n d devices mandatory . Appara tus manufac tu re r s face substantial penalt ies for infraction of these rules and, therefore, canno t build

vehicle to guaran tee workmanship , quality of material , or o ther stated pe r fo rmance of the vehicle componen t s .

Finally, it is r e c o m m e n d e d that the fire chief, fire d e p a r t m e n t staff, or the commi t tee ass igned to develop the specifications consul t with the purchaser ' s attorney, engineer , and o ther appropr ia te officials for assistance in developing the detailed specif icat ions.

Obtaining and Studying Proposals. W h e n the specifications are complete, they s h o u l d b e dis t r ibuted to appara tus manufac tu re r s and contractors with a reques t for bids or proposals to furnish the specified apparatus . The reques t should specify a date, time, and place for the formal open ing of the bids. This date sbould allow at least one (1) m o n d l for the eng inee r ing depa r tmen t s of appara tus manufac tu re r s to s tudy the specifications and estimate the cost of the apparatus . More t ime migh t be requi red if eng inee r ing drawings of the p roposed appara tus are required.

The reques t also shou ld state the t ime per iod du r ing which the purchase r expects the bidder to h o n o r the bid price and whether a bid bond is required. A bid bond guaran tees tha t if a contract is offered to the b idder within the def ined t ime period, the bidder will enter into the contract unde r the terms of the bid.

It is r e c o m m e n d e d that a pre-bid mee t ing be he ld between the purchase r of a piece of fire appara tus and the appara tus manufac tu re r s or their agents pr ior to the official release of the appara tus specifications. This mee t ing is des igned to allow for a detai led review of the draf t specifications by all present . Problems with the specifications, ideas on how to provide the purchase r with

172

N F P A 190 6 ~ N o v e m b e r 2 0 0 0 R O P

the desired apparatus in alternate ways, clarification of the purchaser ' s intent, and o ther questions can b e resolved prior to the formal bid process. Such meetings often can solve misunders tandings or problems prior to their development .

With a performance specification, it usually is possible to obtain more favorable bids, because there is genuine competi t ion and the specifications are not overly restrictive. The bid should b'e accompanied by a detailed descript ion of the apparatus, a list of equ ipment to be furnished, and other construction and performance details including, but not l imited to, estimated weight, wheel base, principal dimensions, transmission, and axle ratios. The purpose of the contractor 's specifications is to define the apparatus the contractor intends to furnish and deliver to the purchaser .

Manufacturers ' proposals can include amendmen t s and exceptions. Frequently, these changes are offered to mee t price restrictions or because individual manufacturers prefer to build apparatus in a manner more convenient to them. If the intent of the original specification is no t changed and the bid is favorable, the purchaser should consider accepting these amendment s with the approval of the purchasing authority. On the other hand, extreme care should be taken to avoid exceptions that merely

other appropriate standards. In the absence of such standards, said authority may require evidence of p roper installation, procedure, or use. The authority having jurisdict ion may also refer to the listings or labeling practices of an organization that is concerned with product evaluations and is thus in a position to de te rmine compliance with appropriate standards for the current p roduc t ion of listed items.

A-1-7.8 Authority Having Jurisdiction. The phrase "authority having jurisdiction" is used in NFPA documents in a broad manner , since jurisdict ions and approval agencies vary, as do their responsibilities. Where public safety is primary, the authority having jurisdiction may be a federal, state, local, or o ther regional depa r tmen t or individual such as a fire chief; fire marshal; chief of a fire prevention bureau, labor depar tment , or heal th depar tment ; building official; electrical inspector; or others having statutory authority. For insurance purposes, an insurance inspect ion departrnent , rating bureau, or other insurance company representative may be the authority having jurisdiction. In many circumstances, the property owner or his or her designated agent assumes the role of the authority ha~ng jurisdiction; at government installations, the commanding officer or depar tmenta l official may be the authority having jurisdiction.

devalue the apparatus and give a particular bidder an advantage.

The purchaser should study the proposals, look for deviations from the specifications, and obtain clarification where necessary. If the purchaser has specifically provided for alternatives when seeking bids, extra care should be exercised when evaluating the proposals, as combinations of complicated bid informat ion need careful analysis. The financial arrangements , a delivery date, and the method of delivery should be stipulated and agreed to by the purchasing authority.

. . : : : . .

A-1-7.9 Sheddirt~ii~ii~.e electric loads occurs without human intervention a . ~ s ca~':~ble of being manually overridden.

A-I-7.10 T ~ i [ a u t ' ~ N 5 adjustments of the propor t ion ing system are m a ~ i ~ d on '~gges . . . }n water flow or conductivity.

A-17.~"9 .Co~[;ouud G ' ~ ) n most gages, zero equals a ~ s p h ~ . c p r e s s u r e . . ~ g e s typically measure pressure above . ~ . h . . ¢ . . ~ ! ~ : . r e s s u r e in pounds per square inch (psi) and below a t m 6 ~ i c [~'ressure in inches of mercury (Hg).

Awarding the Contract. With the award of a contract it is impor tant . . . . . -:-.-::e:..:: . . . . . . . . . . e - • • • . . 4 : - : - . . A - I - / . Z O -~.'::.~:- .~ consists ot a compressea mr s o u r c e pressurlz .ct for the purchasing authority to unders tand the exact ldenlaty of the ~iiiiii, i~::::.:... - ×"-'::::.-.-:-:-" • . . . . . . . . ' ~nurce ot t ~ somnon anct mscnarge naraware contractor and the nature of the contractor 's relationship with the %:~iiii!?:!iii!:..-".-i:-: . . . . . . . . . i~ . . . . . .

apparatus manufacturer. Some apparatus manufacturers work '~!}i. "~.~:i~i~-*.'-~-'.~'ntracttr The contractor m i - h t not necessaril" through a dealer network where the deal. er purchases the ap...p,..a.ratus ':iiii:: ..,..:.~an~![ure the vehicle or any por t ion of the vehicle but is f rom a manufacturer , mc!udmg taking ude, and then res.e.:N~;~i-..,:. "-"i!ii~" respdNsible for the completion, delivery, and acceptance of the apparatus to the purchasing authority. Other manufact~-~ts ~:~k %eta.tire unit. th rough sales agents or representatives who solicit an~"..egotlat~i::a ..... ::i::i::i::ii:: contract between a purchasing authority and a man4fff~[:er....~iii~i!i~:!::,..i'!ii~..:i~-~:A-1-7.27 Eductor. The pressure at the throat of a venture is below who never take title to the apparatus. This difference c a r i " : ~ t "::~."-.-'-" a tmospheric pressure, allowing foam concentra te at a tmospher ic where the responsibility lies for the proper f u ~ l ~ $ of tfii~i::iii~..,. " contract. 4:i~il ~ ............ ::':~!::, ' %i!?:ik:::..#i:"

. . . . . ~:~:~:" --.':~---::, .~::~ Some purchasing authont les require a . ~ o r m a n c e B : ~ as.~zkrt

of the contract. A performance bond is'~ J~:~-:.executed::~J~ connect ion with a contract that guarantees t~:~!!~e c o n @ t o r will fulfill all of the undertakings, covenants, terms, : :~ . .d i f i . .~ , and agreements contained in the contract. If the c o n ~ ' f a i l s to mee t the terms of the contract, the bonding c o m p S ' i s responsible for the difference in cost between the"i~riginal contract price and the new price of the apparatus where it has to be supplied by ano ther contractor.

Before signing a contract, the purchaser should make certain that the successful b idder has a complete and thorough unders tanding of the specif icat ions.If there are any. disagreements, these should be resolved in writing and made part of the contract. If any changes are agreed upon, they'should be stated in writing a n d b e signed by both parties. The contract should not be signed until the fire chief (or a designee) and the purchasing authority is satisfied.

Acceptance. When the apparatus is ready for delivery and acceptance, the purchaser has a responsibility to check the completed apparatus carefully against the specifications and contract to ensure that the apparatus contracted for has been delivered. This includes witnessing any .required acceptance tests and verifying that the gross vehicle Weight and the axle weight distribution are within t h e chassis and axle ratings.

The purchaser also should arrange for any t ra in ing included as part of the delivery and ensure that it is properly carried out.

On lyw he n the purchaser js totally satisfied th~it the contract has been fulfilled should payment be authorize d .

A-1-7.6 Approved. The National Fire Protect ion Association does no t approve, inspect, or certify any installations, procedures, equipment , or materials; nor does it approve or evaluate testing laboratories. In de te rmin ing the acceptability of installations, procedures, equipment , or materials, the authority having jur isdict ion may base a, cceptance on compliance with NFPA or

pressure in storage to flow into the water stream.

A-1-7.28 Electric Siren (Electromech~mical). Only one type of warning sound can be p roduced by electric sirens, but the level or pitch c a n b e varied by the speed o f the ruotor.

A-1-7.29 Electronic Siren. Varied types of warning sounds can be:

~ roduced by electric sirens, such as a wail, yelp, or simulated air orn.

A-1-7.45 GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating). It is a requ i rement of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stmldards that GAWR be showrl on a label on the vehicle. The system includes, but is no t l imited to, the axle, tires, suspension, wheels, frame, brakes, and applied engine torque.

A-1-7.44 GCWR (Gross Combination Weight Rating). It is a requi rement of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards that GCWR be shown on a label on the vehicle. Where the trailer is detachable, the GCWR limits the axle system(s) maximum load for any replacement trailer.

A-1-7.46 Grade. A 45-degree slope is equal to a 100 percent grade.

A-1-7.48 GVWR (Gross Vehicle' Wekght Rating). It is a requi rement of the National Highway Traffic Skfety Administrat ion that the GVWR of a vehicle be posted in the vehicle on a permanent ly fixed label. The GVWR can be equal to or less than the sum of the f ront GAWR and the rear GAWR. The in-service weight or gross vehicle weight should always be equal to or less than the GVWIL

A-1-7.53 Listed. The means for identifying listed equipment may vary for each orgahization concerned with product evaluation; some organizations do no t recognize equ ipmen t as listed unless it is also labeled. The authority havlngjurisdict ion should utilize the system employed by the listing organiza t ionto identify a listed product .

A-1-7.56 The maximum p u m p close-off pressure of multistage series/parallel pumps is measured with the pump in the pressure (series) setting.

173


A-1-7.60 Net P u m p Pressure . W hen opera t ing f rom a hydrant , the ne t p u m p pressure is typically less t han the discharge pressure. For example, if the discharge pressure gage reads 150 psi (1034 kPa) and the intake (suction) gage reads 20 psi (138 kPa), the ne t p u m p pressure equals 130 psi (896 kPa). W h e n opera t ing f rom draft, the ne t p u m p p r e s s u r e will be above the discharge pressure. For example, i f the discharge pressure gage reads 145 psi (1000 kPa) and the intake (suction) gage reads 10 in. Hg (34 kPa) vacuum, the ne t p u m p pressure will be 150 psi (1034 kPa). (1 in. Hg = 0.5 psi = 3.38 kPa).

A-1-7.63 Off- road Use Vehicle. An off-road use vetficle is no t automatical ly an all-wheel drive vehicle. Off-road vehicles are jus t as susceptible as on-road vehicles to becoming stuck if they are driven in areas where the g r o u n d does no t suppor t the vehicle weight.

A-1-7.67 Optical Source. An optical source can consist of a single optical e l emen t or a fixed array of any n u m b e r of optical e lements whose geometr ic posi t ioning relative to each o ther is fixed by the manufac tu re r of the optical source a n d is no t in t ended to be modif ied.

A-1-7.70 Preconnec ted H o s e Line. A p reconnec ted hose llne is commonly called a bucket line, cross lay, or mattydale.

A-1-7.86 Slip-on Fire-Fighting Module . Slip-on fire-fighting modules typically can be placed on and removed f rom the vehicle with a m i n i m u m of t ime and effort.

A-l-8 Metric units of m e a s u r e m e n t in this s tandard are in accordance with the mode rn i zed metr ic system known as the Internat ional System of Units (SI). T he liter un i t is outside of but recognized by SI and c o m m o n l y is used in in ternat ional fire protect ion.

The conversions in Table A-l-8 are no t SI conversions but could be useful to the user of this documen t .

A-2-7.1(b) A l though this s t anda rd recognizes the n e e d for the vehicle to be able to accelerate to a h igh speed while traveling on public roads, caut ion shou ld be taken with regard to how fast the veh ide can travel. Considera t ion shou ld be given to l imit ing the m a x i m u m speed the vehicle can obtain for safety.

A-2-7.1(c) The purchase r should specify the pe r fo rmance requi red on grades in excess of 6 percent . Occasional exposure to excessive grades is different t han if it is an everyday occurrence. A combina t ion of s teep grades mad narrow, winding roads migh t necessi tate consul ta t ion with manufac tu re r s pr ior to finalizing the appara tus specifications followed by the des ignat ion of special road tests. If appara tus is to be subjected to a class of service no t normal ly encoun te red , a manu fac tu r e r canno t be expected to anticipate the need without sufficient specification details.

A-2-7.2 Where fire appara tus m igh t have to operate off paved roads, all-wheel drive, a two-speed rear axle, an auxiliary t ransmiss ion or an au tomat i c t ransmiss ion, or any combina t ion of these, m igh t be desirable.

A-3-1 The carrying capacity of a vehicle is one of the least unde r s tood features of des ign and one of the mos t impor tant . All vehicles are designg.d for rated GVWR or m a x i m u m total weight, which shou ld not::~i!:.e..xceeded by the appara tus m a n u f a c t u r e r or by the purchase r ..~...'gr ~i:&¢:yehicle has been accepted. The re are m an y factors that ~ i i : . u . p the ra ted GVWR, inc lud ing the design of the spr ings or ..~.~'~'pd~.'.~.. system, the ra ted axle capacity, the rated tire loading, ...~'~).t_he d : ~ u f i o n of the weight between the f ront and rear w ~ l ~ , ::~'-, "::!~::~::i::i::?: . . . . .

.... i! .............. ~:::: ": ============================= .... .Q.~:e of.:.tJae mos t cridc.~ii¢actors is the size of the water tank. Water

. ~ . s . ap '~.qximately 8:::]/3 lb pe r hal (1 kg per liter). A value of 10 l b lS:~{-::.g.,~i::i(i{7-~-, kg per liter) can be used when es t imat ing the weight of the":~.g.., and its water, mak ing a 500-gal (1900-L) tank and its water w~.l.~:.ab.~.ut 5000 lbs (2270 kg).

: :~: : : : . . , . . ===================== "-:- :+: . : - : . . . , . . . . . . . .

:i::i::!:.!i::!::i!iiii!!::~iii:?Q.verloa~:"of the vehicle by the manu fac tu r e r t h rough design, % ":'~?:~::::~.-.~grchaser by a d d i n g a g r e a t d e a l o f e q u i p m e n t a f t e r t h e

:-~i:...:~hic]'~i~'in service, materially reduces the life of the vehicle an d Table A-l-8 Non-metr ic Convers ions :::::iii~ii~i~!::.. "::.:-:.#"undo'~tedly will result in increased m a i n t e n a n c e costs, particularly

9 31 feet of wato-:::~ft"H '''~I~ 'i::::i::.wi.th respect to the t ransmission, clutch, and brakes. Overloading 1 p o u n d per square inch (psi) ~. * ~. ~:.~:, ~ v ":iii~'o can seriousl affect hand l n characteristics mak n s teer ing 1 p o u n d per square inch (psi) 2.036 inches o~!*tff-e.rcury.:!::.. .......... .:::: .i:~ .... . . . . . . Y . g ' g 1 inch of mercury (in. Hg) 1.135 feet of wai:e~ii--:,{"::....::'#:i:::::::!:ii!iiiii~i?::::..~i{ii -':':::'parucularly a lmcul t . 1 inch of mercury (in. Hg) .491 psi "::i:i:i:i::.. 1 gallon water 8.34 p .o..~.~::::i::i!ii:i ...... ===================== ........ Fire appara tus has to be able to per form its i n t ended service

1 gallon water = 231 ~.06~c ifi~::ii::..,. "::~!::::{::i::iiiiiiiii ....

.... ,,,, i iiiiii< ': iiiiiiiii : : # .... A-2-5.2 The distr ibution of the weight I~etw'~k~he front"i~hd rear wheels shou ld be a major considerat ion, bec.a:~i~mpro.~i~r distr ibution seriously affects the hand l ing charad'~3{'~v~ti.~::'bf the vehicle. Too little weight on the f ront wheels can ~ : e a f ront -end skid and, over bumpy roads, can cause the f ront o~':.(he vehicle to veer f rom side to side. At the very least, it is dit~icult to keep the vehicle u n d e r control. Too m u c h weight on the f ron t wheels reduces the traction of the rear wheels and can result in a rear end skid or difficulty in traveling over unpaved roads, or in mud, or dur ing braking. Further , overloading of ei ther the f ront or rear wheels migh t necessitate that the tires be of different sizes.

A-2-6.1 The power gene ra ted by internal combus t ion engines m igh t decrease with a n increase in alti tude. The loss varies with the type of engine, the fuel it uses, and the a m o u n t of air inlet supercharging . If tile appara tus is to be used regularly at elevations above 2000 ft (610 m), tile manufac tu re r needs to know the opera t ing elevation to provide an engine that can deliver p roper pe r fo rmance .

A-2-6.2 Paragraph 2-7.2 imposes more s t r ingent requ i rements on the appara tus for maneuver ing . If the purchaser wishes to have the whole appara tus pe r fo rm to these more s t r ingent r equ i rements while p u m p i n g or for stat ionary operat ions, these r equ i rements should be detai led in the specifications for the apparatus .

A-2-6.3 The t empera tu re condit ions, ei ther ho t or cold, within which the vehicle is to be used or s tored shou ld be considered in the design of the vehicle. If the vehicle is to be used in condit ions that exceed 110°F (43°C), addit ional cooling of the engine, pump , and o ther c o m p o n e n t 2 could be necessary. Likewise, if the uni t is to be used or s tored in subfreezing condit ions, special system drains, eng ine heaters, pressure gage protectors, or o ther special c o m p o n e n t s m i g h t be n e e d e d to prevent damage or to allow con t inued use.

unde r adverse condit ions. Wildland appara tus of ten is requi red to operate off paved streets or roads. Chassis c o m p o n e n t s shou ld he selected with the rigors of service in mind.

A-3-1.1 The purchase r shou ld specify the weight of tile e q u i p m e n t to be carried if it is in excess of the allowance for miscel laneous and mino r equ ipmen t . This allows a chassis with an adequa te GAWR and GVWR to be supplied. Specific addi t ional e q u i p m e n t often necessary to mee t the operat ional r equ i rements of the d e p a r t m e n t could inc lude addi t ional hose, chain saws, rations, tow chains, tire chains, d r ink ing water containers , ice chests, addit ional h a n d tools, and addi t ional conta iners of foam concentra te .

If the appara tus is des igned for off-road use, it is r e c o m m e n d e d that the fully equ ipped apparatus , inc lud ing full water tanks, full agen t tanks, and all o ther full reservoirs; the appara tus des igned hose load; the equ ipped pe rsonne l weight; and a miscel laneous e q u i p m e n t allowance, shou ld no t exceed 80 pe rcen t of the chassis gross vehicle weight rating. In addit ion, the axle loads shou ld no t exceed 80 percen t of the appropr ia te gross axle weight rating. If the vehicle chassis m a n u f a c t u r e r certifies the GVWR and GAWR for 50 pe rcen t m i n i m u m off-road use, the full weight rat ings can be utilized. The miscel laneous e q u i p m e n t allowance shou ld be at least equal to the weights as shown in Table ?-1.1.

A-3-1.3 Section 114 of file Uni ted States National Traffic an d Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 and Sections 105 arid 606 of the Motor Vehicle Informat ion and Cost Saving Act, and o ther acts give in format ion applicable to the vehicle mee t i ng federal s tandards.

A-3-2.1 The m a x i m u m governed speed is es tabl ished by file engine manufac tu re r as a safe limit of engine speed. The governor prevents the engine f rom exceeding the safe speed. Most engine manufac tu re r s allow a plus to lerance of 2 pe rcen t for m a x i m u m governed speed.

A-3-2.1.1 Automat ic fuel line safety shu tof f a.s requi red by D O T regulat ions is no t cons idered an au tomat ic engine shutdown. Some engines are provided with au tomat ic eng ine shu tdown systerns as part of the engine m a n a g e m e n t system, a l t hough certain chassis are

1 7 4


available wi thout eng ine shu tdown systems. (The purchase r should try to use an engine without a shu tdown system where possible.) Purchase r shall specify when manua l ly a rmed, out-of-water, shu tdown system is required.

A-3-2.2.1 Where a regular p roduc t ion mode l commercia l chassis is i~sed,.it is r e c o m m e n d e d that the heavy duty radiator opt ion be inc luded where available. Where local env i ronmenta l ext remes exist, i.e., h igh humidi ty a n d t empera tu re or ex t reme low tempera tures , the purchaser should state specifically those env i ronmenta l condi t ions u n d e r which the appara tus is expected to operate.

A-3-2.3.1 Full-flow oil filters are manda t o ry with some diesel engines.

A-3.2.4.1.1 An air restr ict ion indicator shou ld be considered.

A-3-2.4.1.2 To prevent engine shu tdown due to fuel contaminat ion , dual filters in parallel, with p roper valving so that each filter can be used separately, m i g h t be desired. T h e purchaser shou ld specify if dual filters are desired. Installat ion of two or m o r e p u m p s shou ld be des igned so tha t failure of one p u m p will no t nullify the pe r fo rmance of the others. It shou ld be r e m e m b e r e d

appara tus on such grades a n d get ou t of the vehicles, the capability will have to be des igned into the park ing brake system to park u n d e r these condit ions.

A-3-3.1.4 Purchasers of appara tus with a GVWR of 31,000 lb (14,061 kg) or greater shou ld consider equ ipp ing the apparatus with an auxiliary braking system. Fire appara tus commonly ' make repea ted stops f rom h igh speeds tha t cause rapid brake l imng wea, and brake fade somet imes leading to accidents. Auxiliary braking systems are r e c o m m e n d e d on appara tns that are exposed regularly to steep or long grades, tha t are opera t ing in conges ted areas where repea ted stops are normal , or tha t r e spond to a h igh n u m b e r of emergencies . Examples of auxiliary braking systems inc lude engine retarders, t ransmiss ion retarders, exhaus t retarders, a n d drive-line retarders• Some auxiliary braking devices shou ld be d i sconnec ted when the appara tus is opera ted on slippecy surfaces. Follow the auxiliary braking device manufac tu re r ' s r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s for p roper ins t ruct ions .

A-3-3.1.5 Transmiss ion re tarders and exhaus t restr ict ion devices can cause rear wheel skids on sl ippery surfaces.

A-3-3.2.2 G r o u n d clearance d imens ions are n o t i n t e n d e d to

tha t commercia l vehicles are des igned for over-thezroad operat ion, and the fuel system and battery are at least partially cooled by the flow of air resul t ing f rom the motion•

A-3-2.4.1.3 With the use of diesel engines , the concern for vapor lock c o m m o n with gasoline engines does no t exist, and electric fuel p u m p s are no t usually compat ible for connec t ion in series with a diesel engine fuel system. As a result, where an electric fuel p u m p is specified with a diesel eng ine it is a r r anged as a fuel p r iming p u m p only. Where no t properly ma rked with a label or

inc lude the drive shaft(s) connec t ions to an axle(s) tha t shou ld m e e t the axle h o ~ . . . ~ clearance requi rements• All-wheel drive or off-road v e h i c l ~ - ~ ' ~ r ~ l y require grea ter g r o u n d clearance. Also the chassis ~ c t u r e r ' s r amp breakover angle shou ld be malntaine~.. ' . . ' . : . : .Th~chaser shou ld consider the terrain over which the veh ic~ :~ : to b ~ where specifying the des i red g r o u n d cleara~-".~-::~%... %i~iii- ......... ~:.

A.~:~2.3"."i~i.T.he angle o f ~ r o a c h or depar tu re affects the road , . - d i ~ . ~ c e ~ : . t h e vehiclff where driving over short , s teep grades such ~s ~ : : ~ h a a driveway entrance, crossing a h igh-crowned road where the control valves are no t properly set, the auxiliary p r iming .......

system can cause the diesel eng ine to lose its n r lme In ~Hd;t;nn at r ig f i :~ .g les , or in off-road service. Too low an angle of operat ion of a p r iming p u m p ~ur ing diesel en'~'n'e ooeraf ionc .an '!::::~ii:i:..: ...... approac[~.:~..~:..gparture results m scraping the appara tus body. !n .

- ~ , • , . . ., - - , ~ , - ~-,. ,~ :::::::::::::::::::::::::::: cases ' - .~ere e q u i p m e n t is storect belOW rne oocty, uae angue ot ooost tuel inlet pressure to m e engqne s fuel system• J . n l S C O U l d . "::.':'.~'1~:'_-~:'. , -:--".- . . . . v.-.:. ':':-~ " "-O~3cn ~il" cteparture shou ld be mez.sured to a l ine below the cause erratic engane behavaor and loss of engine speed control. • ::~: ~.:+:-.-,-.~-~:

Control systems for p r iming p u m p s shou ld allow only m o m e n t a r y .:~:: . . : ~ . ~ t . operaertaOt~nand prevent the ope rauon of the p u m p while ~ i . : . ' ~ e "iii::ii:." A-3-3.~'. 1 Where au tomat ic t ransmiss ions are used, the power

P g" .-#::~ ":':ii!i~! :iii!!:...~. eoff applicat ions can p resen t problems, especially where dual . . . . . . . • ~-~ili: . i~i?'.. .-:.. ~ O drives are required. In some inst~mces, the PTO drive can b, ~ A-3-2.5 Emissions f rom exhaus t d ischarge pipes sh~ ' l~ l :he d i r . ~ "::, ..::~-~ . . -

. . . . • " ~:.:::.:-:-. ..:-:::- ".-.:.:.:::-~::.... ~:!~ ~ en a ed phi In tor ue converter ran e w th a robabll t of away f rom any fire-fighting tools, since such emissions c ~ t a an -,-::-::::::~:. g g . Y. q g .P . Y . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -:----:----:. - ".~-'.::::::::::. ove rheanng w~th p ro longed use. ff eng ine rpm is h igh there is the oily suns tance m a t COUlCI make m e tools OliilCUl~:..t..Q....tlanole:-.:.~,$~l.(l "" . . . . . . . . ' "

. . . . . . . . . . . . . ::--'-:-:-:-.':-:':-:':.:-. "~-:-:-:+:-. posslblhty ff the vehicle is accidentally left nn gear, of Oat. ou tpu t possibly aange~uu~ tu u~c ..s---::~--.--:..-::::.-::::::::::~ .::::::::::. ::-. . . . - ..:.-~:: . . . . . ::::"iiiiii.Si::.. "::~4":.'.'::" to rque overcoming the parking brake and moving the vehicle.

, Vehicle exhaus t systems often are h ~ n g . . ~ : . o n the u ~ . ~ c a r r ~ ' e . Proper.op.erational ins t ruct ions are essential with au tomat ic They are suscept ible to damage f rom o t j ' ~ i ~ c h as r o ~ logs, t ransmiss ions . and s tumps. Likewise, vertical-type diesel e x ~ pipes o ~ n are . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ex-osedF to tree limbs. T h e purchase r shou ld ":~-'-":-':"'~--s .~1- sp~e-laa":'::', .. &-o-o.o.z xI a "~ x z, manua l t ransmiss ion equlppect cna~sts is

• • ".~',: ...... . ....... des i red to go 2 m p h (3 2 kmph) special gear ing has to be r equ i r emen t s for pro tec t ing the exhaus t system , f ~ . ~ l use or .~ ~ " ' ' o ther condi t ions warrant. Both state a n d federal r ' ~ ' a t i o n s provtaeu. regula te chassis exhaus t systems. A-3-3.4.1 The addi t ion of fuel tanks on modif icat ion of fuel systems

A-3-3.1.1 Adequate braking capacity is essential for the safe opera t ion of fire apparatus . A l t hough this subject normal ly is covered in state highway regulat ions, it shou ld be no ted tha t fire appara tus can have a special p rob l em as c o m p a r e d with o ther vehicles of the same gross vehicle weight. Fire appara tus m i gh t need to make successive brake appl icat ions in a shor t per iod of t ime when a t t empt ing to r e spond to a larms in a m i n i m u m a m o u n t of time. Thus , the problem, of brake fade and braking capacity can be critical unless the brakes provided take into accoun t the service provided by the apparatus. Air-actuated brakes are r e c o m m e n d e d for fire service vehicles of over 25,000 lb (11,350 kg) GVWR.

Where air brakes are provided, it is impor tan t that they be of a

~ ick-buildup type with dual tanks and a pressure regula t ing valve. e ra ted compressor capacity shou ld be no t less than 12 f t ~ / m i n

s (0.54 m / m i n ) for this class of service. Air brakes need a t ten t ion to gua rd against condensa t ion in the a i r l ines , such as can occur in areas subject to changes in climate tha t affect the mois ture con ten t of the air. Air pressure drop shou l d be l imited to no rma l air losses. The presence of the following condi t ions indicates the need for immedia te service:

(1) Air brake pressure drop of more t han 2 psi (13~8 kPa) in one (1) m inu t e with the eng ine s topped a n d service brakes released

(2) Air pressure drop of more than 3 psi (20.7 kPa) in one (1) minu te with the engine s topped and service brakes fully applied

A-3-3.1.2 Paragraph 2-5.2 requires tha t the appara tus be able to go up and down at grades of 25 percent , ff there is a n e e d to park the

could be l imited by safety regulat ions. This is particularly true for vehicles ra ted at less than 15,000 lb (6803 kg) GVWR. A single fuel tank is desirable unless fuel capacity needs c a n n o t be me t by a

. single tank. Where a second tank is used, it shou ld inc lude its own fill spou t to ensure rapid refilling capahilit.y. Where di f ferent tank sizes are available, the largest single taaak capacity shou ld be provided.

Requi r ing the opera tor to operate valves manua l ly to provide addit ional fuel supply to the eng ine is not r e c o m m e n d e d . Free flow f rom both tanks generally is r e c o m m e n d e d to p reven t u n u s e d fuel f rom be ing "stored" in a tank for long periods. However, fuel equalizat ion lines between fuel tanks often are located in a vulnerable posit ion u n d e r n e a t h the chassis. This shou ld be recognized, particularly where t h e v e h i c l e is des igned for off-road u s e •

A-4-1 This chap te r def ines the requ i rements for al ternators, batteries, load m a n a g e m e n t , and in s t rumen ta t ion to de tec t incipient electrical system failure. The in ten t is to require an

" electrical system ' that will operate the -appara tus us ing power suppl ied by ' the al ternator, shed nonessent ia l electrical loads where necessary, and provide early warnir~g of electrical failure in t ime to pe rmi t corrective action.

A-4-2.1 The 125 pe rcen t r e q u i r e m e n t for wiring and circuits is i n t ended to provide end users a m i n i m u m a m o u n t of extra electrical circuit capacity. It is no t the in ten t to have the final-stage m a n u f a c t u r e r replace the s tandard OEM chassis manufac tu re r ' s wiring to mee t the 125 percen t requ i rement . It is also no t the in tent of this r e q u i r e m e n t to have electrical accessories pu rchased by the

175

NFPA 1906 - - N o v e m b e r 2000 ROP

appara tus manufac tu re r rewired to meet the 125 pe rcen t r equ i rement . Electrical device manufac tu re r - supp l ied wiring can be used to the poin t where it connec ts to apparatus manufac tu re r ' s installed wiring.

A-4-2.6 It is the in tent of 4-2.6 to provide a un ique means of identifying a wire or circuit to prevent confus ing it with ano t he r wire or circuit if electrical system repairs become necessary. If a color coding s cheme is used ins tead of some o ther un ique identification, tha t color should no t be reused for a wire in may unre la ted circuits within the same harness . However, 4-2.6 covers low-voltage wiring only and does no t apply to sh ie lded cables common ly used for c o m m u n i c a t i o n purposes or wiring used in line voltage circuits.

A-4-3.1 The m i n i m u m al ternator size is developed us ing the loads requi red to mee t the m i n i m u m con t inuous electrical load. Most appara tus will actually have loads exceeding the m i n i m u m requ i remen t s of this s tandard . The purchase r shou ld review the m a x i m u m cur ren t ou tpu t of the al ternator verses the load s tudy suppl ied for the appara tus f rom the manufac tu re r for on-scene and r e spond ing modes .

A-4-3.2(g) The purchase r shou ld analyze the electrical loads that need to be ma in t a ined to fulfill the mission of the appara tus and def ine those loads for the manufac tu re r of the apparatus . The purchase r needs to unders tand , however, tha t there is a limit to the ou tpu t capacity of an a l ternator system or~ the apparatus ' s eng ine and this s t andard requires tha t the appara tus be capable of ma in ta in ing the m i n i m u m con t inuous electrical load unde r the condit ions def ined in 4-3.1. W hen tha t load is exceeded and larger a l ternators are no t available, the purchaser and the manufac tu re r need to work toge ther to de te rmine how to reduce the m i n i m u m con t inuous electrical load to tha t which can be sus ta ined u n d e r the condi t ions def ined in 4-3.1.

A4-4.4.2 Overhea t ing of a battery will cause rapid deter iorat ion and early failure; evaporat ion of the water in the battery electrolyte can also be expected. Batteries in commercia l chassis are often installed to take advantage of the cooling effect of the flow of air f rom mot ion in over-the-road opera t ion a n d could be subject to overheat ing when the appara tus is opera ted in a stationary posit ion; such as du r ing p u m p i n g operat ions.

A4-4.5.2 The purchase r m igh t want to consider a second "battery on" pilot l ight on the outside of the appara tus to warn tha t the batteries are on when the appara tus is parked in the fire station.

A-4-7 SAE J551-2, Limits and Methods of Measurenwnt of Radio Disturbance Characteristics of Vehicles, Motorboats and Spark-Ignited Engine-Driven Devices, provides tes t p rocedure s a n d r e c o m m e n d e d levels to assist engineers in the control of b roadband e lect romagnet ic radiat ion and in the control of radio interference resul t ing f rom e q u i p m e n t installed on the apparatus . Adhe ren ce to the r e c o m m e n d e d levels will min imize the degrada t ion effects of potent ia l in ter ference sources on f i r eground c o m m u n i c a t i o n e q u i p m e n t or o ther devices susceptible to magne t i c radiation.

Procedures are inc luded to measu re the radiat ion f rom a single device or the entire apparatus . Compl iance could be de t e rm in ed t h r o u g h actual tesNii~n the comple ted appara tus or predict ions based on tests p.~'~}]:~,y conduc ted on similarly equ ipped apparatus . If...e.~-~p. lianc'e certification is required, it shou ld be so indicated i...a..ii..-"~?ii@Raratus specifications.

A-4-8.5 . ~ . typ'i 'c~i!~.nditions the specified optical warning s y s t e . ~ . ' ! i ~ : ~ s e f f e c ' ~ : ~ ' t a n c e d warning. In some situations, how~er , . . the safety of tt~-Z~'pparatus can be increased by tu rn ing off s . .~:wm:'~.~.g devices.-l~tr example, if o ther vehicles need to pass :~itl~/[f}~!i~l.~i~i-"ta~r..oximity to the parked apparatus , the possibility of distr~N~i~ ot~'er drivers can be reduced if the headl ights an d

.... lower-l~~i~::i~5,ar .~j.ng lights are t u rned off. W h e n r e spond ing in snow A-4-3.3 The unexpec t ed shu tdown of a fire appara tus at a fire can ::iii::iiii~ ........ or fog, it ~:~[.~::be desirable to tu rn off forward facing s trobes or place fire f ighters in mortal dange r and seriously impact the fire :!i/::i!!!i!iiiili~.. a t ing ! ~ t s to reduce visual disor ientat ion of the appara tus attack. With computer -cont ro l led engines and t ransmiss ions as well ":!ii "~g::.-:.:.:.::!::':"

:: . . . . ::: . . . . :'::.:.:-':'i':" as electric valves and o ther controls, an electrical system failure ::::...4-- .-:~ could result in an immedia te and total shu tdown of the a ~ " ~ u s . ':~::i~}:" The:#ntent of the warning hght system Is to provide full coverage The low-voltage mon i to r ing system is i n t ended to provid~:'~in'e:~y :~i::i..:.si .gnals t h r o u g h the operat ion of a single master switch when ei ther warning of an i m p e n d i n g electrical failure a n d provi .d..e%.nough}iiii: .:, -iii~¢~'ponding or blocking the right-of-way. The re is no in ten t to t ime to oermi t ooera tor in tervent ion ===================== ======================= !::.. ,.-:~::prevent tide use or lower ~eveJs ot warning wnen tide appara tus

" " " "~ ":--i~!~!::.::#::"~':--~i~iii:i:iii ~ ~ driver believes such reduc t ions are appropria te , given the vehicle's A-4-3.5.I Reduced crew sizes have forced the ap..i?..~...a..t..us o p : ' ~ r to .......... a ssume many new f i reground tasks in additiq.~i~:::~Is/~i~ op#~ng.:i!!:- apparatus . Even if the operator is at the ap . .~a tus , h~ii~ii~he ii::~i3" busy with h ighe r priority tasks to pay mueN' i~ tent ion td':~i~nito~]'ng the condi t ion of the electrical system. ":ii::"''%i.ii)~:. :iiii

"::-~iiiiiiii::. :iiii:" Electrical loads on m o d e r n fire appara tus f r e ~ . . ~ l y e ~ e d the

a l ternator capacity a n d can be suppl ied only by tI~i~".-'::i~ discharge of the appara tus batteries. T he hlgh-cycle batteries'i~'~'t are des igned to provide the large a m o u n t of amperage:.S~o crank m o d e r n diesel eng ines are severely damaged when deeply discharged. The au tomat ic load m a n a g e m e n t is i n t ended to pro tec t the electrical system f rom needless damage while main ta in ing the operat ion of essential devices.

It is impor tan t that the priority of all m a n a g e d loads be specified by the purchase r so that, as electrical loads are d i sconnec ted f rom the apparatus 's electrical systems, they are shed in an order least likely to affect emergency operat ions. Optical warning devices in excess of the m i n i m u m requi red in this s tandard can and should be load managed .

A 4 4 Batteries on fire appara tus shou ld be larger than those used on commercia l vehicles because in addi t ion to start ing the vehicle, they need to provide the supp lementa l energy to power high- amperage , in te rmi t ten t opera t ion devices such as mechanica l sirens and electric rewind hose reels.

Batteries usually have two ratings: "cold cranking amperes ," which de te rmines the size engine tha t can be started, and "reserve capacity," which provides a measure of the total power that can be provided at a m u c h lower cons tan t rate of discharge. Fire appara tus batteries shou ld be sized to have e n o u g h cold cranking amperage and reserve capacity to restart the engine after be ing substantial ly d ischarged.

A-4-4.4.1 An onboa rd battery condi t ioner or charger, or a polarized inlet, shou ld be provided for charg ing all batteries. T he power cord f rom the o n b o a r d charger or battery condi t ioner shou ld only be p lugged into a receptacle pro tec ted by a ground-faul t circuit in te r rup te r (GFCI) at the shore l ine or iginat ion point.

mission, the weather, or o ther operat ional factors. Addit ional switches downs t ream of the master switch can be specified by tile purchase r to control individual devices or g roups of devices.

Purchasers migh t want to specify traffic flow-type l ighting such as a m b e r directional indicators for use in aler t ing app roach ing motoris ts of blocked or partially blocked highways.

A-4-8.9 W h e n a c o m p o n e n t such as a f lasher or power supply is used to operate more than one optical source, the optical sources should be connec ted so tha t the failure of this c o m p o n e n t does not create a m e a s u r e m e n t po in t without a warn ing signal at any poin t in any zone on ei ther the uppe r or lower level. A l though a single optical source can be used to provide warn ing signals into more than one zone, the possibility of a total signal failure at a m e a s u r e m e n t po in t is increased when the sa/ne f lasher o1" power supply is used to opera te mul t ip le optical sources, each providing signals into more than one zone.

A-4-8.10 Flashing headl ights are used in many areas as warning lights and provide an inexpensive way to obtain addi t ional ~ r n i n g to the f ion t of the apparatus . Daylight f lashing of the h igh beam f i laments is very effective and is general ly considered safe. Night t ime f lashing could affect the vision of o n c o m i n g drivers as well as make driving the appara tus more difficult.

In some jurisdict ions, head l igh t f lashing is p rohib i ted or limited to certain types of emergency vehicles. If f lashing headl ights are employed on fire apparatus , they are to be t u rned off when the appara tus headl ights are on. They shou ld also be t u rned off a long with all o ther white warning lights when the appara tus is in the blocking mode .

Steady bu rn ing headl ights are no t cons idered warn ing lights an d can be i l luminated in the blocking m o d e to l ight the area in f ront of the apparatus . Cons idera t ion shou ld be given, however, to avoid sh in ing lights in the eyes of o n c o m i n g drivers.

A-4-8.11 The m i n i m u m optical warn ing system shou ld require no more than an average of 35 amperes for the opera t ion of the devices in the blocking mode .

176


A-4-8.13 In a few cases, a manufactu ' rer m i g h t wish to type certify by actual m e a s u r e m e n t of the optical warn ing system on an apparatus . Certification of the actual m e a s u r e m e n t o f the pe r fo rmance o f the optical warn ing system is made with each optical source e i ther m o u n t e d on the appara tus or on a f rame dupl ica t ing the m o u n t i n g of the device on the apparatus . T h e pe r fo rmance of the system can be directly m e a s u r e d a long the pe r imete r of a circle of 100 ft (30.5 m) radius abou t the geometr ic center of the apparatus . Each optical warn ing device used shall be certified by its manu fac tu r e r as confo rming to all of the r equ i r emen t s of this s t andard per ta in ing to mechanica l and envi ronmenta l testing. Pho tomet r ic test ing of the system shou ld be pe r fo rmed by qualif ied pe r sonne l in a laboratory for such optical measu remen t s .

The test voltages and o ther details shou ld be as called for in this s t andard for the pho tomet r i c testing of individual optical warn ing devices. The elevation of the pho tomete r , however, could be set at the elevation tha t maximizes the pe r fo rmance of the upper-level devices and at a second different elevation that maximizes the pe r fo rmance of the lower-level devices.

With the optical center of each device or ien ted as installed, the s u m of the actual value of the optical power cont r ibu ted by every

can sweat mois ture when a c o m m o n ~-all is u sed for venti lat ion and dra inage mus t be provided.

.4,-6-2 The purchase r shoul~l provide t h e appara tus m a n u f a c t u r e r with the details of any special needs for commun ica t i on e q u i p m e n t or its location.

A-6-3 Fire f ighter injuries resul t ing f rom c l imbing on appara tus to retrieve, store, a n d operate e q u i p m e n t can be min imized if specifications require that e q u i p m e n t be accessible f rom g r o u n d level. Examples of ways to reduce the need to climb on the appara tus include, bu t are n o t l imited to, us ing powered e q u i p m e n t racks, us ing r emote control deck guns , lowering of storage areas for p r econnec t ed attack lines and us ing pull-out trays, us ing slide-out or pull-down storage trays, and providing for the checking of fluid levels f rom g r o u n d level.

Where e q u i p m e n t o ther t han tha t originally m o u n t e d on the appara tus ~s to be carried, the user of the vehicle shou ld ensure tha t the e q u i p m e n t is securely a t tached to the vehicle with appropr ia te holders•

A-6-4.1 The in ten t of step size and p l a c e m e n t r e q u i r e m e n t s is to ensure tha t the fire f ighter 's foot is suppor ted 7 in. to 8 in. (178 optical source is t hen de t e rmined at each m e a s u r e m e n t point. The _ _ , . . . . . . . . , ~ , , _ m m t o 2 0 3 m m ) f r ~ a the toe when the foot is p laced on the step

zone total is m e sum o~ m e opucal power at m e av m e a s u r e m e n t in the no rma l c l i ~ ' : " osition. The leadin ed e is no t points ,n the zone• n e c e s s a r i l y . t h ~ e ~o~p~:Psite the fas tening l~gcati~ e.

..:~:: ~ :ii.'..... >.':':'..., Measurements are made to de te rmine all of the optical A-6-4.2 A ~ r a t ' ~ x . e cons t ruc ted with surface areas that are no t

r equ i rements of this s tandard inc lud ing the optical power at each i~,onde,t'td:i-'he us~'~i.-::~ ste,~,qn,~ standin,~ a n d walkino areas • • - -~ =~!..-'-~ ~- ::~-:.. : vv ~,, . ~ , , . b . •

of the r eqmred m e a s u r e m e n t points, the zone totals at the These:£~l$1ff~..£osmef~.i.~nd:.t~rotectwe coverings on honzon ta l horizontal plane passing t h r o u g h the Optical center, and the zone sur~..'i~s":'~'~ Pu'}:chasers sh"~'~[:"ciesignate which arenas are s tepping, totals at 5 degrees above and below the hor izontal p lane passing s t ~ i n , , % r walkin~ a r ~ durinc, the clesi,rn of the vehicle It is

- through the opucal center. Any upper-le el warning devlces ~'~ .n~.-:.~t proper materials are selected for the apphcanon m o u n t e d above the m a x i m u m he igh t specif ied by the a n d ' ] [ ~ % o ~ l l t i o n s . manufac tu re ( s ) shou ld be tested to demons t r a t e tha t at 4 ft (1.2 m) ""-~i:.':::. above level g r o u n d and 100 ft (30.5 m) f rom the m o u n t e d device, :~.-.::... W h e n ff~.~...~g stepping, s tanding, axed walking surfaces, the the optical energy exceeds 50 pe rcen t of the m i n i m u m requi red at "~-~ii!:~i..'].'i:~:..-~..urchaser'~ild take into considera t ion the long- term use of the the horizontal plane passing t h r o u g h the optical center. "iii::"':'::~:ii~.~9:. T ~ % l i p resistance of certain surfaces can deter iorate over

- . ":~:: ,~i~!ii~.~i$1~:'klso impor tan t for the user to proper ly main ta in or A-4-9.2 .If the purchase r w~shesto have the s!ren.controls .~'z~i..o...., ":~k...:-:-":~Zepla~#"slip-resistant materials as they deter iorate over time. convemen t reacn ot persons noang m nora m e r ight a n c t . . ~ : t . : ~ t iii::, "" seat positions, they should specify that. In some a p p ~ s , "%.:..'2} %..~..:..~-5 Handrai ls shou ld be m o u n t e d to min imize the chances of mul t ip le control switches migh t be necessary to achie~i~onve.n..~.n...t.. .:...-:: ~ i ~ m a g e or removal f rom contact with objects such as trees. reach f rom the two positions, ff o ther signal device§i:"s~:~::i~.:..~-~i:::~:?:::#:i~:.~::::.:..."..!~: ~-: . . . . . " . ' . . . . . addit ional siren, bell air horn(s ) , or buzzer are desired, i~-~;ype of:::!iii::i::i!;i:: A-o-o.~. borrosmn, protectaon, c o m m o n l y ~nown. as u n a e r c o a n n g , device and its control location shou ld also be sa~ .~ t~d "~-G-~:.:, migtat ~e aesirect m areas where c l lmaac concttuons or road - : -7 .~¢~ ~ . - . - - - - ~ . - " " : ' : ' : ' : ' : ' :~ • . . . . .

-!:::" '~'::~:~i:i:i:i::.. '::i:!:i:i:~::.:.:~: :~ t r e a tmen t corrodes vehicle componen t s , q he ma tena i its A-4-14 1 The o u r c h ~ e r migh t desire to h~,~!::the e n f ~ ' ~ - v o l ~ : " appl icat ion m'ethod, a n d the areas to be pro tec ted should be electrical system a n d warning device sys~!~a-tified.. . .::~.... by'~i~..•~ ::"~ specified carefully so the corrosion pro tec t ion adequate ly protects i n d e p e n d e n t test ing organization. -::::::::.-::.. :.:.:.: the vehicle 's cab and body shee t metal c o m p o n e n t s subject to

• "~:-."...".~i~'..~::. ..'.',~ corrosive condi t ions tha t could be e n c o u n t e r e d in the user ' s area. A-5-1.1 T h e purchase r will need to def ine how ~ : . s e ~ ' : n g posi t ions are requi red to carry pe r sonne l and m i ~ s h to specify T h e purchase r shou ld g ivecons idera t ion to the choice of pa in t the a r r a n g e m e n t of the seat ing positions. Canopy ,~b extens ions with patio door - type closures or separate te lephon'e boo th - type pe rsonne l enclosures are acceptable m e a n s for providing fully enclosed seat ing positions.

A-5-1.6 SCBA units a n d o ther e q u i p m e n t s tored in the crew , c o m p a r t m e n t can cause injuries to occupants of the c o m p a r t m e n t ~. if they fly a r o u n d the comparmaen t as the result of an accident or o ther impact. All e q u i p m e n t s tored within the crew com o a r t m e n t shou ld be provided with brackets or c o m p a r t m e n t s to min imize the chance of injury.

A-5-2 T h e purchase r shou ld consider specifying a style of m i r ro r tha t swings when making contact with b ranches and trees.

?/-5-2.1 With the r equ i rements for fully enclosed driving a n d crew compar tments , the potential for hea t bu i ldup in these areas is greater . The purchase r shou ld he aware of this condi t ion and migh t wish to specify venti lat ion fans or air condi t ioning to keep the a m b i e n t t e m p e r a t u r e in the driving and crew compar tmen t ( s ) lower.

A-5-2.2 Cons idera t ion shou ld be given to p rov id ing a t achomete r , a n d if equ ipped with" an au tomat ic t ransmission, a t empera tu re indicator• . " : . . . •.

A-6-1.1 Compar tmen ta t i on sized to m e e t the size, shape , and weight o f special e q u i p m e n t m i gh t be required. Any special e q u i p m e n t to be carr ied on the appara tus shou ld be identif ied in the specifications so the appara tus manufac tu re r can ensure tha t the e q u i p m e n t is a c c o m m o d a t e d properly within the design of the apparatus. C o m p a r t m e n t s sha r ing a c o m m o n wall with the tank

color(s) as it relates to the total consp icuousness of the vehicle• In addit ion, the purchase r needs to specit~¢ if non fe r rous body componen t s are to be pa in ted a n d any lettering, number in g , or decorative str iping to be furnished.

A-6-8.2.2 If the un i t is go ing to be moved onto and off a chassis periodically; the purchase r migh t wish to specify lifting eyes or forklift sl6ts to facilitate its movement . Provisions to prevent accidental breakaway f rom chassis shou ld be provided.

A-7-2 ff the p u m p is expected to operate above 2000 ft (610 m) or at lifts of more than 10 ft (3 m) or t h r o u g h more t han 20 ft (6 m) of suct ion hose, the appara tus m a n u f a c t u r e r needs to be made aware of this fact in order to compensa te for the fact tha t the power of a natural ly aspirated in ternal combus t ion engine decreases with elevation above sea level or that addit ional head loss will be e n c o u n t e r e d on the intake side of the pump. The purchase r shot~ld seek certification f rom the p u m p manufac tu r e r that the p u m p mee t s the necessary pe r fo rmance r equ i r emen t s u n d e r these m o re s t r enuous condi t ions .

U n d e r some condit ions, the e n g i n e / p u m p combina t ion is no t able to pe r fo rm at h ighe r elevations. ~qaen this occurs, it. is necessary to ei ther increase the eng ine horsepower or derate the p u m p .

The suct ion hose size showndn Table 7-2(a) is for p u m p rat ing purposes only, and o ther sizes of suct ion hose can be carTied for use in ~ e field•

A-7-3 There are four m e t h o d s that can be used to pr ime a centrifugal pump , two of which pr ime consistently, and two of which, do no t pr ime consistently•

177


Methods tha t pr ime consis tendy include the following:

(1) Pr iming f rom the stiction with p u m p r u n n i n g

(9) Pr iming f rom the discharge with p u m p no t r u n n i n g

Methods tha t do no t pr ime cons is tendy include the following:

(1) P r iming f rom the suct ion with p u m p no t r u n n i n g

(9) Pr iming f rom the discharge with the p u m p r u n n i n g

For wildland t ruck-mount fire apparatus , the r e c o m m e n d e d p r iming m e t h o d is p r iming f rom the suct ion with the p u m p runn ing . For best p r iming and p u m p per fo rmance when pr iming f rom the suct ion with the p u m p runn ing , the following shou ld be adhered to:

(a) A check valve should be used at the discharge of the pump.

(b) T h e pr ime should be taken at the eye of the impeller or at the top of the inlet to the pump.

(c) A s m o o t h bel l -shaped s t ra iner inlet shou ld he used on the end of the suct ion hose. A foot valve shou ld no t be used.

(d) Do no t use any longer suct ion hose than necessary.

(e) The re should be no h u m p s in the suct ion line. If there are h u m p s in the suct ion line, a pr ime or suct ion shou ld also be taken at the top of the h u m p as well as the inlet to the pump.

A-7-3.1 High points in the p l umb i ng for the suction side of the p u m p can cause poor p r iming per formance .

A-7-4 Figure A-7-4 shows a typical p l u m b i n g schemat ic for an appara tus with a centrifugal pump.

Filler cap with breather vent

A-7-4.3 Pumps and p ip ing f requent ly requi red to p u m p salt water, water with additives, or o ther corrosive waters shou ld be buil t of bronze or o ther corrosion-resis tant materials. For occasional p u m p i n g of such water, p u m p s built of o ther materials are satisfactory.if properly f lushed out with fresh water after such use.

The term all bronze indicates tha t the p u m p ' s ma in casing, impeller , intake a n d discharge manifolds , and o ther principal componen t s exposed to the water to be p u m p e d , with the except ion of the shaft bear ings and seals, are of a h i g h - c o p p e r alloy material. Use of like materials for the p u m p and piping is r e c o m m e n d e d .

A-7-5.1 Where larger size intakes or adapters are desired, they shou ld be specif ied by the purchaser .

A-7-5.1.1 The purchase r should specify if there are any state regula t ions requi r ing backflow device for hydran t operat ion. Backflow devices migh t restrict p u m p pe r fo rmance f rom draft.

A-7-5.6 Sizing of the openings of the strainer(s) is i n t ended for debris of general ly un i fo rm dimensions . It is recognized that debris of n o n u n i f o r m d imens ions , tha t is, long in relation to cross secdon, m igh t be....a..~le to pass t h rough the s t rainer(s) yet n o t be able to pass t h r . ~ I ~ : ~ ./~¢. pump.

A-7-6.1 It i s , . : ~ : ~ i z e d tha t outlets of the size shown in Table 7-6.1 are capable.::i::~f sig~..Ka, ntly greater discharge. The in ten t is to p r o v i d e : : i ~ . e n t d : ~ to m a k e the appara tus usable.

A-7-.6.":-:g':" Tla]:~::standard":~i::not specify where the valves shou ld be l Q ~ e d d~:..discharge I ~ : s . Based on local operat ions, the . .~ '~: i~se~i!{~uld specify whether discharge valves are to be c e n ~ ' ~ t a{:::the p u m p opera tor ' s posit ion or installed at the hose c o n n e c : ~ . . p o i n t . If the appara tus is des igned for p u m p and roll,

"ii:i:::: .... add idon~ |{ : :~ f fb l migh t be desired inside the driving :i[!.!!!!! i [[i.!.!~.m p a r tm ~ i ~

::i:: -+::i:i:i:i:i:i:i:i::.:.... ..:F- "i{i}: . . . . :i .~:8~i~r'ation shou ld also be given to having the full p u m p :!i:.:i;~ischa~e pass t h rough check valves. One advantage of such an

r _ . . . . . ~ [ - ' - - l f L _ ~ .::-~!!i!::!iiiiii!:::{!-:: ::~{::i~ ar ran '~ement is that when p u m p i n g uphill and the p u m p is shu t I ,-,.-L~r/.__. I Pumn .:!i::" ":{i::::::::i" ":i::i.d.Own, it prevents d ra in ing of the hose lay it prevents applying ] . . ~ , ~ , , y r . . . ] ~ l i~[ , , P . . . . . !i!i::~::i . . . . . "iii:. :. .......... .:i!.. :::::~:ressure to the suct ion p lumb ing which may no t be rated for the

~ n e 'u | (.2 3w ........ :---i:-:.::i{':::':':':'::i--i:i-i:.:.~:::'iii~:"pressure apphed; and ,f foam ,s be ,ng used, it prevents _ ° / ~....JN#I.,,-.~ "::!i::~ ~.. "-'-::::i:i::-:-" con tamina t ing the water tank or the outside water source such as a

Check ~ ~ - : ~ .... ~ ........ lake s t ream or water ma in with foam. Other advanta:~es include I I " " J _ "..ii~:: . . . . ":i~i~::~iiiii~ ~ aL":::iii::iiiiii::" be ing able to pr ime the p u m p if a discharge valve is left open and

r----.-bat ' l-~ I Primer ~ Pressure~ ! ~ l ~ . J .... ~ .:!~ . . . . ma in ta in ing the p r ime without the need for a foot valve if the p u m p I . - - I I I I ~ I I .-:-:: :::::: "-" . . . I . . . . . . ~ gage.---- - : : ~ ~ is shu t down. Pumps can be pr, med f rom a greater dep th and wdl

I~"~ I ~1~ g ' ~ ' ":-iii:':':':"i::. 'iiiii: pump m o r e water if a foot valve is no t used. /

1 ' ~ C h e c k ~ v~l~::ii ....... iii .... ~ A-7-9 The indicator liehts and inter ocks specified in Section 7-9 " valve I :"""" "'" I," ~,1 I ° " * , 8 , ' , ~ valve ~ . _ ~ l ~ _ _ . are m i n i m u m . Some manufac tu re r s or users m igh t choose to add

s - ~ -- . ~ addit ional indicator lights or interlocks. / " I" "~ \ ~ Pump ~Foam

'Y Strainer proporhoner t 'D'" S t r a i n e r ~ " " I " A-7-9.2 Pumps are opera ted f rom the side, top, front, or rear of z ~ l 1 I the vehicle, and stationary p u m p i n g requires that there is no power

Intake"N ~ 1 . 4 applied to the wheels while pumping . There fo re it is essential daat hose ) k,....=.AA,At~ [ ~ ~ any p u m p i n g system controls, which shift the vehicle out of road

~ 'Y~J / . . . . . ' " ~ " " m o d e of opera t ion to place the p u m p i n g system into operat ion, be K e l l e l v a l v e ~ •

. " q Intake "o tional" 7 3 equ ipped with a m e a n s to prevent dislocation of the control f rom strainer ( p ) Z • its set posit ion in the p u m p i n g mode .

Notes: 1. Use of foot valve not recommended. 2. Use of foot valve not required when check valves are used in pump

discharge line.

Valves 1 from tank to pump 2 from pump to tank 3 from pump to discharge 4 from pump to hose reel or

basket discharge 5 from pump to small

auxiliary discharge

6 from pump to primer 7 relief valve (optional) 8 from intake suction to pump

11 pump drain valve 13 gravity tank drain 3w clean water only line

Figure A-7-4 Typical p lumbing schemat ic for a centr i fugal pump .

A-7-9.7 The purpose of a pressure control system is to control the discharge pressures to protect fire f ighters who are opera t ing hose s treams, as well as to p ro tec t d ischarge hose f rom d a m a g e in the event attack hose s t reams are shu t off or o ther valves are closed, r educ ing flow rates.

Pressure control systems can be suppl ied in the following fornhs:

(1) Integral with the p u m p a n d suppl ied by the p u m p manufac tu re r

(2) As an external system of c o m p o n e n t s suppl ied by the appara tus m a n u f a c t u r e r

(3) As an external control system provided by a pressure control manufac tu re r

A-g-11.1 If acceptance tests are des i red at the po in t of delivery, they should be run in accordance with the provisions of Section 7-11 and should duplicate the por t ions of the tests that the purchase r specifies. Where the poin t of delivery is over 2000 ft (610 m) of elevation, it is impor tan t to test the p u m p and p u m p i n g engine pe r fo rmance to ensure tha t the engine can develop adequate power

178

N F P A 1 9 0 6 ~ N o v e m b e r 2 0 0 0 " R O P

at point of delivery. This test can be pe r fo rmed with the p u m p suppl ied f rom a suitable fire hydrant , or at draft, with the ne t pressure ma in t a ined at manufac tu re r ' s p u m p ra ted press. The ne t pressure (P), when the p u m p is suppl ied f rom a hydran t with positive intake pressure, is the discharge gage pressure (D) minus the intake gage pressure (S)•

A-7-11.2.1.2 Where tests" are pe r fo rmed inside a s t ructure or o ther location having l imited air ch'culation, ca rbon m o n o x i d e mon i to r i ng e q u i p m e n t shou ld be used. Such e q u i p m e n t shou ld be c h e c k e d ' a n d calibrated regularly and shou l d inc lude a suitable warn ing device.

A-7-11.2.3 Some blank test da ta forms for record ing the .test readings and o ther necessary da ta shou ld be provided.

Where an appara tus is p u m p i n g at or nea r full eng ine power while stationary, the hea t gene ra ted can raise the t empera tu re of certain chassis or p u m p i n g system c o m p o n e n t s above the level that can be touched wi thout ex t reme discomfor t or injury, however, as long as the appara tus can be opera ted and used satisfactorily for the required dura t ion of the test u n d e r such condit ions, the test shou ld be cons idered acceptable.

The dynamic ,suct ion lift can be d e t e r m i n e d ei ther by measu r ing the negative pressure (vacuum) in the p u m p intake manifold by means of a suitable test gage that measures vacuum accurately, or by add ing the vertical lift and the value of en t rance and friction loss f rom Table 7-2(b). To be accurate, gage r ead ings shou ld be corrected for the difference between the he igh t of the gage a n d the center l ine of the p u m p intake, bu t usually this dis tance is no t s ignif icant and can be ignored. Thus , the ne t p u m p pressure can be calculated as formulas:

P = D + ( H x 0.5)

o r

P = D +0.43 ( L + F)

A-9-2.1 Tanks shou ld be capable of being completely c leaned out. The purchase r shou ld indicate in the specifications whether a removable tank lid is requi red .

A-9-2.2 Water tanks can appear in several different conf igurat ions ( round , elliptical, rec tangular , T-shaped) . Hand l i ng characterist ics of the appara tus can be greatly affected by its vertical and horizontal center of gravity. The purchase r shou ld indicate the filling and d u m p i n g rates requi red if they exceed the r equ i rements of this s tandard and any o ther local needs and let the appara tus manu fac tu r e r design the tank shape to best mee t the axle loading and center of gravity requi rements .

A-9-2.4 The design of a water tank can be a very critical factor in the hand l ing characteristics of fire apparatus . If water is free to travel ei ther longitudinally or laterally iri a tank, as would be the case if the tank were ha l f full, a t r e m e n d o u s a m o u n t of inert ia can be buil t up tha t will t end to force the vehicle in the direct ion the water has been traveling. W h e n the water reaches the e n d of the tank, this s u d d e n appl icat ion of force can throw the vehicle ou t of" control and has been known to cause fire apparatus to tu rn over or skid when go ing a r o u n d a curve or coining to a sudden stop. The only m e t h o d s of prevent ing such an acc ident is to restrict or d is rupt the m o v e m e n t of the water so that the inert ia will no t build up in one directi~:.,.......::-~'.-.::....This is done with the installation of swash parti t ions in a ~ h n ~ N ~ o either conta in the water in smaller spaces within the ta.~I(-~i::~.:.~., n t a i n m e n t me thod) or d is rupt its m o m e n t u m by chang ing iN i~ i r ' ~ . . . n of mo t ion (dynamic me thod) . The part i t iog! i'i%g, c o r i ' N , ~ e n t system create compar tmen t s that are i n t e r c g . . O ~ . f ~ by o ~ . : : . b e t w e e n t h e m so tha t air a n d water can flow..-~"ihe "~ecitled r f f ~ n filling and emptying the t:mk• The p~i i ion~i : ,0 a dynamic .#~ tem are of ten s taggered in an . .~i~.em.~:.I . . .desigued ~'o change the direct ion of the water an d imrri'::i~ii~:~iS"ff:~urbulent mot ion which absorbs m u c h of its own e n e rgy~ii-- ....

::.-:.. "::ii!i!i:..-i:- . . . ":ii! ~::...A-9-4.1 AS~Eess~ve flow rate when f i lhng a tank could result m a

• . . , , : . : : . . . . . . - . . . ~ -.- .

':~:~: "':-:::'?:~k~..~..ure b.u.tldup in the tank tha t could cause p e r m a n e n t damage

where: . . . . . i i ~ . ' ! . ":'-~i'-),-9-4:-~-" Adequate vent ing is usually achieved when the vent a rea is

P Net p u m p pressure (psi) = " ...--iY . . . . . ":~i~!i ":-:,...'!k, a t..:~ieast one quar te r the area of the tank outlet, i f .operat ions ~ . . . . . .--.-':'~:-; i!i!? . :ii!~luire filling or d ra in ing of the tank at rates in excess of the rated v = wlscnarge gage pressure ~psu .-:':'~-:- .:::-.-: ..... ".': --:- . . . . . . . . . "::::""~ii~':....::i~;~::..ii-'-!::&.~ :-'-/-'::capacity oi m e pump , mc rea sea vent ing capability m i g h t De

H = M a n o m e t e r readin!~ (in Hg) . . . . . ~i~i!~i!!! . . . . . ::~!i!i~iii{ii~" needed• The requi red rate of filling or d ra in ing the tank shou ld be • ~ - " ~- .~:Y.~:i:::.-.:, ':-@~;.~::, ...... specified by the purchaser• '

L = Vertical lift (ft) • .-:~i:;::'::~":':::~!!~.':':":'~i{.-'.-':. "::~'.'.'.~..":':'-'.'?::.:...::'-:" F = Friction and en t rance loss (ft of wate~'~ ~::" . . . . :sN~":'-k '::ii::i::iiii-:" A-94.3 It is necessary to design the tmlk for adequate vent ing and

- A~i~::-. ":'%~i... O" overflow for the m a x i m u m fill rate. A locking-type ball ~dve, globe A-7-11.5 In lieu of t ime, a-flow meter c ~ ' ~ : : ~ 9 d to d e ~ n i n e 100 valve, needle valve, or o ther type suitable for throt t l ing service pe rcen t flow. "":~% . . . . . ~!.:'.': shou ld be used. A gate valve is no t r e c o m m e n d e d . W h e n des ign ing

• . "":~:. ".':£'}- ..... .-.:ii!':' fire appara tus p lumbing , electrolysis pro tec t ion for dissimilar A-8-2.1 The m a x i m u m governed speed is establl~:!. .~i~/the metals should be provided. Tank fill circuit rate c anno t exceed vent engine manufac tu r e r as a safe limit of engine spee~.'ii:.*~e governor capabilities. prevents the engine f rom exceeding the safe speed:;::'Most engine manufac tu re r s allow a plus tolerance of 2 percen t for m a x i m u m governed speed, t

A-8-2.2 A shu tdown no t control led by the p u m p operator du r ing the fire-fighting operat ions can result in loss of water flow f rom the pump , which could severely e n d a n g e r personnel :

A-8-6 Emissions f rom exhaus t d ischarge pipes shou ld be di rected away f rom any fire-fighting tools, since such emissions conta in an oily substance tha t could make the tools difficult to hand le and possibly dange rous to use.

A-8-7.1 if a switch to stop the engine is provided in the driving compar tmen t , it should be a m o m e n t a r y switch and should be within convenient reach of the driver. A p u m p i n g eng ine r u n n i n g light migh t be desired in the driving compai - tment .

A-8-7.2 T h e m a x i m u m governed speed is es tabl ished by the engine m a n u f a c t u r e r as a safe limit of engane speed for the engine application. The governor prevents the engine f rom exceeding the safe speed. Most eng ine manufac tu re r s allow a plus to lerance of 2 pe rcen t for m a x i m u m governed speed.

A-8-10.2 It is r e c o m m e n d e d tha t the p u m p eng ine use the same type of fuel as the chassis engine .

A-8-10.3 A m o n g o ther requ i rements , these regula t ions do no t allow gravity or s iphon feeds for o ther t h a n diesel fuel tanks. Fuel withdrawal fittings have to be above no rma l levels of fuel in the tank when the tank is full.

A-9-5 ff the tests of some c o m p o n e n t s of the appara tus are being certified by an i n d e p e n d e n t t esdng organizat ion, the purchase r m igh t wish to gpecify that the water tank capacity also be certified by the i n d e p e n d e n t test ing organization.

A-10-1 The purchase r shou ld specify the total feet of suc t ion hose.. required, the diameter , the length of each section, and the size of the couplings. T h e size of the sucdon hose specified in Table 7- 2(a) relates to p u m p certification only. O the r sizes of suct ion hose, compat ib le with local operat ions, m igh t be specified.

A-10-2 The requ i rements of wildland fire suppress ion varies in di f ferent communi t i e s and wildland areas. This will necessi tate addi t ions to the e q u i p m e n t reqtiired. The following list of addi t ional e q u i p m e n t is r e c o m m e n d e d to be carr ied on wildland fire apparatus• The e q u i p m e n t list p rovided does no t detail each i tem sufficiently for pu rchas ing purpose . The purchase r should clarify the detai led specifications for these items.

Fire hose

O n e nozzle sized to the p u m p a n d hose carried

Two s p a n n e r wrenches, ffppropriate for fittings on hose carr ied

O n e r o u n d shovel

O n e head lamp for each seat ing pos idon

O n e backpack p u m p

20 ft (6 m) ha rd suct ion

179


Suction s t ra iner basket

Universal hydran t wrench

A-11-1 It is impor tan t for the purchase r to unde r s t and the types a n d proper t ies of mechan ica l foam and its appl icat ion to specify a foam p r o p o r t i o n i n g system properly. Specific in format ion regard ing foam concent ra tes a n d their appl icat ion is available in NFPA 11, Standard for Low-Expansion Foam, and NFPA 11A, Standard for Medium- and High-Expansion Foam Systems. In format ion on foam concentra tes for Class A fires is available in NFPA 1150, Standard on Fire Fighting Foam Chemicals for Class A Fuels in Rural, Suburban, and Vegetated Areas.

The following terms are n o t used in this d o c u m e n t but are associated with foam systems and are inc luded here to aid unders tand ing .

Aerated Foam. The end p roduc t of a discharge of foam solut ion and air.

Aspirate. To draw in air; nozzle aspirat ing systems draw air into the nozzle to mix with the agent solution.

Aspirated Foam. The end p roduc t of a mechanical ly i nduced air s t ream that is drawn into the foam solution at a tmospher ic

head pressure, is nominal ly 65 pe rcen t of the inlet pressure to the eductgr . T h e in-line eductor is a manua l ly regula ted p ropor t ion ing system.

It is desirable for in-line educ tor systems to have a label that indicates the following:

(1) M a x i m u m hose length us ing 1 1 /2 in., 1 3 / 4 in., and 2 in. (38 ram, 44 mm, and 51 ram) hose "

(2) Mlowable elevation changes

(~,) The s ta tement : " The flow rate of the nozzle m u s t match the flow rate of the system."

Automatic Regulating Proportioning System. A propor t ion ing system that automatical ly adjusts the flow o f foam concent ra te into the water s t ream to mainta in the desired p ropor t ion ing ratio. These au tomat ic ad jus tments are made based on changes in water flow or conductivity.

Batch Mix. The manua l addi t ion of foam concent ra te to a water s torage conta iner or tank to make foam solution.

Foam Blanket. A body of foam. used for fuel protec t ion tha t forms an insula t ing and reflective layer f rom heat .

Foam Capable; A foam-capable fire engine is a fire eng ine c ~ g ":iii:::i::" aspirat ing foam nozzle(s) and is ecjuipped with automa.tj~#?-:::--.'?-~ii?. "iii::

• regula t ing p ropor t ion ing system inject ing foam c o n c e ~ t e inf~ii.:: ::~:~.-.:-!'!:~ the discharge or pressure side of the water p u m p . 4-:.ii;iiii~-~iii:!....~.. ........ .,. ,..,... ,....~iii~-~i:i::,]:iiii'~{~ ....

In'ector A device used in a discharge or ntake line to fo":~i~foam"':?iiii~i~i~i":";? concent ra te into the water s t ream . . . . ::::-'.::.!:.~!~!??i':~:::... ::iii-'.~?!i::.. .

..:..:-ii:::: .............. ii::iii::ii::i::i! .... ' %::i::ii::.:.::iii:: Manually Regulated Proportioning System..gi!~roportia~ s y s t ~ ....

tha t requires m a n u a l ad jus tmen t to m a l . ~ - : : t h e p r o p o ~ n i n ' ~ ratio when there is a change of flow or "(5",'ed~$::.flarough"~e foam propor t ioner . •=====]========]}:== . . . . iiii::

Proportioning Ratio. The ratio of foam concen t ra~g t~ . -~ te r , -~'i::" usually expressed as a percentage. 4::"

Surface Tension. The elastic-like force in the surface of a liquid tha t tends to br ing droplets toge ther to fo rm a surface.

Wetting Agent. A chemical that reduces the surface tension of water and causes it to spread and pene t ra te more effectively than plain water, bu t does no t foam.

A-11-2 Foam p ropor t ion ing systems can be des igned with the following features:

(1) The ability to propor t ion different types of foam concent ra te inc lud ing Class A and Class B foam concent ra tes

(2) The ability to propor t ion foam concent ra te at f ixed or variable p ropor t ion ing ratios

(3) The ability to propor t ion foam concent ra te into single or mul t ip le d ischarge outlets

(4) The ability to propor t ion foam solut ion and water s imul taneous ly f rom mul t ip le discharges on the appara tus

(5) Manual or au tomat ic foam propor t ion ing system opera t ion

A-11-2.1 In-line educ tor foam propor t ion ing systems are installed in the water p u m p discharge as a pe rmanen t ly installed device or as a portable device. Water is forced th rough the eductor venturi by water p u m p discharge pressure , creat ing a vacuum tha t causes foam concent ra te to be p u s h e d by a tmospher ic pressure, into the eductor (into the water s t ream) at the design rate of the device [see F~gure A-11-2.1(a)]. By design, a nonrecoverable pressure drop of

pe rcen t or greater is requi red for eductor operat ion. The m a x i m u m recovered pressure , inc lud ing friction loss and static

..: .~!~-~ii::!{!{ii-i% pressure to create foam. T he aerat ion !s genera ted by the energy of

the foam solu don stream. ..:...:iiii}iiii!i¢!::::{{{~__._iii?:i:: '::"{{

. . . . . . . . . . i~i:iii::iii ....

v , v e

.... ! " - - E d o 0 l o r

P,e urovaouumvent- \.towe, Ooocentrate,aok-> r-q

LT Oran ,.~ Tank

shutoff

1 i i -:~i::" ~ ,

},._0 Pressu re "ID'~ . . . . . . J gage Wk~_.Flush_ou t valve

y Compound gage Foam concentrate

Water intake Water

Figure A-11-2.1(a) In-line educ to r foam propor t ion ing system.

A variable flow by-pass eductor system is a rnodification of the in- line eductor f oam p ropor t ion ing system. An educ tor is placed in a bypass line a r o u n d the main l ine water flow control valve so that when the valve is adjus ted to p roduce water flow t h r o u g h the by- pass eductor , foam concent ra te is drawn into the eductor (into the water s t ream) [see Figure A-11-2.1(b)]. The foam solut ion in the by-pass line is t hen j o i n e d with the main l ine water flow downs t ream of the water flow control valve. The variable flow by- pass educ tor is a manua l ly regula ted p ropor t ion ing system.

Variable pressure eductors are a modif icat ion of the in-line eductor foam propor t ion ing system. This type of eductor is des igned to automatical ly adjust the area of the eductor v en tu d to compensa te for changes in water pressure at the inlet of the device. The variable pressure educ tor is a manua l ly regula ted p ropor t ion ing system.

A-I 1-2.2 Self-educting mas te r s t r eam nozzles axe m o u n t e d on the discharge side of the pump . These devices comprise a comple te foam propor t ion ing system, consist ing of a f oam propor t ioner and applicat ion device (nozzle).

1 8 0


Water/foam discharge

~ E ~ r ~ ~- Mete ring valve

Main linel !, ~ Eductor water ~.~ ~ control valve ---~ Pressure gage

pump ",.~-

'~-~Compound gage

Water intake

Pressure vacuum vent .--~

Concentrate t a n k ~ J ~

l tower Pressure vacuum vent - - ~ ~ tower

_ . , ~ '~ ' ] ' Coficentratetank--.-~, r- ~

] Watertank I. Watertank

Tank shutoff ! r " ~ Tank shutoff 7--~,.~ ~[ ~ , grain I :~ Drain

ain Drain ', , ~ s h - o u t valve ,~ Tank ,.~ Tank

shutoff , shutoff

' , ,, I

• / - Water

[ ,, ,~, ~- Metering valve '

; & , [ i " rye I ssur~'L~'~-- Educt°r ! ' ', Pr

i. "

I ~ .. "~"- ~ . c o ~ i . . . _ I .:~!#i::iiiiii~i~,:~ . ~ g ge -

"~#"* ' "~ ''" Water suction - Foam concentrate Water

Water ":::':'" "*~":':~:~" ~'~:"

" ~ ~ ' " : A - 1 1 - 2 . 4 , ( a ) Manual around-thc~pump pt:oportioning ,.'./~:: ..::j~:: . . . . x:':!::" system.

fariable flow bv-oass eductor s~ : . . . .~ , -::~'::" Figure A-ll-2.1(b) Vari; by-[ ~ : : ...

A-11-2.3 An intake-side foam proport ioning system~.'.~i~i~..anu~iii:!:i ....... ":iii:..#~ ::~ regulated system. An in-line device installed in the ~ra£~#? i ' iS ' " :~" ; . i~" intake line provides a connection through a foam..concen~,%. ..x:::-:-::::.- metering valve to the foam concentrate t a n k . . ~ m (~.e...d..::i:. by the water pump allows atmospheric p r e ~ e to ~i~i~oam'%iiiiii!::" concentrate directly into the pump intak~::i::i~ydrant oi:: ' ::~y .~"--" operation is not possible with this type d ~ " ~ . proport ioning " system. '-~iiii~ii(..:: " .~:'..':i::

Foam concentrate

Pressure vacuum vent - ~ ~.-- Fill tower

Concentrate tank --~.~, J - ~

/ , J Water tank

Tank shutoff ---., ,~ ~/~ ~ Drain A-11-2.4" Around-the-pump proport ioning syste~i~...e..~:te with an eductor installed between the water pump dischar~. ' .-~d the intake. A small flow of water from the water pumlr...'-~lischarge passes through the eductor, which creates a vacuum that causes foam concentrate to be pushed into the eductor and discharged into the pump intake. Around-the-pump foam proport ioning systems require a pressure differential of 30 percent to 50 percent of inlet . pressure for efficient operation.

A manual around-the-pump proport ioning system utilizes a manually adjustable foam concentrate meter ing valve to control the proport ioning ratio. [See Figure A-11-2.4(a).].

A flow meter sensing around-the-pump proport ioning system utilizes a flow meter sensing system to moni tor total solution flow and foam concentrate flow. The flow data is transmitted to an electronic conti'ol that controls thep ropor t ion ing ratio through a foam concentrate metering valve. [See Figure A-11-2.4(b).]

X- Flush-out valve ! -'Drain I \ .~ Tank \ "~ shutoff

. . . . . . . . - - ' - , : ÷ / - ' : , I , A Water shuto . I

I 1 ¢~" Electric metering I : ] , ,, t ; ~-va lve ,, j "

Eductor~. r ,~ ~ . ~ ~ I I Water ~ ~ ' ( l " ~ ' e ' - ~ ' t ~ 1 ~ " ' - Flowmeter i foam ' [2 ! - • [ . , o . . . . . . ~ ~ i ! Electron,c , ~'~'(='s~ :Pr I~-'~ssure I 1 I .,, control '.

~gage , I ~ - - - ~ ! E'" / Display '

...... ",,d..,,/ .J-. " , n-I Water pump ,.:----- ~ . . . . . . --'--3_[ suction

Flowmeter Corn )ound Foam concentrate gage

Water Electric

Figure A-ll-2.4(b) Flow meter sensing around-the-pump proport ioning system.

181


A conductixfty sens ing au tomat ic variable mete r ing around- the- p u m p p ropor t ion ing system utilizes electrical conductivity meters to sense the foam solution percentage and provide feedback from the control sample module . Data f rom the electrical conductivity meters is t ransmi t ted to an electronic control that controls the p ropor t ion ing ratio th rough a foam concent ra te mete r ing valve. [See Figure A-11-2.4(c).]

Pressure vacuum vent - - ~ ~--- Fill tower

Concentrate tank ~ ,>

i t-- Fill cap

~ater--~shut'~f' - - - . , ~ . . ..'.__..@ , / / I ] ,3~ [ - - ~ L . ~ r ~ Pressure

e=v, II gago , ,

Metering valve ~ J

J T Water tan k i

Drain , • i

~ l u o u Z v e t [ : ,~------- - - I---21~W From water pump °r nza huo l , ..#:i?::.. ater shutoff

, w - - - - - - - r - ~ 1 ~ : " ; nntml ~ S harge igc__.. _. Foam concentrate

i ¢ Electric metering ', ..... :iiii!ii!i '::iiiiii::::ii .... Water ,, - ~va~ve ' l .... :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ':Ti:.iii~ii::::~::..::~:- Edu tot-.... - 'q - - , ','

. : - i ' ~ e X-11-2.5(a)':.~essure propor t ion ing balanced roam Water J .:::::: ::::. "~i"ro ort ion n system ' .:.:...:::::::: :::::. P g •

dischargef°am ~ ' [ Electronic control , " %i~;:::.::ii~:i:::::::::"!:. [ 8 ~ . / . _ _ @ . . . . . %~,, ....

,,Pressur J :i~i:~: ........ There ~.~i!it~d~:basic types of balanced pressure foam E'" ~ . . . . J J Display ' %!i{iiiii::::!:!;:~#.£oportioni~"systems that utilize a foam concentrate pump. Foam

Conductivity , ] :!:::a "'::::i~e.r.tio.ed~:~g system operat ion is no t affected by water p u m p Water k i - Y .~.77.._. ~ , @ : "-i~, jg4~)~}~i::~:~'ssure or in te r rup ted while refilling the foam concentra te

I.~ete[ a-t Water ::ii~:::~::~nk ~#:~hese types of foam proportioning systelns. pump "~....._~ _ ~ .:-~i~i~Nion i:..:-i:

Conductivity meter .... iii¢ . . . . . :-::i~iii: ":i!::ii.......::~he by-pass balanced pressure system utilizes a vah, e in the foam Compound ,-. ......... gage Fo~::~tcentl:,~i~. .......... ":~i. "i::::~6ncentrate p u m p recirculat ing line that balances the foam . . . . :iiii!!::....::i: ...... ::!iii!!!::.:....ii!i " concent ra te and water pressure by by-passing excess foam

Wai~i#i .... ':::i:i~i~i: concentrate . [See Figure A-11-2.5(b).] =========================== :::~:'7~::..

• Pressure vacuum vent

Figure A-11-2.4(c) Conduct ivi ty sensing":a~:.O..matic v ~ i a b l e Diaphragm valve 7 ] _ ~ meter ing a round- the -pump proport ion~!: . .~.s~fia, r ~ - - - - - - ¢ ~ . . . . / ~ I

I .: tank

installed on the discharge side of the water pump. Two orifices discharge water and foam concent ra te into a c o m m o n ratio Metering , Duplex gage 7- I ce

l , . ~ J valve -In" "ai control ler (propor t ioner) located in the water p u m p discharge. By valve " i~ a K or n adjust ing the area of the orifices to a part icular ratio, the percen t of injection can be control led if the intake pressures are equal• T h e ~ i ,~'--W-----] ~elief valv%v- Tank shutoff

with the water pressure ,,'aries with different ba lanced pressure / system designs. The two basic types of ba lanced pressure systems - i l p - "'~..o'~e't'~'~) '~',,a,~t:[ropornnerk4../v~v l"7"a'"t~"a-Q) ' ' 1 ] (c"l ~ , , '~' are systems without a foam concent ra te p u m p and systems with a concent ra te pump. Balanced pressure foam propor t ion ing systems LWater/foam I ._/ '~ J r " - - Y S t r a i 2 r \ are general ly au tomat ic regula t ing p r o p o r f o n i n g systems, mscnarge ~ - "

/ ~ ~ Concentrate Balanced pressure systems without a foam concent ra te p u m p are ., ~a~ X P pump . . . . .

re fer red to as "pressure p ropor t ion ing systems" (see Figure A-ll- / Compounda T ' ' Concentrate inlet 2.5(a)]. These systems utilize a pressure vessel with an internal / g a g e ZConcentrate outlet bladder to conta in the foam concentra te . When in operat ion, water p u m p pressure is allowed to en ter the pressure vessel between the z-Water suction Foam concentrate shell and the internal bladder to exert pressure on the internal Water bladder. The foam concent ra te is forced out of the bladder to the foam propor t ioner at a pressure equal to the water p u m p pressure.

Figure A-1 1-2.5(b) By-pass ba lanced foam propor t ion ing system.

The d e m a n d balanced pressure system is des igned to control the speed of the foam concent ra te p u m p resul t ing in control of the p u m p discharge pressure to achieve a balance of foam concent ra te and water pressure within the system. [See Figure A-11-2.5(c).]

182

NFPA 1906 ~ November 2000 ROP

Tank

• /~.. system Metering , i =~q'x

valve i , [ Duplex g a g e ~ : " " I V . . ~

~r It .i ~ ] t -~ WWu~I; r r ~ " " J , " ~

T proportioner('Tf)

.. , ,.. ~ 4, 7' Strainer Olscnarge , " '"E,/. I-, ^ ~ . .. i. " ~ ~- Concentrate

~, ~L.~--J ,X~ j .b pump Compound" / " ' ' gage L Concentrate outlet

='Water suction

Pressure vacuum ve~t

I. Concentratetank [

c o I -g

Tank drain

Tank shutoff

Concentrate inlet

In the second flow sensing system, an electronic control receives electronic signals cor responding to the foam concent ra te flow from a foam concent ra te flow meter, the p ropor t ion ing ratio f rom the control par/el, and water flow data f rom the water flow meter . The electronic control controls the p ropor t ion ing ratio t h rough a foam concent ra te meter ing valve. [See Figure A-11-2.6(b).]

Electric metering valve

Flow meter . ~

_T !1 Electronic ,

i i

~Prossure ', ; g a g e

Pressure vacuum vent

Tarlk fill -.-~r4~

r-;

Concentrate tank

I Tank drain

Tank shutoff

Foam concentrate

\ Water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Hydraulic

Figure 'A-l l-2.5(c) Demand ba lanced pressure foam propor t ion ing

~ f J.._r-~.Water "l","" "

oam, N i ~ discharge:#" ':~i~:..'.. ~1~- Concentrate

~ E n ~ d T pump . . : ~ - : i i : - Com~........:~:- ,L Concentrate outlet

Wa~'r sucffSh gage "%~-?:::~ ~'-Concentrate

inlet system. ,::~: ':!-::~ ...

. ~ ' - .... 'i~i~::-. ":::" Foam concentrate ,:::.. ..:::.:-::.::/:::.. ~:'..::;:.:'::.. .... ~i!i!i!i!:E . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~t; , ;~ '"

A-11-2.6 Direct inject ion foam propor t ion ing systems utilize a . "::':~::]:~ . . . . . . ......... :;'";'""':: .......... HyorauHc foam concentra te p u m p to inject foam conceni ra te directly into the':-'::::~::i~i$:..., "~".-'.-iii:.-:.--~j::" water pump discharge. Foam propor t ion ing system opera t ion is ::iiii::ii'~iiiii~i::ii!ii::iiiiiii::: . . . . . . . . iiiiiii . . . . . "~oetr~e - ~ not affected by water pump intake pressure or in te r rup ted while "':~i:. "':'~-~ii.:':'::::::: "-:'-'::~ refilling the foam concentra te tank. Direct inject ion foam ::::~, ..::!.:'.--":-Figi~i'~K-11-2.fi(b) Dual mete r flow sensing direct inject ion foam propor t ion ing systems are generally automat ic regulating~i!."...'.-~:, % .... 4 .... p ropor t ion ing system. p ropor t ion ing systems. .::-;::'::" "":-:,.:-"~--":" ":i~::~ . . . . .

..:~?.:i[. ]~': . ":-~--~ conductivity sensing direct inject ion foam propor t ion ing system Automatic flow sensing direct inject ion foam prop.~ng.::~iii;:~-?~i~!~!i!::.:. %:.~'.':~filizes an electrical conductivity meter(s) ;~o sense the

systems utilize an in-line flow meter(s) to moni to r the s ~ : . . . . . :~:::~"--".'~!~i~::~i:~i::ii" p ropor t ion ing ratio at the water p u m p discharge(s) and transmits opera t ing conditions. System operat ing data is .~.mitte~"; .~iza.n ......... e lectronic control, which controls the p r o p o . ~ $ J $ ~ . t i o . ~:.,.,::i~: dif ferent flo'w sensing systems are available.:#~ .... " ~<~ii~. "::'% ~i:::

..::!:-::::::. -:.'~:~:~. ::.-.::::

• In one automat ic flow sensing s y s t e m , ~ c . t r o n i c c d ~ o l " receives electronic signals cor responding to " ~ . ~ . r o p o r f i ~ i n g ratio f rom the control panel and water flow data f rd '~ ' !~e flo..~"haetei. The electronic control then commands the f o a n ~ t r a t e l (ump module to deliver foam concent ra te at the ~ ' o r f i o n a l rate.

See Figure A- l l-2. 6 ( a ). ] "-'::~


Display ~ '

. _ _ . Electronic tank I control •

• i (~_ ~ T ~ Tank drain "

/ I (2) Pressure gage~Var iab le displacement E_I~4.L.4.,*._..,,C~I..I-,x concentrate pump "

~' ~ ~'~x (~ , ) Water pump / Flowmeter x--,.~ .- - - ' , ~ Compound ~ c e n t r a t e /- Water/foam "- "" ~ a e

discharge , ~ , J a - g g m ' " ~ a t ' e ~ - "

L'w~,o, ~ / ' ¢ - - " " " ......... ~lydrauiic"" . . . . . . . water suction

Electric

this informat ion to an electronic control that controls the p ropor t ion ing ratio t h rough a meter ing valve. A second electrical conductivity mete r provides feedback f rom the control sample module to the electronic control. Foam p u m p pressure is ma in ta ined at a pressure h igher than water p u m p pressure to ensure inject ion of the concentrate . [ See Figure A-I i -2 .6(c) .]

Pressure vacuum vent Electronic control .~ / - - ~-IEIEt~- ~ Electric metering T-mk

. ! -vCr_ __,. re urn ' ' I ., L Ig . ,-~ Concentrate i,, relurn

I ' [ - - - - ; " I -ule-1, I Hydrostatic drive i Sample '

I I m°° ~ system : I - - -~--g-£'~41--- - - - - - 4ff4-,

Ill ;Disp,a~ : - " - ~ " ' "

I I , T'N-Pressure[ $ ( *~ i . . . . ,11 ; - - i y . . . . j c-p-p- - water O . ,x_ /Co'nductivity't"/P ump /*-- ©- " ~

/ meter " - - ~ ~L, /4 StrainerX L-Water/f°am , I , ~ ~" Concentrate

discharge ~,~t.~__l ~ j .u pump " / , CompoundX / ~

z gage ' L Concentrate L-Water suction outlet

tank [

Tank drain

Tank shutoff

Concentrate inlet

Foam concentrate

Water

Hydraulic

Electric

Figure A-11-2.6(a) Single meter f low sensing direct inject ion foam propor t ion ing system.

Figure Aol 1-2.6(c) Conductivi ty sens ing direct inject ion foam propor t ion ing s~te:m,

- j

183


A-11-2.7 In a water motor- type foam proport ioning system, a water motor drives a positive displacement foam concentrate pump. The water motor can be of either a positive displacement type or a turbine type. Water motor foam proport ioning system are automatic regulating propor t ioning systems.

Where a positive displacement-type water motor drives the foam concentrate pump, the ratio of the water motor displacement to the displacement of the foam concentrate pump is the ratio of the desired foam solution. A positive displacement water motor propor t ioning system requires no external power. [ See Figure A-11-2. 7(a). ]


Concentratepump.-~ Tankshut°"-71 Concentrate I / I tank I

Tan or,,n

"1"~ . ~ @ Pressure gage

. E ~ - ~ " ~ -- "2"~- " ~ Water pump Water/f°am dischargeL Water m°t°r ~ _ . _ _ _ @

Foam concentrate / ~ Compound gage z... Water suction

A-11-3.1 Foam propor t ioning systems that inject foam concentrate into the water pumping system at a higher pressure than the water pressure have the potential to force foam concentrate or foam solution into an external water source. This condition will occur when there is no water flowing and the foam propor t ioning system is activated in the automatic mode. Backflow prevention devices, or any device that creates additional friction loss in the system, should be installed only with the approval and specific instructions of the foam propor t ioning system manufacturer.

A-11-3.3 Most foam concentrate manufacturers differentiate in the materials they recommend between those foam propor t ioning system components that are designed to be flushed with water after operation and those components that are intended to be continuously wetted with foam concentrate.

A-11-4.1 It is desirable to have a visual indicator at the operator's position that shows that the foam propor t ioning system is in the "operating" or the "off" position. A visual means of indicating positive foam concentrate flow at the operator 's position is also desirable.

A-11-6.3 Suitable means to attach the cover to the fill tower could include use of a threaded cap or a hinged cover with a mechanical latching device. ..::ii::ii::..

..::!~? ;'::::::i:?iii::.. A-11-6.6 On v .~c les ,}~ere a single foam storage tank is used, provisions s~:~]E~::::!~e made to flush the tank and all foam c o n c e n t r a ~ ' : . - ~ l u ~ to avoid contamination of dissimilar foam c o n c e n . ~ : : : : ~ h e n " : ~ ! } i n g types or brands.

A-1L.*'ff:.'8 .Tg:~ }oam c o ~ Z ~ g a t e tank(s) can be an integral part of t Lm."::i}~ca t e/::::Nn k. -:ii .... ====================== : : : : : : : : : .

"A-l"~)i[~.'i::ii?~'}~erent types and brands of concentrates can be i n c o r d ~ l e with each other and should not be mixed in storage. Concenff~. . . .~-osi ty varies with different types of products and

Wat e r ':i!::!i:i!i!::i::~:f:i!ii:i.t.,.e.. m p era tu r~ : - . ~::: : - ==========================. . . : : : : ,"

":~i{):. " ~ . ~ ' ~ foam concentrate p u m p is a very critical componen t of '!::?:i:..::¢.-~'oth I~tknced pressure and direct injection foam propor t ioning

Fimare A-II-2 7(a) Water motor foam p r o p o r t i o n i n ~ z'- :iiii;" syste~:s. Positive displacement pumps are r ecommended for " . . . . . . :}~'*°'~i: -iii&e.geral reasons. Positive displacement pumps are relatively slow

A water turbine powered-type of foam proportioni.~i@.,.,.stem ~.N: .... .:ii:. ili::~ "eed when compared to centrifugal pumps, which are desirable a water turbine to power a positive displacement fogfn "~{.e.~'gi~.~iiiii'-:-: "::-i':::"with viscous foam concentrates that are difficult to shear. pump. Flow meters sense the foam concentrate p u m p o ~ . . t and "::::?.:.:iii'i:i:: Centrifugal pumps can become airbound when trying to pump the water flow, sending signals to an electron!..q::.~jL.that%i::i::::i i ........ viscous foam concentrates, which results in a complete shutdown controls the propor t ion ing ratio by adjustinRr..:.iflqe v4ff~~i::i~.drbing~-?--::.:;-:: of the system. The self-priming feature of positive displacement speed. [ See Figure A-11-2.7(b).] ..::iiiii" "::iiiiiii{i::::. .'.)~!i::" pumps allows them to draw foam concentrate from drums or any

.:-::---'.::ii?:.i}~i.i .... -:i:..':~i} external source withont pr iming the pump.

FIowmeter

Electron!c control

L !~ (~ Pressure gage

E . ~ J~-3Water ,,'-' / Flowmeter~.P~ j L-Water/foam ', _-- .~)-"

discharge ,..L t i .~~Co~pound gage l

Water suction

"::iiii!i!ii!::. :ii:'i" "~sure..:~cu u m vent

. ~ Ta,~ fill

t

~ - © /~ Strainer 2~

Concentrate

Concentrate tank ]

"~ Tank drain

Tank shutoff

~" pump -Concentrate outlet nle~ t

Concentrate i Foam concentrate

Water Electric

Figure A-I 1-2.7(b) Water turbine--driven flow sensing direct injection foam proportioning system.

A-11-7.5 A suitable suction device is required to operate from an external source such as 5-gal (19-L) pails, 55-gal (208-L) drums, and portable tanks or containers.

A-II-10 There are four methods for testing a foam proport ioning system for calibration accuracy.

Test Method 1: Water Is Substituted for Foam Concentrate. The foam system is operated at the water flow rates at which the system is to be tested. Water is used as a substitute for foam concentrate. The substitute water for foam concentrate is drawn from a calibrated tank instead of foam concentrate f rom the foam concentrate tank. The volume of water drawn from the calibrated tank divided by the volume of water pumped over the same time period, including the water drawn from the calibrated tank, times 100 represents the percentage of foam the foam propor t ioner is producing.

Test g4ethod 2: Foam Percent Is Determined by Use of a Refractometer. With the foam system in operation at a given flow, a solution sample is collected from each outlet. The foam concentration solution is measured using a refractometer to measure the refractive index of the collected foam solution sample. This method might no t be accurate for AFFF or alcohol-resistant foam and certain other types of foam that typically exhibit very low refractive index readings. Also the refractometer method should not be used when testing foam percentages of 1 percent or lower because the accuracy, at best, for determining the percent of foam concentrate in a foam solution when using a refractometer is _+0.1 percent. For this reason, the conductivity method could be a preferable test method where AFFF, alcohol-resistant foam, or foam in 1 percent or less concentrat ion (Class A foams) is to be tested.

To use a refractometer to determine percent of foam solution, a base calibration curve has to be prepared. The following equipment is required:

184

N F P A 1906 - - N o v e m b e r 2000 R O P

Four 100-ml or larger plastic bottles with caps

One measu r ing pipette (10 ml) or syringe (10 cc)

O n e 100-ml or larger g radua ted cylinder "-,

Three plastic-coated magne t ic s t i r r i ngba r s

A ref rac tometer

Standard g raph paper

A ruler or o ther straight edge

Using the water and foam concent ra te f rom the system to be tested, th ree known foam solut ion samples are m a d e up us ing the 100-ml or larger g radna ted cylinder. These k n o ~ foam solut ion samples shou ld inc lude the following:

(a) The nominal in t ended percen tage

(b) The nomina l in t ended percentage plus 1 pe rcen t

(c) The nomina l in t ended percen tage mi nus 1 pe rcen t

If the nomina l i n t ended pe rcen t is one pe rcen t or less, the three samples shou ld be as follows:

(a) The nomina l in t ended percentage

(b). The nomina l i n t ended percentage plus 0.3 pe rcen t

(c) The nomina l i n t ended percentage mi nus 0.3 pe rcen t

The water requi red is placed in the 100-ml or larger g radua ted cylinder leaving space for the foam concentra te . Us ing the pipette or syringe, the requ i red foam concent ra te samples are carefully added tO the water. Each measu red foam solut ion is pou red f rom the 100-ml or larger gradu~/ted cylinder into a 100-ml or larger plastic bottle. Each bottle shou ld be marked with a label indicat ing ~ the pe rcen t solut ion it contains. A plastic s t i r r ing bar is added to the bottle. The bottle is capped a n d shaken thorough ly to mix the foam solution.

- ,.-:~-.".-"ii~iiiii:::" An al ternate m e t h o d of mak ing up th ree foam s o l u t i o ~ - : : ~ m ~ is

to use a very accurate scale. W h e n a very accurate sc~!ij.s used~i~:" only small a m o u n t s of water and foam concent ra te ~ i ~ u i n ~ , ~ ; " '"~" TO use the scale method , the densi ty o f the foam c o n c e ~ : ' h a s ~ i " ~ to be known. Look at the data shee t or the M S ~ . . . t h e f ' ~ : . p roduc t density. F o r example, to make 100 . . . . .m . l ? :~ :~ . . r . cen~ .~ ! : solut ion us ing a f oam concent ra te with a ~ s i t y of l~ .~ i i~eas~ i~ '" 97 g of water into a beaker and add 3.12:- . .~:£oam c o n c ~ t e : ' : ~ ' o the beaker (1.04 x 3 g = 3.12 g).

'~::ii~ii~ . . . . . . .

After the foam solut ion samples are t h o r o u g h l ~ . . . e . ~ r a refractive index read ing is taken of each percentage foam s ~ n sample. This is done by placing a few drops of the s o l u t i o ~ S n the re f rac tometer prism, closing the cover plate, and observing the scale read ing at the dark field intersection. Since the refractometer is t empera ture compensa ted , it could take 10 seconds to 20 seconds for the sample to be read properly. It is impor tan t to take all re f rac tometer readings at a m b i e n t t empera tu res of 50°F (10°C) or above. ~ ~

Using s tandard g raph paper , the rdfractive index readings are plot ted on one a~.'s mad the pe rcen t of concent ra t ion o n t h e other. ~t ~s mos t convemen t to place the foam solut ion percentage on the horizontal axis a n d the conductivity read ing on the vertical axis. This plot ted curve serves as the known basel ine for the test series. " The solut ion samples shou ld be set aside in the event the m e a s u r e m e n t s n e e d to be checked.

Foam solut ion samples are then collected f rom the p ropor t ion ing system using care to make certain that the samples are taken at an adequate dis tance downs t ream f rom the foam propor t ioner be ing tested. Refractive index readings of the samples are taken and compared to the plot ted curve to de t e rmine the percentage of the collected test samples. -"

Test Method 3: Foam Concentrate Pump Output Is Measured Directly. With some direct inject ion systems, it is possible to directly measu re f o a m concent ra te p u m p output . With the foam system in opera t ion at a given water flow rate, e i ther using foam concentra te or water as a subst i tute for f oam concentra te , the ou tpu t of the foam concent ra te p u m p is m e a s u r e d by divert ing tha t ou tpu t into a calibrated conta iner for direct measu re rnen t over a m e a s u r e d

~ eriod of time. An alternative is to measu re the foam concent ra te ow or water subst i tute with a calibrated meter .

Test Method 4: Foam Percent Is Determined by Use of a Conductivity Meter. The conductivity test m e t h o d is based on changes in electrical conductivity as foam concent ra te is a d d e d to water. Conductivity is a very accurate m e t h o d provided the re are substantial changes in conductivity as f oam concent ra te is ad d ed to the water in relatively low per.centages. Since salt or brackish ~vater is very conductive, this m e t h o d migh t no t I:,e suitable due to small conductivity changes as foam concent ra te is a d d e d to salt or brackish water. It is necessary to make fozaaa and water solut ions in advance to de te rmine if adeqtrate changes in conductivity can be detected if the water source is salty or brackish. This m e t h o d canno t be used. when the water base has more total solids than the foam concentrate . . . .Three me thods can be used to de te rmine the foam percen tage . .~ j~ :e conductivity me thod .

. . : : : : . " . . .

1. Direct R e ~ . Conductivi ty Tes t Method. The following e q u i p m e n t i~':. ~ . ~ i i ~ o pe r fo rm this me thod :

...-:::::::: "~:

Two ~ i . : . . g r l~u:"~!!~..ontai.'ners

O.~i~:"direc~:'::reading ~ - : ~ o l u t i o n conductivi ty me te r

• ; ¢ ~ . . ~ . P~i'-".~ the wate|:::~'~o be used in the test is obta ined us ing one of t l ~ | ~ ~ r lai-ger containers. The conductivity mete r head is irnmef~.~j~a the water sample and the me te r display set at zero. ff the dire~i'Cl*,.d~g foam solut ion conductivity me t e r is m o u n t e d in :~,..dischargd::i~'~, the me te r shou ld be set al: zero with plain water

:'ft"If tl~!~:onducfivity me te r manufac tu re r does no t indicate that the • percdlStage of foam solut ion can be read directly for the foam i'::~..~acentrate b e i n g u s e d , a calibration curve has to be developed. i i i~e calibration curve migh t show that the direct me te r readings are ::"correct for the f o a m concent ra te be ing used or it migh t indicate tha t the calibration curve has to be used when that foam concent ra te is used.

The foam propor t ion ing system is opera ted a n d a sample of the foam solut ion p roduced by the system is collected us ing the o ther 100-ml or larger container. The conductivi W me te r head is immer sed iri the foam solution sample .and the percentage of the foam solution is read on the me te r display, ff the conductivity meter is m o u n t e d in a discharge line, tile percentage of the foam solut ion is read on the me te r display While f oam solut ion is be ing discharged.

2. Conductivity Compar i son Method. The following equipmet , t is used to p e r f o r m this me thod :

Two l'00-ml or larger conta iners

Conduc t iv i ty -mete r read ing in m s / c m (mic ros iemens per cent imeter)

A sample of the ~¢ater to be used in the test is Obtained using one of the 100-ml or larger containers . -Using the conductivity meter , the conductivity valve of the water sample its de te rmined .

The foam propor t ion ing system is opera ted a n d a sample of the foam solution- p r o d u c e d by the system is obta ined us ing the other 100-ml or larger container . Us ing the cond.uctivity mete r the conductiyi ty value of the foam solut ion smnple; is measured .

The conductivity va lue of the water sample is subtracted f rom the conductivity value of the foam solut ion sample and the result is divided by 500 to obtain the pe rcen t of foaxn concent ra te in the foam solution.

185


Conductivity of foam solution -conductivity of water

500 -- % o f f o a m

NOTE: 500 is used as the divisor a s suming that the conductivity mete r units are m s / c m (micros iemens per cent imeter) . O the r units of conductivity can be used but will require the value of the divisor (500) to be adjusted.

3. Conductivity Calibration Curve Method

A h a n d h e l d conductivity me te r is used to measure the conductivity of foam solut ions in mic ros iemen units.

The following e q u i p m e n t is used to per form this method:

Four 100-ml or larger plastic bottles with caps

O n e measu r ing pipette (10 ml) or syringe (10 cc)

One 100-ml or larger g radua ted cylinder

Three plastic-coated magne t ic st irr ing bars

A portable t empera tu re -compensa t ed conductivity meter - - O m e g a Model CDH-70, VWR Scientific Model 23198-014, or equivalent

Standard g raph paper

A ruler or o ther straight edge

Once the solut ion samples have been m e a s u r e d and recorded, the bottles shou ld be set aside for control samples reference. The conductivity readings then shou ld be plot ted on the graph paper. It is most convenien t to place the foam solut ion percentage on the horizontal axis and the conductivity readings on the vertical axis.

A ruler or s t raight edge can be used to draw a line that approx imates connec t ing all th ree points. A l though it m ig h t not be possible to connec t all three points with a s t ra ight line, they should be very close. If not, the conductivity m e a s u r e m e n t s should be repea ted and, if necessary, new control sample solut ions should he m a d e until all three points plot in a nearly straight line. This plot serves as the known base (calibration) curve to be used for the test series.

Foam solut ion s ~ l e s are collected t hen from the p ropor t ion ing system using c a r e . : g ~ sure the sample is taken at an adequate dis tance down~am"~;F iam the foam propor t ioner be ing tested. Using foam. . .~ . .o .Ja samples tha t have been allowed to drain f rom expanded l'@i~m ~ i : p r o d u c e mis leading conductivity readings therefor . .~. : . .~ . type ' : :~ample shou ld no t be used to de te rmine perce~ii~it 'o:Rm s o l u ' : ~ ..::i:-

.-::.:::" ":'::" "::i:.::~:::!:~:~::"

. ~ i e n ~ t samples ha:~:%een collected, their conductivity is ,~i~._r , e d i i ~ the perc'~nt of foam solut ion is de t e rmined f rom the basg::~-'{~.-.';~:"~'i'~pared f rom the control sample foam solutions.

A base calibration curve is Dreoared usin~ the water and foam "::~i~ili~ili,. concent ra te f rom the system' to ;oe tested. ~'hree s tandard solut ions ::i:~ ...... A-12-1 T~!:.f.o!!pwing terms are not used in this d o c u m e n t but are are made us ing the 100-ml or larger graduate . These known foam ":::::ii::i::!!!::::!!:::~.s°°ated'~.~. ~ compressed air foam systems and are included here solution samples shou ld inc lude the following: %. "':'::i:~ii~:O.ii:.a.i.d m u.Ni~erstanding. ::::: -.-.:+:-:+:.:.:+... . ...,...

a. The nomina l in tended percentage ..... : i : : i i ) i i . . . : : : !~ab/e. A compressed air foam system (CAFS) capable fire ..:.::i:!:~:i:i:i:i::.. "!!~U appaCgtus is a fire appara tus equ ipped with: (1) an au tomat ic

b. The nomina l in t ended percentage plus 1 percent _-?iii ............... ii::::!iiii?:: :i::i::::.regulating propor t ion ing system capable of inject ing foam ..:@i:: .i{iii:: .., ":::ii.~hcentrate into {he discharge or pressure side of the oumD (9)

c. The nomina l i n t ended percentage mi nus 1 perc..-.etl~i!!!ii!!::.. ..::!~ii:::~:i:iiiiiiiiii::.:.. ":i?:4:'an air compressor with the capacity to supply the requi red scfm"

If the nomina l in t ended pe rcen t is one percen t .o r less, t~))ii i .... "::?-i~:/!!-# a n d automat ic air pressure controls, and (3) controls to mix the following shou ld be the three samples: ..:.::iiii!iilliiiii::iii::i::ii:i:: .... ::iii::!i~::!~:: . . . . :.. air and foam solution.

a The nomina l i n t ended percenta e .... !-::- . . . . :-~'~-~i: "---" Chatter. An unacceptab le flow condi t ion where in air is no t fully g .':::::::::::- "::::::::':" --::::" mixed with the foam solution. .-,,.,.............. ,.:+:.:.:.

b. The nomina l in t ended percentage ~iusii~i~:.aoercent ::i::i::iii High-Energy Foam Generator. A foam genera tor tha t uses a large

c. The nomina l in tended percentage minus d % ~ r c e n i ~: a m o u n t of external energy to aerate the foam.

The water requi red is p laced in the 100-ml or l a r ~ : : g r a d u a t e d cylinder leaving space for the foam concentrate , l ~ ] n g the pipette or syringe, the requi red foam concent ra te samples are carefully added to the water. Each measu red foam solut ion is poured f i om the 100-ml or larger g radua ted cylinder into a 100-ml or larger plastic bottle. Each bottle shou ld be marked with a label indicat ing the percen t solution it contains. A plastic st irr ing bar is added to the bottle. The bottle is capped and shaken thoroughly to mix the foam solution.

An al ternate m e t h o d of mak i ng up three foarh solut ion samples is to use a very accurate scale. W h e n a very accurate scale is used, only small a m o u n t s of water and foam concent ra te are required. To use the scale me thod , the densi ty of the foam concentra te has to be known. Look at the data shee t or the MSDS for the foam produc t density. For example, to make 100 nil of a 3 pe rcen t foam solut ion us ing a foam concent ra te with a density of 1.04, measure 97 g of water into a beaker and add 3.12 g of foam concent ra te to the beaker (1.04 x 3 g = 3.12 g).

After the foam solut ion samples are thoroughly mixed, the conductivity of each solut ion is measured . The instruct ions that come with the conductivity me te r shou ld be consul ted to de te rmine proper p rocedures for taking readings. It is necessary to switch the mete r to the correct conductivity range set t ing in order to obtain a p roper reading. Most synthetic-based foams used with fresh water result in foam solut ion conductivity readings of less t han 2000 m s / c m . Protein-based foams general ly p roduce conductivity readings in excess of 2000 m s / c m when fresh water is used to make the foam solution. Due to the temperatf i re- compensa t ion feature of the conductivity mete r it could take a shor t t ime to obtain a consis tent reading.

Low-Energy Foam Generator. A foam genera to r tha t uses energy of the foam st ream to aerate the foam.

Mixing Chamber. A device used to p roduce fine, un i fo rm bubbles in a shor t dis tance as foam solut ion and air, flow th rough it.

Scrubbing. The process of agi tat ing foam solut ion and air in a conf ined space such as a hose, pipe, o," mix ing c h a m b e r to p roduce tiny, un i fo rm bubbles.

Slug Flow. The discharge of distinct pockets of water and air due to the insufficient mix ing of foam concentra te , water, and air in a compressed air f oam system.

Surge. The sudden decompress ion of a d ischarge line caused by the rapid open ing of the discharge appliance.

A-12-2 It is necessary for the opera tor to familiarize h imsel f or herself with the specific types of foam concent ra tes the foam propor t ion ing system manufac tu re r has des igned the system to operate with and propor t ion accurately. The foam propor t ion ing system could require modif icat ion, or recaiibration, if a foam concent ra te is in t roduced into the system that was no t in t ended for use in the system by the manufac tu re r .

A-12-2.4 It is r e c o m m e n d e d tha t compressed air no t be injected into the wa te r / foam discharge p ip ing until the flow of wa te r / foam solut ion has been establ ished in the d ischarge piping. Th e nozzle reaction at the end of a hose can be quite h igh if j u s t air or air and water with no foam solut ion is flowing in the discharge line. Th e nozzle react ion could be a safety issue with an operator that is no t expect ing or no t properly braced to wi ths tand this react ion force. The react ion force is substantially r educed when a foam solut ion is flowing in the discharge hose. Pressure in the form of compressed

186


air can r ema in t rapped in a CAFS as a resul t of deactivating the system. It is i~nportant for the operator to relieve any pressure in the foam propor t ion ing system and connec t ed hose l ines before d isconnect ing hose lines or any opera t ion tha t opens the systelh to a tmosphere .

A-12-2.5 Pressure in the fo rm of compressed air can r ema in t rapped in a CAFS as a result of deactivating the system. It is impor tan t for the operator to relieve any pressure in the foam propor t ion ing system and connec ted hose lines before d isconnect ing hose lines or any operat ion that opens the system to a tmosphere .

A-12-4 If it is desi red to test the expans ion ratio, the following test is r e c o m m e n d e d .

The e q u i p m e n t requi red consists of the following:

Gram scale, 1500-g capacity accurate to 0.1 g t .

One (1) 1000-ml conta iner that can be s truck at 1000 ml (a 1000- ml g r a d u a t e d c y l i n d e r cut off at 1000 ml works well)

Tile empty conta iner is placed on the scale a n d the scale is set to zero. Using the container , a full sample of foam is collected and the foam is struck at the 1000-ml level. T he conta iner is placed on

A-13-3.1.1 The re is virtually no control over the speed of a single- speed electric winch, tha t is, the winch runs a t the speed the load dictates, faster with l ight loads and slower with heavy loads.

Two-speed electric winches provide o n l y for preselect ion of the winch gear ratio, tha t is, one gear ratio for pul l ing heavy loads, a second for l ight loads, a n d are no t des igned for shif t ing u n d e r load to improve line speed.

A-13..4.4 The forward-neutral-reverse hydraul ic control for the winch shou ld be power opera ted to pe rmi t remote control of t_he hydraulic winch operat ions. The r emote control device shou ld be of a des ign that automatical ly re turns to neutra l when released. The remote control shou ld have at least 25 it. (7.6 m) of cable. Alternately, the remote control could be accompl i shed by an FCC- approved radio f requency winch control device.

A fast-idle switch shou ld also be provided. T h e switch should be inter locked with the neutra l posit ion of the t ransmiss ion to prevent accidental m o v e m e n t of the apparatus .

A-14-3 Skid plates can be used to protect the t ransfer case, gear box, p u m p , eng ine oil pan, radiator, auxiliary coolers, exhaus t componen t s , brake.::.ljnes or component. '; , fuel tank, s teer ing gear, and axle differe .~....'~$:,.-~.::-::,

.-s:U "% the scale and the mass is read in grams. .... ~!ii!i~ii~iii~ . . . .

_ . . 1 0 0 :~i~!i. ":~i~i-::-. Appendix B E x p a n s t o n r a t i o = ~ = :#::. ~{!i::. ":!i~i::i::i::i~::..

F o a m m a s s i n m - a m s .:-#':-':%-..-.i ::ii: :::::::::::::::::::::::::::: - - ..~"i's ap.zOerldix is not a'}~rt of the requironcnts of this NFPA document

The foam mass in grams in the equat ion assumes that 1 g of foam ~'~:.ind~.a..d for in fo~' t ional purposes only. solut ion occupies 1 ml of volume. ":::" "::i'::i::i::{ii::..:i'iii:~:~:i:~!~::..

• B-1 l'~i~!~,he /:'esponsibility of the purchaser to provide the A-12-5 Any componen t s of the piping system exposed to contra~.:::-..w, ith.....~ufficient in format ion to enable the contractor to pressurized air f rom the CAFS should be des igned for at least a :iii!i~ii:i::.:.... prepare a'::~.!i:~'fid a complete descript ion of the appara tus the burst gage pressure of 500 psi (344 kPa). ':~i~i:i~:-:.::~i~t.ractor ~ p o s e s to supply. Comple t ion by the purchase r of the * lo 7 r ~ . . . . . . . ms . . . . "a . . . . . . . . ; . . . . . i~.:^~ ^¢ .I. . . . . . ":i::ii:. " [~ : : i~ . - .~ f i in Figure B-1 shou ld provide the in format ion required ~-.,,- .. . . . . . . . . oyo~ v'"*. ' ~ . "~Y. ' : '~u~ ' .~s~ '~ . . . . . . . . . ~ . . . . :iii:...:.$~ th~ ' : :~ ious sections of this documen t . now, nowever, in s t rumenta t ion is still uselul to m e operator~:::~.en ::i:!.::i::" ..::!:: au tomat ic systems have ad jus tments a n d pe r fo rmance l i .~"y~. . .~ , h {iii':. " warrant ins t rumenta t ion . Where the system design d o ~ - f l o t a l l t ~ :ii{:i:::::i~ i:: Append ix C Refe renced Publ icat ions for such automat ic regulation, or where the o p e r a t o ~ : : . t h e .~.~.~, -,k.~ F" - to control water flow or airflow, air a n d water flow r~et~!!.~..¢ i:: .......... ?:::i!!iii!::i:~i:~i::ii? "" C-1 The following d o c u m e n t s or por t ions t he reo f are re fe renced necessary for the operator to mon i to r the operat ional p e r f t ~ c e '~":::-":i:~ within this s tandard for informat ional purposes only and are thus of the CAFS where the nozzle pe r son canno t ===========================================. :.-::. no t cons idered par t of the r equ i rements of this s tandard unless p u m p i n g long hose lays or p u m p i n g to gre~f--" : '~ 'bigh~i i~i :ope~i i .... also listed in Chapter 25. The edi t ion indicated here for each needs to know what is flowing in order t.~..'..~:,certaln t h ~ o p & . "-'~''" re ference is the cu r ren t edi t ion as of the date of the NFPA issuance p roduc t is be ing delivered. -~i::~':'::i~!~::, "::i:::~i'~ " of this s tandard. "

A-12-9 If the tests of some componen t s of t h e ' : i ~ " ~ t u s : ~ e be ing C-I.1 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protect ion Association, 1 certified by an i n d e p e n d e n t testing o r g a n i z a t i o n a l l Y c h a s e r Bat terymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101 Quincy, MA 02269-9101. might .wish to specify tha t these also be certified b y " ~ " i n d e p e n d e n t . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . tes t ing organizations. .:#:: N~I'A 11, 5tanaara jor Low-r~xpanszon roam, l ~ o emtion.

A-12-9.1.$ Care shou ld be taken to avoid injuries to pe r sonne l f rom the d ischarging air s t ream. Only those persons actually conduc t ing the tests shou ld be in the test area, a n d they shou ld wear hea r ing protection" d u r i n g the airflow test.

A-12-9.2 The person conduc t ing the test shou ld check with the manufac tu re r of the hose be ing used to ensure the hose h a s b e e n approved for use with CABS.

A-13-2.1 Most electric (12-V or 24-V dc)'wincl~es used for commerc ia l / indus t r i a l appl icat ions are ra ted a t between 6000 lb and 12,000 lb (26.7 kN and 53.4 kN) line pull. The winches feature a dc motor and control or solenoid box with two to four solenoids that reverse motor rotation.

Hydrau-lic-driven winches are typically ra ted for 6000 lb to 30,000 lb (26.7 kN to 133.5 kN) line pull.

NFPA 11 A, Standard for Medium- and High-Expansion Foam Systems, 1994 edition.

NFPA 1150, Standard on Fire Fighting Foam Chemicals for Class A Fuels'in Rural, Suburban, and Vegetated Areas, 1999 edition. "

C-1.2 Othe r Publicat ions.

G-1.2.1 SAE Publication. Society of Automotive Engineers , 400 Commonwea l t h Drive, Warrendale PA 15096.

SAE J551-1, Performance Levels and Methods of Measurement of Electro~.. gnetic Compatibility of Vehicle.s and Devices (60 Hz-18 GHz), 1996 edition.

C-1.2.2 U.S. Gove rnmen t Publication. IJ.S. G o v e r n m e n t Pr in t ing Office, Washington , DC 20402.

Tide 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 567, "Certification "

187


PROCUREMENT ISSUES

Date of bid opening

PURCHASING SPECIFICATION FORM

Purchaser ' s name and address

Contact n a m e and telephone n u m b e r

Sealed bid envelope information, address, and identification mark ing

The bidder is to honor the bid price for days.

I f an in te r im inspect ion trip(s) to the contractor's facility is to be provided, indicate the n u m b e r of trips

and number of par t ic ipants

How m a n y service and operation ma n u a l s are to be provided?

Where is the delivery of the appara tus to occur? • r? i 'h .

.... /:iiiiii?:::~ ....

Where and when is the acceptance to occur? ..::':':'::.. "::~ii':. .....::.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.::~ii:::" "'::i::- "

.-:.!-K.. 4)... ..:::::::::::::::.. "i:!:i::.. " : Y ' : ~ : : - - : : % S %

The operation and service t r a in ing is to be conducted at '::~illi~i::.. :~;--~.-:~ ......... ":%~i~:~:..:/:

"i'(;'ij j5 j?b.,... . . . ~:ijj';"

for persons for days. ::{iii: ":::!:~ii~ii~{?:::g -:!! ....

Specify details of any special payment p lan or s c h . . ~ , r e q u i ~ ~::" -:ii :ii ....

g:''

Is an approval drawing required? [21 ~::::::::::::~:~o '%~i~{::ii ....... " ..........

Is a bid bond required? Q Yes CI .~..~ . . . . . . -:-:{{{i{{{i{-:.. '::!:{::{{iiii ....

What percent of the bid price~i::::::'"-ii{i!!i!:!::. ::::!{i{i{ "

Is a performance bond required? Q yei~ii::::~ No..::~iiii:

Wha t percent of the bid price? .... ii::{i~ii!{ifi: ..::::--

If an extended war ran ty on specific components is required, indicate which components and the length of

the war ran ty

Is a wa r r an ty bond required? QYes (3 No

In what amount?

(Purchasing Spedficalion Form, page 1 ol 13)

Figure B-I Purchasing specification form.

188


GENERAL REQUIREMENTS - - CHAPTER 2

Special design features required on this apparatus

Height in inches

Overall length in inches

Wheel base in inches

Width in inches

Gross vehicle weight in pounds

What are the maximum allowable dimensions of the apparatus?

(measured at the highest proj ection)

(measured at the front and rearmost projections)

(measured from the center of the front axle to the center of the rear axle)

(measured at the outside of the mirrors)

Maximum weight on the front axle in pounds

Maximum weight on the rear axle in pounds

What is the maximum turning radius allowable? ft measured at#i~.-.O Tires Q Body

Maximum elevation at which the apparatus will operate if over 2000 ft .-::!~-~i~ ":<:':'': ' ' ':::"~:"":"

~ : : ':"::~:. ~ii:;.. Maximum stationary operational grade if over 20 percent .... i~::~iiiii~:~':'i~iii::. ":':':~.:::f:.

...(i:,:~.,~. 'i:i:,... . t i c

Maximum grade that apparatus must be able to maneuver on if ~ ~ ~ o s s a 20 percent grade and up and

down a 25 percent grade -:.~::.:~ ~ : . ' ~ : : ~ "

the apparatus road performance if i t is to exceed t l ~ ! ~ ~ s p e ~ : e d in this s tandard Specify

:~.:.....: ..:-.:::-- i:i:i:.. ..~-'.::~. -::::::.- <i::" ...,:i';- ~"":':'i:;:i:i:i:~ ;'i'i.

• -

Specify the maximum road speed required e~:':':%iiiiiil!::!i::.-:'ii#:"~!}~iiU!:-i?'::::':::"

Specify the minimum and maximum ~ : ~ . a i r t ~ r @ . t u r e in which the apparatus is to operate . .4..-::~ , ~.:...- ~ ~:~:~:: -v...::~:.::..

.A!:!:!~., "::::: ===================== ~:iiiiii!i: "

HOSE THREAD SiZE

crPI x OD or size and type) (i.e., 2 ½ in. ~ : . ~ : : ~ n . storz) ",'i'?Y

1 in. = 1½in . =

2in. = 2½in . =

3 i n . = 3½in. =

4 in. _- 4½ in. =

5 in .= 6 i n . =

Hydrant =

TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE

Is independent certification of tests required for the pump system or other systems?

If yes, what independent test ing organization is to certify the tests?

~lYes ~ N o

(Purchasing Specificalion Form, page 2 of 13)

189


Is anyone to witness the manufacturer 's pre-delivery tests? Q Yes [3 No

If yes, who?

Where are the road tests to he conducted?

What tests will the contractor be required to perform on delivery?

C H A S S I S A N D V E H I C L E C O M P O N E N T S - - C H A P T E R 3

Desired chassis make/model or style • ,'i'h,

.4!!~ii::::':':::::~:iiii::::.

Specify the desired location of the engine

Type of propulsion engine

Is an electric fuel pump or re-priming pump required?

Specify any special lubrication system requirements

QYes

.... :::::::::::::::::::::::::: .... . : . : . : , . + : . : + : . : .

[ 3 N . # i ~f : :" ... "::i::. "

.-::,!::""::i~!i!iiii!:: ..":'iii!i!i!.: "::i:i:i:~&.::i::""" "'::i:-

"::i:.::~:~:i::.. "+>>:+: .

, : . :+ : . : . : . " . : : : : : : : : : : : : .

"::~:i:!:i::::. %!!i.:i:~:::: ..... =================================

Specify any special cooling system requirements "i::iiii!,:!:ii!i::::i!J:i::i::iiiii::i::ii):;;:i::: ::" .............. : J

:::::::::::, % / ......... 7 ..... /*::::::~i~: ::~i~: . . . . .

.. ,'(is; i'i'i'; "fizi'ffi';"

Type of coolant required

Is an automatic throttle control devi¢~!irequiNa: '':::::::::" :'[21{Y~iiiiiiia No

Is a manual emergency engine sN~g .wn requi£~? G Yes ~ No

Type of fuel filters required • . : . : . : . : . : . : , . . : . : . -

'::iiiiiiiiii:ii:" .::~i::"

Type of air filters required :~:

Specify the existing location of the exhaust system

Specify the type of brake system required

Is an auxiliary brake system.required? EIYes El No

Specify type

Specify the style and type of tires required

(Purchasing Specification Form, page 3 of 13)

190


Indicate whether cast spoke, steel disc, or aluminum wheels are required

Are rear fender hners reqmred. ~ Yes [3 No

Are tire chains to be used? Q Yes [3 No

Should the apparatus be designed to operate "off paved roads?" El Yes [::l No

Specify the minimum axle housing and ground clearance required

Specify if a greater angle of approach is required

Specify if a greater angle of departure is required ..:::.. ..:.:.:.:.:..

• d ' ? : ' : ' : ' ? ? ? : .

Specify the steering wheel's required angle turning if it exceeds the minimum~-~-~.

.::x ".:::::. " : : ~ i i Specify if a drive axle traction control or no-spin differential is requir~:":"~:. -"iii~i~ii:iiii~; ." i~i:::*'-- ...::~'::" ¢::.

rE'_:'? ":'i" Specify if rear wheel steering is required

'::i{~.... .~.

"::~:..~:..:... ~:::::.:'i:."~ .:~:-" Specify if a special suspension system is required ::!::..,.:,..!.!:.::!::!,::-::: . . . . 6.~,

,z:~ "~ ~ ~ - .:.:::-.:..-......~.~::"

Is an automatic or manual transmission require.~

If an automatic transmission is provided, is ~ panel in the driving compartment? (3 Yes < ~ ' ~

Specify the fuel tank capacity required..:¢.-:i.'-:-:~$- ....... °

M u s t t o w hooks be accessible w i t h ~ . ~ : : o p e n i ~

Is a rear license plate bracket ar(~':"~i"'~.require'~

Specify cab tr im features_ '::::::::i!i~i!!ii::. .:~i: "":':{ ~ ~ iiiii~::"" '

.::::$.$~:. "~...,.!'::" ..::~-~:" ~,.,-.~ ~- ,7

smi~ion f l ~ . i ~ p e r a t u r e indicator

~ii~ ":::"::~!~'5"~'~

t p a ~ ' n t doors? (3 Yes (3 No

Q:~Yes [:3 No

required in the instrument

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND WARNING DEVICES - - CHAPTER 4

Indicate whether a bat tery charger, conditioner, or a polarized receptacle is to be provided

If a built-in bat tery charger or conditioner is provided, indicate the required charging rate

Specify the location of the receptacle for the bat tery charger or conditioner

Is a second 'qaattery on" pilot l ight on the outside of the vehicle required? _ Q Yes [::1 No _

Where?

Is a dual bat tery system required? (3 Yes O No

-- (Purchasing Specilication Form, page 4 of 13)

191


Specify any electrical loads beyond those defined in the standard that are to be part of the minimum continuous

electrical load

If a load management system is required, specify the sequence of control (shutdown):

Will the apparatus respond on public roads as an emergency vehicle? [:l Yes ~1 No

WARNING LIGHT INFORMATION

L o c a t i o n B r a n d a n d M o d e l Color ( s )

Front-facing cab lights

Roof light

Rear l ights--upper

Rear lights--lower

Intersection lights

Mid-body lights

. .::i:: ' ::i:i:i:i : : . . • , ' i ' i" "~i" i ' i ' i ' , .

Specify the brand and model ot~ the siren % :° . . . . . • : : : : . . . .-: : :~ . : : : :5~

Are air horns required? 0 Yes [:] No .... #!iiii::::::::iiiiil-".-~:: '!::?:if:." :!::"

If yes, specify the type of control and its l~ . i . on ~!!? ..... "iiiiiif::

Specify any special emergency lighti . . . r ~ ~ n g " ~ r . ~ s or equipment that is required

%:.:.:. . .: . :A . ~

Are cab hand lights or mounted adjusta~=:~st~i~hts required? ~2 Yes ~ No

Specify if additional work lighting is requil:6tI .:;:.-

Specify if additional driving or crew compartment lighting is required

DRIVING AND CREW A R E A S - - CHAPTER 5

Specify any special seating requirements or arrangements for the driver

Specify any special seating requirements or arrangements for the crew


192

* N F P A 1 9 0 6 ~ N o v e m b e r 2 0 0 0 R O P

Is a special hearing protection system required? El Yes El No

Make, model, or type

Special requirements

Specify any special arrangements required for carrying tools or equipment withiia the driving or crew area

Specify any special step or handrail arrangements required

Is a tilt or telescoping steering column required

Specify any extra cab instrument panel features required

Specify the type and style o~f driving compartment mirrors

•:'?: '???!'!::...

:. ";;1"i'? "'.:.'.:.'.:~ :~:...

~.~::~ o - ..-:-?:::~ ..::i::" .:.:.:.:• j ,

~-~%i~iii~ji~ii!i~: : .<.:.:.:.:¢,

- '":-"--"-::....:-~i~.::.

BODY, COMPARTMENTS, AND EQUIPMENT MOUNTIN~::'~..CHAPTE~::~J ~:" Body material

.... -:,:,: . . . . :~::~:,:-:-.-S- ""~!iii:J .... • ============================= : . - : : : . -

• Compartment capacity required ,'i"i!7 ...... ~ i ' %~:.:,::~:..

Specify any special compartment features r$~.S.~-:~i-";.:-:%!!!!:.!~:...ii~!-.~ "::"

. ~ ~ .::;:':'.?.!:':::':!:.'::.:.... ";'i:i'.i:;:i:, . . . .

• ;?;." ,-:-.:-??~.. ....,...:..:.. • . ..<~i~..-.!~!::.. ~ ! . - ' : : ..-.~::~

Specify ff a specml compartment-..:fI'/~t..--~aaterial ~ o v e r i n g is required

Specify the type and style of c o m p a r t m e n t s required

Specify the style of door latches, locks, or stays required

Specify the type of compartment lighting required

Radio equipment to be used:

Make and model

Mounting location for radio

Mounting location for control(s) and speaker(s)


193


T y p e of b o d y t r e a d p l a t e m a t e r i a l r e q u i r e d

T y p e of s t e p a n d p l a t f o r m m a t e r i a l r e q u i r e d

C o l o r o f a p p a r a t u s

S t r i p i n g a n d d e c o r a t i o n r e q u i r e d

M i s c e l l a n e o u s b o d y t r i m

I s c a b a n d b o d y r u s t p r o o f t r e a t i n g r e q u i r e d ?

HOSE TO BE CARRIED FOR PRECONNECTED LINES

Length Size L o c a t ~ i .... .... :::: . . . . iii#....i}; .... -:::::::::.

.-. "-::::::. "::~!iii!iiii::.. .... i~iiiiii~i::..%.. '::~i:i:i~i~i ....

.... ~ ................ ~::::" . . . . . . . ~iiiii!ii~:~:i~ .,'i';" ..::!::-" .:::. ::!:!::"

.... i~ii!i!iiii~: .... "%.. 4 .... .......... iiiiii}ii::::ii::.::iiiiii;:;:~%.

"-:::::::::::...

.... ~iiii~i~}-:=. :i~i .......... '::~i!i!i!!::i!::.:.::i!~ >

HOSE TO BE CARRIED IN HOSE BED OR ON REELS ::ili::iiiiiiiii::iiiii:i:::::!i::i!~!~:i~!!.: ~ii .... ..: '::::!i::::ii!~i: ....

L e n g t h S ize ..... ":~i}~. :::!-ii! ............ : ! ~ ' c a t i o n .. ,???????:. "i?i:;" ,'i';"

!:!:!:!:!y."

".~:-:-!?-:-.+. ":'::i:! i:~::::" • .. ,.,:,:ij:?ii','o.~... :':':':':':"

y:-i ..... :-~- --ii .... ========================

I f a h o s e b e d c o v e r ( s ) i s d e s i r e d , " - ''"~"speci~!~Epe ":i:::iiiii- ~}}-::

.... ii~iiiiiii-::. .::-ii!: '::i:i:i:i:i:;...-::i:: . . . .

I s t h e f i r e - f i g h t i n g s y s t e m to b e a s l i p - o n u n i t ? 121 Yes Cl No

S p e c i f y t h e l i f t i n g a r r a n g e m e n t r e q u i r e d

B e d or Reel?

B e d or Reel?

S p e c i f y t h e a n c h o r i n g s y s t e m r e q u i r e d

WATER PUMP m CHAPTER 7

P u m p r a t e d c a p a c i t y

N u m b e r of p u m p s t a g e s r e q u i r e d

g p m a t p s i

P u m p t y p e


1 9 4


Pump location

How is pump to be driven?

Pump testing authority.

If pump and roll is required, specify:

Flow gpm at

Vehicle speed mph

Type of primer system

psi

Special pump performance requirements:

If altitude over 2000 ft (610 m), specify altitude

If lift over 10 ft (3 m), specify lift .... ;ii::~i!ii~; .... ....:..--i: :~ '-i-:-~.

If through more than 20 ft (6 m) of suction hose, specify length .::i.~:~:i.--:~::.

- Do local water conditions require special materials for pump construction. ~ p i : ~

..::!=..#::" ...~:.. " .~...-'..~:::

Location of pump operator's panel

Pump panel and gage panel mater ia l ~-: '%~!i~::....:...~!:.::~/'-

Type of intake and discharge valve controls desired "~i~:.:. ........

Specify the size of the master gages A~'::-:~i::~!~iii~i:: -"~::~ -!'~::~ d~i[i[:. ,Z~:-.~. ...... .:.,.:~.~..4'

Are individual line pressure gages required! ~ 2 " ' ~ ' ' ~ "

If yes, are there any special r e q u i r ~ : : , : . ~!.~-~...:::. ~.~::-'" -: -.::.::::-.:..:..:.., . .:::~:-...::..-::,

Are individual line flow meters r e q ~ ~l Ye~i~ 1:3 No

If yes, are there any special r e q u i r e ~ ? ~.~'~'

Are any special gages, instruments, or features required at the pump operator's positi'on?

Are-special pump and piping features required to deal with extremely low tempe~rature-s?

Is the intake relief system to be panel adjustable? ~ Yes [:3 No

I f no, where

Is a pump pressure governor or a relief valve to be supplied?

(Purchasing Specification Form~ page 8 of 13)

195


PUMP INTAKES

Indicate for each pump intake:

Size Type of Connect ion Location Valved? Y/N

Are special adapters required on the pump intakes? El Yes El No

Indicate type

DISCHARGE OUTLETS

Size Type of Connect ion Flow Requirement Location ..::!~!::.. ..::!}i~#:'::'::::i:i-:.:--:_.

,.~:-:-:<-.

.... ~i ~: '::~:'iii!~!~ ....

,fa,eck n,srequ,re',in,icate:

Type 4., .... '::}ii!ii!ii::i~}i:::i:!j::- Mounting location :~}}!i!i!-:!: . . . . . . . . . . . !i::ii::

"i'i'..4";" "i'i'i;"

Piping size and arrangement .... S}i!}i::i::iiiili!i!-i:'

45" "4455:.. .5%':4::f45f4:.... :% ~.:;" Is pump pane] color coding required? (3 Yes ~i i ! : . ............ ~{::iiii}i~iii::ii ii~ Is a booster reel required? El Yes ~:~":":':'::ii~i~i::::iiii .... %~}~i::::i}::.....::~i:"

How many reels? .J-i-.. %!i{-: . . . . i~ilii ....

ocation ii!ii

Hose size and length '::.!iii ii}}}i'"

Reel rewind type

Piping to reel

PUMP ENGINE - - CHAPTER 8

Is a separate engine required to drive the pump?


El Yes Q No

Type of engine

Is the engine to draw its fuel from the vehicle's fuel system? El Yes El No

Specify the fuel tank capacity required gal.


196

N F P A 1 9 0 6 ~ N o v e m b e r - 2 0 0 0 R O P

Is an electric fuel pump or repriming pump required? ~ Yes (:3 No

Specify any special lubrication system requirements

Specify any special cooling system requirements

Type of coolant required

Is an automatic thrott le control device required? ~l Yes ~ No

IS a manual emergency engine shutdown required? ~ Yes ~ No

Type of fuel filters required

Type of air filters required

.@.. • fi '?i?i',.

Specify the exiting location of the exhaust system

W A T E R T A N K ~ C H A P T E R 9.

Water tank. capacity

Tank construction material

i.% "=*

~.~!::.-:.:. .~:~i~ ~=:

.....:,:::!.!.!.!.!.:.,, ~.:.:.-

Is an internal coating required? ~ Yes Q No fl#:":':"::%!~i ~!:. ,

Is a removable tank lid required? ~ Yes ~.......':ii~i~ii~:i::.. ""!i:-,~ '''''~

Type of tank level indicator(s) ~i~k ":~:=-"~'-:;' ...~.~,m, %$:~ ~..

Locatmn of addatmnal tank level ~ . ~ . t o r s ~.:.!~ .:~ "q%:::..%. '.:::::::

"~a.. "..@.~

Tank to pump flow rate required. ":~':.~!~..:#="

Pump to tank fill rate required

• Is a t ank dump valve required? ~ Yes Q No ,

Style of valve

Size

Performance required

Location

Type of connector

- ' (Purchasing Spedfication Form, page 10 of 13)

197


Is a direct t ank fill required? Q Yes ~ No

Style of valve

Size


Location

Type of connector

EQUIPMENT CARRIED ~ CHAPTER 10

SUCTION HOSE

Is suction hose required? QYes ~1 No

Soft or hard

Size and length

.... !~!iiiii~ ....

4!',.,.,. ............... % ..::!~i::" • :~i-i~. ':%~-::-"::~-.

Connection type and size

Mounting arrangement, bracket style, and location . ¢~ ' ; 'P " " " " ; ' ; ' i '~ t " ; "

BREATHING APPARATUS

Is self contained breathing apparatus required? Yes :~iiiiiii:,!i::ii:i ........ %::"~ii~i~ili::::iiii !~i~:

.... ~.:.%:...: . . . . . . ';i:i:i:i:b. ,;:i;"

Quantity M ak e / M ° ~ : " ":'i~ili;i' I -:.. ~:~'.~:: ] - ::~iiii:::::i!!i: &:"

i : ........ ...........

t

The breathing apparatus is to be s u p l ~ i i b y th~:" El contractor a purchaser

Special requirements for the breathing a~:NNi~us or its mounting

Mounting Location

EQUIPMENT CARRIED ON APPARATUS

Miscellaneous equipment allowance if it exceeds the standard 's minimum weight:

Attach a list of equipment and tools to be supplied by the contractor with the apparatus stat ing the item, quantity, where i t is to be mounted or carried, the weight of each item, and its dimensions (L x W x D).

Attach a list of equipment and tools to be supplied by the fire department to be carried on the appara tus stat ing the item, quantity, where it is to be mounted or carried, contractor's responsibility for mounting, the weight of each item, and its dimensions (L × W x D).

Attach a list of equipment and tools that might be carried on the apparatus in the future s tat ing the item, quantity, the desired mounting location or compartment where it is likely to be carried, the weight of each item, and its dimensions (L x W x D).


198


Attach a list of fixed and permanent components required on the apparatus showing the item, quantity, weight of each, and dimensions (L x W x H), as well as the location where it is to be carried.

Indicate the reserve GAWR required on each axle (from 0 percent to 20 percent)

If reserve compartment space is required above, indicate what is necessary to store the equipment on the attached

four lists

FOAM SYSTEM - - CHAPTER 11 Is a foam system required? Q Yes ~lNo

Type of foam(s) to be used

e::-::..

Foam concentrate storage capacity ~ ~ - " : a . t .t-:.-i?-.. "

D i s c h a r g e I .:.#:" .,... " P g ~ g r m a n c e I . ;;-;~.':.. v,~. ov

.... ....

TYpe of foam system required ":i#~ii.,.i,...::~iliiiii-!!!:i:.,:(::.-ii!i. ~iiii#ii"

• . . . . : . : . . , . . . . . ~ . :-':--$. • . . : . : . i . i . : . : . : . :~%l,U.b, . ' q~LUJ . - . . .

I s an outside foam system inlet or I~.'.~up-~- ~ " ~ d ? ~e:s~--:- a No ~.*:-.~.:---::.:.. ..::~.:.....'!!:. ....:~:.':~ Type .:it-':; "::" ~i~!~.: "::}i!~i} "

coMPRESSED AIR FOAM SYSTEM ~ ¢ T E R 12 Is a CAFS required? Cl Yes ~1 No ¢?~"~

What is the total SCFM required?

What type of compressor and driver is required?

What is the total water pump capacity required?

Specify the type of system controls and interlocks require d

: Purchasing Specification Form, page 12 of 13}

199


DISCHARGE OUTLETS TO BE USED WITH OAFS AND THEIR PERFORMANCE

Discharge Performance Hose Size and Length

Specify if automatic water and air pressure t racking is required

Specify if an air flow meter is required (SCFM)

Specify type of wet/dry control required . . : . : . : . .

WINCHES ~ CHAPTER 13 .::S ::I Is a winch required? [::l Yes CI No ..:(_::[%. .... ii::::iiiii!iiii i

Wha t is the single:l ine pull ra t ing required? .."~:"-:"~:::::%-~Y: ':::::'::~:: :::: ..,,, ";'i'i'i'i'i'f,'i';" What is the wire rope length required? .... ---i:-- . .....

Is the power source for the winch to be electric or hydraulic?

Specify the winch location

'i-?.....:i-;" :ii-i;-

. j :~;ii ~ . %~-.-.:;~ Type of control required ..:!.:..--:-:-:.:::: . . . . -:!::.:.:::::.:_.. % .@;..

. z : : . : - : . :+ .

. . ::: . .~-~ " " "~-:~:~:~: : : . - :~: . . : f.:':-

Location of control ,-~-~.=-::i:-.-. ,-~,,-- 'i~i i

VEHICLE PROTECTION S Y S T E M - C H ~ E R 14 .:iii::"

Are b rush rai ls required? [:3 Yes Q No

If yes, define specific requi rements

Is a grill guard required? 0 Yes Q No


Are skid plates required? ~ Yes Q No


Which components are to be protected?


200

NFPA 1 9 1 2 - - November 2000 ROP

NFPA 1912

(Log #1) 1912- 1 - (3-1 and 4-1): Accept SUBMITTER: J o h n McDonald, Alexandria , VA R E C O M M E N D A T I O N : Add append i x to read:

NHSTA has a regulat ion (49 CFR Section 571.7e) for de t e rmin ing whefi the modificat ions to a used vehicle are so extensive tha t the resul t ing vehicle will be cons idered new for the purposes ¢)f the FMVSS's. Secdon 571.7(e) states: "Combin ing new a n d used componen t s "When a new cab is used in the assembly of a truck, the t ruck will be cons idered newly manufac tured . . . , unless the engine, t ransmission, and drive axle(s) (as a m i n i m u m ) of the assembled vehicle are no t new, and at least two of these componen t s were taken f rom the same vehicle." • S U B S T A N T I A T I O N : Purchasers shou ld be aware of their responsibility to comply with Sect ion 571.7e at the FMVSS if they wish to obtain a new tide for their re furb ished vehicle. COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept.

"NFPA 1912

Standard for Fire Appara tus Refurb i sh ing

2001 Edition

NOTICE: An asterisk (*) following the n u m b e r or letter des ignat ing a pa ragraph indicates tha t explanatory material on the pa ragraph can be found in Append ix A.

Informat ion on re fe renced publ icat ions can be f o u n d in Chapter 5 and Append ix C.

C h a p t e r 1 Administ~-ation

/ 1-1" Scope. This s t andard specifies tile m i n i m u m requ i remen t s

(Log #2) for t h e r e f u r b i s h i n g of automotive fire appara tus utilized for f ire 1912- 2 - (3-20.1(a)): Accept f ight ing a n d rescue operat ions, whe ther the refurb ish ing work is SUBMITI 'ER: T h o m a s J. Mett ler , Wate rous Co. done at the fire d e p a r t m e n t or munic ipa l ma in t enance facilities or R E C O M M E N D A T I O N : Delete the words "no-load" f rom the at the facilities of private contractors or appara tus manufac ture rs . phrase "the m a x i m u m no-load gove rned speed". SUBSTANTIATION: These words were de le ted f rom similar This s t andard shall no t apply to the rep~dr of fire apparatus . ~hrases du r ing the review of NFPA 1901 last yeaJ" by the Fire . . . . . . . . ~ - " J - : - - - ~ "- t 'e use a as an aid in

epa r tmen t Appara tus Commi t t ee because eng ine manufac tu re r s ? z r u r p o s e , x.n~s o . o c ~ : n t l s ue~g!~c_u .w._o . . . . L . . . . . . . n a lancr~r includ~ th;~ ;nformat ion on their enoqne curves a eve lopmg specmcan...o~.'~.e:::.me r e r u r L q s l ! l l l l g o l a u t o l l l v u v c . . . . . . . e, . . . . . . . . . . ~," " "':~ " " ": . . . . . rovide r n ~ r ~ r l w T r r At~TInN- Accent f i r e / r e scue a p p a r a t ~ : It ~s ~ in ten t of th~s s tandard to p . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v~" the purchase r a n ~ c t o r with a un i fo rm set o f m i n i m u m

• r equ i rements ~ i i ~ h e ' ~ b i s h i n g of au tomot ive f i r e / r e scue apparatus , ao~.-*..~eusuf:~l~:t, any appara tus re furb ished in

tLo~ #3) a c c o r d a n c . ~ " : ' . ~ . i s stan~l~-:. .meets all al?phcable federal mo to r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . " ~ vehicle r ~ ' ~ ' ~ . " - a n d a n n ~ : : - O b r f i o n s of NFPA 1901 Standard 1912- 3 - (3-ZU.Z, R--XU.lka), zI-ZU.Z): Accept , _ ..:.-.-'~7 - ~ , - ~ _ . . ~ r .,:::::::.-~.:;, ' SUBMITFER: T h o m a s J, Metfler, Waterous Co. jor ti~ttv..:e.z':re/ipparatus..'~':.j:.:...:.

I RECOMMENDATION: Delete the words "no-load" f rom the 1-$...#..-~ii~e, s n o ~ i l i t v o f P u r c h ~ r It shall be the responsibil i ty of ] phrase "the no-load governed speed". . . . . . . . ~ ' ~ . . " i ~ i ~ e c i f y the details of the appara tus refurbishing;

S U B S T A N T I A T I O N : These worcts were oeletect f rom s lmuar its r e - ~ ' e r f o ' * ' ~ a n c e inc ludin~ where onera t ions at elevations phrases du r ing the review of NFPA 1901 last year by the ~ r e * abov~20(J~i.:{.fil 0 m) or o n gradesga 'eate r t han 6 percer, t are D e p a r t m e n t Appara tus tsom-mittee oecause engane m a n m a c t u r e r s . ~ . . . . ired' ~"-"~~-;i,-,-a~m n u m b e r o f fire fi~hters to ride within the

. . . . . . ~:::::::::.. - ~ - t ~ , - : ~ . . . ~ . - ' . ~ " o . no Ion er include th s m f o r m a u o n on their engqne curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . :.: . . . . . . . . : . . . . - " e c • g :::::::::::::::::::::::~,p:ar:::: s p e i ~ . ~ d d e d c o n u n u o u s electrical loads which x et.d COMMITTEE ACTION: Accept. ~ ' ~ - ' : ~ - i n i m u m 6~i~Jais s tandard and any hose !~7"ound ladders or

:~'-".', e~i:~i~.*,.a:~.:lS"e carried by the appara tus tha t exceed the ":~:~:: ~.'..:.~--~--:-:-.'.:-:.:!:.:::::::4" • - • - .

- ~ "::.!i!!, .r~.))a~mum.~...Lmqu~rements of th~s.standatd.

- t ~ i ~ 1 ) '%:.~-4 R c s ~ : o n s i b i l i t y o f t h e C o n t r a c t o r . 1912- 4 - (Entire Document ) : Accep " .#::"~ '~.:'-:.:':"-".-"~i ,~i::i..'.. i SUBMITTER: Technica l Commi t t ee on Fire Depa.r. .~ent ]~iii-:" " . ~ i The contractor shall provide a detailed d~c r i l ?don of @e Appara tus ,.:.~i.~-i!i!i~::: ~i:":"" .............. ~::. ~ i i r b i s h e d apparatus , a list o t e q u i p m e n t to ne iu rn t sneo , ~anct

I R E C O M M E N D A T I O N : T he Technical Commi~:~e'~i~'.t.~.¢.:~::::':"~:-@..':-:.:::~iii! ~;'ther const ruct ion and pe r fo rmance details to which the appara tus ] D e p a r t m e n t Appara tus proposes a new d o c u m e n t , N171~ii~.l. 2, "-"~-::." shall conform. I S tandard for Fire Appara tus R e f u r b i s h i n g , . ~ . ~ . D at t h ' ~ . of . - - ~, . . . . . . . . " . . . . . . ,4 o~.,; . . . . . . r~lt I *hi* r~nort. -'::':-Z."?-:~::::~;~ii:~i~-":?.::"-:-N.. "::"~.::--::-..4.'2, I~.Z Kesponsloul t T / o r m e appara tus . . . . . H~'V . . . . . . . . . . . .

C t ~ B S ~ . ~ T I A T I O N " At the n r e sen t a ~ e t h e r e ~ o s t a n d ~ : : " rerrtam w~th the contractor u n u l such respons~bthttes are accepte:l "covering the rebui ld ing or r e f V r b i s ~ [ o f ' f i r e a p ~ Wi~::~" by the purchaser .

considerable n u m b e r of fire a p p a ~ " ~ . u r b i s h e d e-Z.~.'.'ii~ear,"ihere ~ ~ r~on ,~ , ; , ,~ is a need for a d o c u m e n t to he lp b q ~ : ~ e r v i c e a d ~ i s t r a t o r s " . . . . . . . . . . . . . a n d refurb ish ing contractors in all p h a s e ~ ? . : ~ e r e f u r ~ h i n g 1-5.1 Acceptance. An a g r e e m e n t between the purchas ing authori ty _ process, x~iii:!!!.?..~.x .~:~:" and the cont rac tor tha t the te rms and condi t ions of the contract

As a result of requests to the NFPA S t a n d a r ~ ' ~ c t l , the F~re have been met. D e p a r t m e n t Appara tus Commi t t ee was tasked v~.~~::.'the . " -- - deve lopmen t of an appara tus re furb i sh ing star~i~ffd to ensure tha t 1-5.2 Acceptance I e s t s . I e s t s pe r fo rmed on beha l f of or by the

• r econd i t ioned fire and rescue appara tus m e e t all applicable moto r - ? purchase r at the t ime of delivery to de t e rmine compl iance wath the vehicle regulat ions a n d provide efficient service t o t h e i r operat6rs. . fire d e p a r t m e n t ' s spec~'fications. T h e s tandard provides m i n i m u m levels of refurbishing, establishes 1-53 Aerial Device. An aer ia l ladder, elevating platform, aerial m i n i m u m requ i r emen t s for inspect ion a n d / o r r ep l acemen t of vehicle componen t s , crefftes i n fo rma t iona l checklists t o h e l p - identify areas on the vehicle that .shoUld be addressed when consider ing refurbishing, a n d creates a ~uidel ine for any pe rsonne l engaged in prepar ing specifications for i]re d e p a r t m e n t or municipal agency emergency vehicle refurbishing. COMMITTEE ACTION: A c c e p t .

ladder p la t form, or water tower tha t is des igned to posi t ion personne l , hand l e materials, proyide c o n d n u g u s egress, or d ischarge water.

1-5.4 Aerial H r e Appara tus . 'A vehicle equ ipped with an aerial ladder elevating platform, aerial ladder platform, or water tower tha t is des igned and equ ipped to suppor t 'fire f ight ing and rescue opera t ions by pos i t l onmg personne l , hand l i ng materials, providing con t inuous egress, or d ischarg ing water at posit ions elevated f rom the ground.

1-5.5 Aerial Ladder. A self-supporting, t u rn tab le -moun ted , power- opera ted ladder of two or more sections pe rmanen t l y a t tached to a self-propelled automot ive fire appara tus and des igned to provide a con t inuous egress route f rom an elevated posit ion to the ground.

201


1-5.6 Aerial Ladde r Pla t form. A type of aerial device that combines an elevating platform with the con t inuous egress capabilities of an aerial ladder.

1-5.7 Angle o f Approach. The smallest angle made between the road surface and a line drawn f rom the f ront point of g r o u n d contact of the f ront tire to any projection of the appara tus in f ront of the f ront axle.

1-5.8 Angle of Depar ture . The smallest angle made between the road surface and a line drawn f rom the rear point of g round contact of the rear tire to any project ion of the appara tus beh ind the rear axle.

1-5.9" Approved. Acceptable to the author i ty having jurisdict ion.

1-5.10" Author i ty Having Jur isdic t ion. The organization, office, or individual responsible for approving equ ipmen t , an installation, or a procedure .

1-5.11 Auxiliary Pump . A water p u m p m o u n t e d on the fire appara tus in addi t ion to a fire p u m p and used for fire f ight ing ei ther in conjunct ion with or i n d e p e n d e n t of the fire pump .

1-5.12 Center o f Gravity. The poin t at which the entire weight of the fire appara tus is considered to be concen t ra ted so that , if suppor ted at this point, the appara tus would remain in equi l ibr ium in any position.

1-5.13 Chassis. The basic opera t ing moto r vehicle inc luding the engine , frame, a n d other essential s t ructural axed mechanica l parts, bu t exclusive of the body and all appu r t enances for the accommoda t i on of driver, property, or passengers, appliances, or e q u i p m e n t related.to o ther than control. C o m m o n usage might , bu t need not, inc lude a cab (or cowl).

I-5.14 Componen t . A cons t i tuent par t of a fire appara tus or system.

1-5.15 Cont inuous Egress. A con t inuous exit or rescue path down an aerial device f rom an elevated posit ion to the ground.

1-5.16" Contractor . The person or company responsible for

1-5.29" Grade. A m e a s u r e m e n t of the angle used in road design and expressed as a percen tage of elevation change over distance.

1-5.30 * GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Ratit~g). The chassis manu fac tu r e r ' s specified m a x i m u m load-carrying capacity of a vehicle having two axle systems (a mult iaxle axle installation is one system).

1-5.31 Initial Attack Apparatus . Fire appara tus with a pe rmanen t ly m o u n t e d fire pump," water tank, and hose body, the primary purpose of which is to initiate a fire suppress ion attack on structural , vehicular, or vegeta t ion fires and to suppor t associated fire d e p a r t m e n t operat ions.

1-5.52 Intake Rel ief Valve. A relief valve piped to the intake manifold of a p u m p and des igned to automatical ly relieve excessive pressure f rom the i ncoming flow of water by d ischarging water to the envi ronment .

1-5.33 Interlock. A device or a r r a n g e m e n t by m e a n s of which the func t ion ing of one part is control led by the func t ion ing of another .

1-5.54 Labeled. E q u i p m e n t or materials to which has been a t tached a label, symbol, or o ther identifying mark of an organizat ion that is acceptable to the author i ty having jur isdict ion and conce rned with p roduc t evaluat ion, that mainta ins periodic inspect ion of p roduc t ion of labeled e q u i p m e n t or materials, and by whose labeling the manu fac tu r e r indicates compl iance with appropr ia te s tandards or pe r fo rmance in a specified manne r .

. . + : - .

1-5.35 Ladder Section:..':ii~-~...ructural m e m b e r normal ly of an open "U" truss-type deslgq:..:i..t.~'g{"i'~lNdes the rungs and comprises the base or fly sec t ion . . .6~a aerial" ladder.

..::ii::""':i:i:i::'.:.".-" - ::.. 1-5.36 Line V ~ g e ~ t , Equipment , or System. An ac or dc electrical cir..c.'d$~.:i~.i~quipri~.~::.pr system where the voltage to g r o u n d or f rom li~::::~::JiN~., is 30 v'/Sit~::ii.'.l:...V) ~;.ms (ac) or 42.4 V peak (dc) or greater,..::..~gi't'~l:ti~./~bt exceed::~: i~; ; i~ns (ac) or peak (dc).

1 -5 .$~ L i s t ~ The m e a n s fo~:i~entifying listed e q u i p m e n t may @ii~i! . .e . . .ach~ggnizat ion co~i'cerned with p roduc t evaluation; sd'me ~a~...~..~Ni3i'~ do no t recognize e q u i p m e n t as listed unless it is also l a ~ . Tlie author i ty having jur isdic t ion shou ld utilize the

fulfilling an agreed upon contract, system e m ' ~ d by......the listing organizat ion to identify a listed roduc t 1-5 17 Defect A d scont nu ty n a part or a fa lure to funct ion ":iii::i::!i:::.. P . "::iiiiiii!~:.:.:iii::"

that interferes with the se rv iceor reliability for which the par t was :~!i!iii::ii!i!i!ii!ii!)~i~i.,d ~ L o w V ~ ; Circuit, E ui ment , or System An electrical i n t ended ":iiii:. "':':::'..i~....:;.'..! ......... - . . ~ q p . •

• ":i::i:::: c t F ~ i i : : ~ d i e n t or system where the voltage does no t exceed 30 14 18 D u m p Valve A large open ing f rom the water tank of a 'iiiii'.. v . ~ " (~':i:;i!{~ " (ac) or 49.4 V peak (dc), usually 19 V dc in fire mobile water supply appara tus for un load ing purposes...::;:i~iiiii-iiiiii}i;;:;::. :::::i~ili::::~parat~ ....

1-5.19 Elevating Pla t form. A self-supporting, t u r n ~ g m o u ~ "i:~-5.~ M a n u f a c t u r e r . . T h e pe rson or pe.rsons, company, firm, device consist ing of a personnel-carrying p l a t f o r m . a ~ c h e d to:~t:ie ... e.- .~'oratmn, pa rmersh lp , or o ther o r g a m z a n o n responsible for u p p e r m o s t boom of a series of power-operated ~ : ~ i : . ~ a t ..-iiii.'.::~:iil;iii:'i":i::... ":i{i:..:[.~fning raw materials or c o m p o n e n t s into a f inished product .

a2dculate, telescope, or both. - ":::'~ii~{i: ================================== 1-5.40 Mobile Foam Fire Apparatus . Fire appara tus with a a tus v e rmanen t l m o u n t e d fire u m foam ro o r u o n m s tern an d 1-5.20 Fire App ra . A chicle of 10 00O-:!~b.:::i~:40. kg) o : ~ ~ a . t e r P Y p p, p p " g ys ,

gross vehicle weight ra t ing (GVWR) us'¢.~ii~o:r:':fi~ii~, ressi~"~iii~::...::iiiii :" foam concent ra te tank(s) whose pr imary purpose is for use in the surmor t by a fire d e n a r t m e n t fire bri~,~i~e or othe:~i!~i~n,w ':~!~!~iiii-:: control and e x t i n g u i s h m e n t of f l ammable and combust ib le liquid resrponsibl~e for fire p ro tec t ion . ..::#:~i'iii::.. ' "--:::::~:i'i'ii!:7' .::~-}iii::" fires in storage tanks and o ther f l ammable liquid spills.

l m A water m u n an a tus with a 1 5 41 Mobde Water Su A para tus (Tanker, or Tender ) A 1-5.21 Fire P u p . pu p::"mo::i:i~..d..o p ~ • -,. , , " , p, pl~ p , , . . rated capacity of 250 g p m (950 L / m i n ) 6 i ~ : : ~ t e r at l~ . :ps i (1035 vemcle a e s l g n e a primarily to t t r anspor t ing tpIcKup, t ransport ing, kPa) ne t p u m p pressure, and used for fire ~ : : : : ~ ..... g...::sis-"4!::" and de vering), water to. t~re emergency, scenes to be app ed by

::i-iiUi::......-:iiii::" o ther vehicles or p u m p i n g e q m p m e n t . 1-5.22 Fly Section. Any sect ion of an aerial t e l : ~ ] t i n g device beyond the base section ..:ii-'::" 1-5.42 National Hose T h r e a d (NH). A s tandard screw thread that

- " "::i::" has d imens ions for inside (female) a n d outside (male) fire hose 1-5.23 Gallon. Uni ted States gallon.

1-5.24 Gage. A round , analog pressure- indicat ing device that uses .mechanica l means to measu re pressure.

1-5.25 Gage Pressure . Pressure measu red by an i n s t r u m e n t such tha t the pressure indicated is relative to a tmospher ic pressure.

1-5.26" GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating). T he chassis m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s specif ied m a x i m u m load-carrying capacity of an axle system.

1-5.27" GCWR (Gross Combina t ion Weight Rating). The chassis m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s specified m a x i m u m load carrying capacity for tractor trai ler- type vehicles having three or more axle systems (a mult iaxle axle installation is one system).

1-5.28 Gpm. Gallons per minute .

connec t ions as def ined in NFPA 1963, Standard for Fire Hose Connections.

1-5.43" Net P u m p Pressure . The s u m of the discharge pressure and the suc t ion lift conver ted to psi or kPa when p u m p i n g at draft, or the difference between the discharge pressure and the intake pressure when p u m p i n g f rom a hydran t or o ther source of water u n d e r positive pressure.

1-5.44 Opera to r . A person qualified to operate a fire apparatus .

I-5.45 Opera to r ' s Panel. A panel conta in ing gages, switches, ins t ruments , or controls where an opera tor can visually morfitor the applicable funct ions .

I-5.46" Preconnec ted Hose Line. A hose line tha t is s tored on the appara tus already connec t ed to an out let on a p u m p and that can be charged by the activation of one discharge valve.

202


1-5.47 Psi. Pounds per square inch.

1-5.48 P T O . Power takeoff.

1-5.49 Pump Opera tor ' s Panel. The area on a fire apparatus that contains the gages, controls, and other instruments used for operat ing the pump.

J

1-5.50 Pump Opera tor ' s Position. The location from which the pump operator operates the pump.

1-5.51 Pumper . Fire apparatus with a permanent ly moun ted fire pump, water tank, and hose body, the primary purpose of which is to combat structural and associated fires.

1-5.52" Purchaser. The authority having responsibility for the specification and acceptance of the apparatus.

1-5.53 Purchasing Authority. The agency that has the sole responsibility and authority for negot ia t ing, placing, and, where necessary, modifying each and every solicitation, purchase order, or other award issued by a governing body.

1-5.54" Quint. Fire apparatus with a permanent ly moun ted fire pump, a water tank, a hose storage area, an aerial ladder or elevating platform with a permanent ly moun ted waterway, and a complement of g round ladders.

1-5.55 Rated Aerial Device Capacity. The total amount of Weight of all personnel and equipment that can b e suppor ted at the outermost rung of an aerial ladder or on the platform of an elevating platform with the waterway uncharged.

1-5.56 Rated Water Pump Capacity. The flow rate at which the pump manufacturer certifies compliance of the pump with the reqmrements set forth in this standard.

1-5.57" Refurbishing, Level L The assembly of a n e w fire apparatus by the use of a new chassis frame, driving and crew compar tment , f ront axle, steering and suspension components , and the use of ei ther new components or components t rom an existing apparatus for the remainder of the apparatus.

1-5.58" Refurbishing, Level II. The upgrade of major components or systems of a fire apparatus with componen t s or systems that comply with the applicable standards in effect at the time the : ~ i ! original apparatus was manufactured. :~!iU::-~ii

1-5.59 Repair. To restore to sound condit ion after failure or ":-~"-i:. damage. ~'~iii~:.

1-5.60" Replacement. The removal of an existing c o m ~ system and the installation of a similar c o m p o n e n t qgi~)' " ' ~ s t e m ~::::-::::

generally of the same model or the same capabilil~$~i~., "like ~ r like" replacement) . .:~::+--:::.~!:.: .~:':-c----~-:.'-:?-i::::.. ~:i:~::

1-5.61 Shall. Indicates a mandatory requirement . .... i'i::i

"~ ~!'~":"~ ~ ~ "" ~ c:~i~~i 1-5.62 Should. Indicates a h r e c o m m e n ~ia': :~.:$.~.: .Tal i .'.~ advised but no t required. ..:.-.:.~" *~::!"'~: ~Y"

1-5.65" Special Services Fire A p p ~ A multipur ~ vehfffe that primarily provides support se ' i~vice~ '~mergency g~nes .

Mo~:~'~ I -5 .64 Tanker. See definition 1-5.41, ~ a t e r S~ ~ly Apparatus. ~-~.~x.,. " ~

~:!:i~" 1-5.65 Tender. See definit ion 1-5.41, Mobile ~ ~ 'Supply Apparatus.

1-5.66 Transfer Pump. A separate engine or PTO-driven water pump m o u n t e d on the apparatus with a min imum rated capacity of 250 gpm (945 L/rain) at 50 psi ($45 kPa) ne t pump pressure and used primar!ly for water transfer.

1-5.67 Turntable. A~ structural componen t that allows 360 degree cont inuous rotation of an aerial device through a rota t ing bearing and that connects the aerial device to the chassis and stabilization system and could contain an operator ' s control station.

1-5.68 Unequ ipped Apparatus. The comple ted vehicle excluding personnel , agent(s), and any equ ipmen t removable without the use of tools.

1-5.69" Upgrade. The replacement or addit ion of components or systems with new componen t s or systems with improved per formance or capability.

1-5.70 Water Tower. An aerial device consisting of permanent ly moun t ed power-operated articulating or telescoping booms and a waterway d e s i g n e d t o supply a large-capacity, mobile, elevated water stream.

1-6" Conversion Factors. In this standard[, values for measurement are followed by an equivalent in SI units, 'but only the value that first appears shall be considered as the requi rement since the value in SI units could be approximate. Table 1-6 provides the conversion factors that shall be used where SI units are no t provided in the text or where more precision is desired.

Table 1-6 Conversion Factors U.S. Custom Units SI Units

1 gallon per minute (gpm) = 3.785 liters per minute (L/rain) 1 pound per square inch (psi) = 6.895 kilopascals (kPa) 1 pound per square inch (psi) = 0.0690 bar 1 inch of mercury (in. Hg) = 3.386 kilopa.scals (kPa) 1 inch (in.) = 25.40 millimeters (ram) 1 foot (ft) = 0.305 meter (m) 1 cubic foot (ft s) = 0.0283 cubic meter (m s) ' 1 square inch (in. ~) = 645.2 square millimeters (mm ~) 1 mile per hour (mph) = 1.609 kilometer per hour (kph) 1 pound (lb) = 0.,t54 kilogram (kg) 1 horsepower (hp) = 0.746 kilowatt (kW)

Chapt.¢.~ii:.2. " General Requirements =======================

~ . . - " "--:::::.,.~:::.

2-1" General. ~ receiving Level I refurbishing shall meet the r e q u i r e m e . . ~ o f ~ b l e chapters of the current edit ion of NFPA 1901 :.S~rd-f~V.'.~.motiw Fire Apparatus, except as no ted in C h a p t e ~ / ~ . y a t u s r ~ g Level I'.[ refurbishing shall meet the r e q ~ . i . ~ ~ a p p l i c a ~ e r s of the edition of the NFPA

apparatus s t a n ~ that was in effect at the time of autorg.~ve ~.re : .... i~ . ~ . . n a l ~ u f a c t u r e , exc~ : : h s noted , in Chapter 4.

2~::~::":~i~.. . . . . :... ~ Components . All componen t s shall be i n s t a l l ~ " . ~ c o r d m a c e with that componen t manufacturer ' s

2-2.1 Fire apparatus is a new Pu~iiiii~f the equipped with fire ........ ~ : ¢ ~ e pur~Ya.nd its associated equ ipment shall mee t the ~ e e / ~ . ~ t : : " NFPA 1901 for fire pumps.

~.'~::2 A - ~ ' a r y Pump. If the apparatus is equipped with an new ~uxiliar~;:i?um p, the pump and its associated equ ipmen t shall meet ~:e r.equirements of NFPA 1901 for auxiliary pumps. ~.~...::-?-::. - ~ !~ Water Transfer Pump. If the apparatus is equ ipped with a

ew water transfer pump, the p u m p and its associated equ ipment shall meet the requirements o f NFPA 1901 for transfer pumps.

2-2.4 Water Tank. If the apparatus is equ ipped with a new water tank, the water tank shall meet the requirements of NFPA 1901 for " water tanks.

2-2.5 Aerial Device. ff the apparatus is equipped with a new aerial device (i.e., aerial ladder, elevating platform, or water tower), the aerial device shall mee t the requirements of NFPA 1901 for aerial devices.

2-2.6 Foam Propor t ioning System. If the apparatus is equipped with a new foam propor t ion ing system, ~te apparatus shall mee t the requirements of NFPA 1901 for foam propor t ion ing systems.

2-2,7 Compressed Air Foam System. If the apparatus is equipped with a new compressed air foam system, the system shall mee t the requirements of NFPA 1901 for compressed air foam systems.

2-2.8 Line Voltage Electrical System. If the apparatus is equipped with a new line voltage electrical system (120/240 volts), the system shall meet the requirements of NFPA 1901 for line voltage electrical systems.

2-2.9 Command and Communications. if the apparatus is equipped with a new command and communicat ions area, the area shall mee t the requirements of NFPA 1901 for command and communica t ions .

2-2.10 Air System. If the apparatus is equipped with a new air system, the system shall mee t the requirements of NVPA 1901 for mr systems.

203


2-2.11 Winch System. If the apparatus is equipped with a new winch system, the system shall meet the requirements of NFPA 1901 for winches.

2-3 Governmental Requirements. The apparatus shall comply with all applicable federal and state motor vehicle laws and regulations.

2-4 Personnel Protection.

2-4.1" Guards, shields, or o ther protect ion shall be added to refurbished apparatus where necessary to prevent injury to personnel by hot, moving, or rotating parts during normal non- main tenance operations. Electrical insulation or isolation shall be provided where necessary to prevent electrical shock f rom onboard electrical systems.

2-4.2 Vehicular workmanship shall ensure a safe operating envi ronment free of accessible sharp projections and edges.

2-4.3 Safety-related (e.g., caution, warning, danger) tags and labels shall meet the requirements of ANSI Z535.4, Product Safety Signs and Labels.

2-5* Carrying Capacity.

2-5.1 The GAWR and GCWR or GVWR of the chassis shall be adequate to carry the fully equipped apparatus including full water and other tanks (if so equipped) , the specified hose load (if so equipped) , unequ ipped personnel weight, g round ladders (if so equipped) , and a mlscellaaaeous equ ipment allowance as outl ined in Table 2-5.1.

Table 2-5.1

specified by the chassis manufacturer , under full load and all o ther loading conditions.

3-3.3 The difference in weight on the end of each axle, from side to side, when the vehicle is fully loaded and equipped shall not exceed 7 percent.

3-4 Frame. The apparatus frame shall be replaced with a new chassis frame meet ing NFPA 1901 requirements .

3-5 Drivetrain.

3-5.1 If the original drivetrain or associated componen t s are used, the contractor shall perform a thorough inspection of the drivetraln componen t s not scheduled for rep lacement (such as drive shaft, end yokes or flanges, universal joints and associated mountings) for wear, balance, stress cracks, or other damage. The contractor shall notify the purchaser in writing of any damage discovered during the inspection.

3-5.2 If a new drivetrain or associated components are installed, the contractor shall certify that the installation meets the c o m p o n e n t manufacturer ' s recommendat ions .

3-6 Engine and Engine System Design.

3-6.1 If the original engine and accessories are used, the contractor shall perform a thorough inspection of the engine and related accessories including, but n o t l imited to, mountings, fan belts, and filters. The inspection shall check for wear, fluid leaks, loss of power, and other.~.otential problems. The contractor shall notify the purchaser i r t : ~ n g of all necessary repairs and services

. . : . : . : . : . : . : . .

~ : : . .

Miscellaneous Equipment Allowance Apparatus T~cpe

Ib

Pumper fire apparatus

Initial attack fire apparatus

Mobile water supply fire apparatus

Aerial fire apparatus

Quint fire apparatus

Special service fire apparatus

Mobile foam fire apparatus

10,000 to 15,000 15,001 to 20,000 20,001 and up

10,000 to 15,000 15,001 to 20,000

20,001 and up

Chassis GVWR

All

All

MI

MI

MI

Equipment Allowance

kg lb kg

2000 908

4540 to 6810 900 410 6810 to 9080 1500 680 9080 and up 2000 908

1000 454

2500 1134)

2500 1134

4540 to 6810 2000 908 6810 to 9080 2500 1134

.9080 and up 3000 1560

2000 9O8

2-5.2* The unequ ipped p e r s o n n e l . . ~ . . h t sball be c ~ . a t e d :~':~00 lb (91 kg) per person times the r r I ~ l ' ~ a number o f : ~ s o n g to ride the apparatus as specified in Sec t i~ ' . "~ . '-:::::::i::i i

":-iiiiiiiiiii::.. ..:!!i::" Chapter 3 Level I Refurb'~:.:.::iii::::i I~ ....

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

":iii:" 3-1" General. All new components utilized in a Level I refurbishing shall meet the requirements of NFPA 1901 for dmt componen t .

3-2 Carrying Capacity. If apparatus components or systems are to be upgraded, the contractor shall ensure that the completed apparatus does not exceed the GAWR and GCWR or GVWR of the chassis when carrying the weight of the unequ ipped apparatus, the fully loaded water and other tanks, the specified hose load, unequ ipped personnel weight, g round ladders, and the miscellaneous equ ipmen t allowance as def ined in Table 2-5.1.

3-3 Vehicle Stability.

3-3.1 The he ight of the fully loaded vehicle's center of gravity shall not exceed the chassis manufacturer ' s maximum limit.

3-3.2 The front-to-rear weight distribution of the fully loaded vehicle shall be within the limits set by the chassis manufacturer . Front axle loads shall not be less than the min imum axle loads

needed to bring the engine and related accessories within the engine manufacturers ' original specifications. All belts and filters shall be replaced.

3-6.2* If the existing engine a n d / o r engine system is to be replaced, it shall be replaced with one that meets the requirements of NFPA 1901. The contractor shall furnish certification that the engine meets Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) standards in effect at the time of contract signing as well as certification that the installation meets the engine manufacturer ' s specifications.

3-7 Cooling System.

3-7.1 If the original cooling system is to be re-used, the contractor shall perform a thorough inspection of the cooling system for leaks, blockages, wear, or o ther problems that could affect vehicle engine cooling. The contractor shall notify the purchaser in writing of any problems discovered during the inspection. The cooling system shall be f lushed and new coolant meet ing the engine manufacturer ' s specifications shall be added.

3-7.2 ff the cooling system is to be replaced, it shall be replaced with one that meets the requi rements of NFPA 1901, as well as the engine manufacturer ' s specifications.

3-8 Lubrication System.

204


3-8.1 If the original lubrication system is to be revised, the contractor shall per form a thorough inspection of the lubrication system for leaks, blockages, or o ther problems that could affect vehicle lubrication. The contractor shall notify the purchaser in writing of any problems discovered during, the inspectio n .

$-8.2 ff the lubrication system is to be replaced, it shall be replaced with one that meets the requirements of NFPA 1901 and the engine manufacturer ' s standards.

3-9 Fuel and Air Systems. The apparatus fuel and air intake systems shall be replaced with new fuel and air intake systems that meet the requirements of NFPA 1901 and the engine manufacturer ' s standards.

3-10 Exhaust System. The original apparatus exhaust system shall be resflaced with a new exhaust system that meets the requirements of NFPA 1901 and the engine manufacturer ' s standards.

3-11 Vehicle C o m p o n e n t s .

3-11.1 B r a k i n g System.

3-11.1.1 The contractor shall certify that the braking system meets the performance requirements of NFPA 1901.

3-11.1.2 When a new braking system or brake components are installed, the contractor shall certify that the installation meets the

3-13" Driving and Crew Compartment . The apparatus driving and crew compar tments shall be replaced with new driving and crew compar tments that meets the requiremerlts of NFPA 1901 and the chassis manufacturer ' s s t anda rds .

3-14 B o d y , C o m p a r t m e n t a t i o n , a n d Hose Storage.

3-14.1 If the original apparatus body is to be re-used, it shall be inspected for serviceability and upgraded to mee t the requirements of NFPA 1901.

3-14.2 If the apparatus body, comparmaentation, and hose storage areas are to be replaced, they shall be replaced with components that meets the requirements of NFPA 1901.

3-14.3 If new compar tments are to be added to an existing body, they shall mee t the requirements of NFPA 1901.

5.14.4" Metal Finish. The apparatus shall comply with the requirements for metal finish m NFPA lq01, including the application of reflective striping.

3-15 Fire Pump and Associated Equipment. If the original pump is re-used, the contractor shall inspect the fire pump, its mountings, and its associated accessories for wear, damage, and leaks. The contractor shall notify the purchaser in writing of any problems discovered during the inspection. All new or upgraded parts or components shall mee t the requi rements of NFPA 1901.

componen t manufacturer s requirements ( ' ' • - The pump packing shall be adjusted acc )rding to the pump 3 11 " " P a r " b - - ~all 1 . . . . . . . . manufacturer ' s r e c o m m ~ d a t i o n s .

- . 1 . ~ K i n g raxes sn contro m e rear wneels or all wheels, . ~ j . . : : .

and shall be of the positive, mechanically actuated type. The 3-16 Water Tanks. ~ - ' . ' . parking brake system shall hold the fully loaded apparatus on at ..:i~ii~" "::"::" . least a 20 percent grade. A lockup device to retain applied pressure 3-16.1 If the e x i t : . . ~ t e r tank is to be re-used, the contractor on hydraulically actuated service brake systems, or the use of the shall inspect ~ i ~ t e : ~ ' ~ for serviceability and repor t any defects "park" posit ion on an automatic transmission shall not be to the p u r c h ~ n wrii~.".~i-i:." substituted for a separate parking brake system. Parking brakes on . .~, , ":?'.~ ":::-::-::.~'~, steerable axles of tiller vehicles shall be provided where necessary 3-16.2 ~ ~ e r tank ~ , it shall mee t the to mee t the requirements .of this standard. Air-applied brakes or r e q u ! r . ~ n ~ of:NFPA 1901 ~ . ~ h l l be at least the min imum size

re t t i t~dfor e a aratus mechanically actuated brakes are acceptable on these axles, q.,~.,:..~.~ .:~.~...~.. pp ty~.~.::.?: • .--'-':~.--:~-;.'~. -.:~.~, ,.,.

3-11.1.4 All apparatus with a GVWR of 36,000 lb (16,350 kg) or 3 ~ / : ~ ~ S . " greater shall be equipped with an auxiliary braking system ~ , , , ~ i ~;" . ?'::" . . . . . ' . , . . . . . . .

: i ~ ~ e ~ rarese fUorfiliwZee~ ? ~ e ~91iiii~i e

cracks ro er holt tor ue or o ~ e r roblems Dama ed , P P q . P • g "~!:.: ~:~:::..~i~:.-.~.:>" . . . . . . components shall be repaired or replaced . '% ~.~'~.2 IF:~e ongmal aerial dewce is re-used, it shall meet the

• ' ..::i:~:.:.~.~::, %i~:i~quiren~..'~'~hts of the NFPA automotive fire apparatus s tandard in 3-11.2.2 The contractor shall cer t l fythat the axles, wh.#~:~i"~ii~res vii~ffect at the time of the contract signing for the original of the completed apparatus meet all current f e d e r a l ¢ ~ d state':!":.:!~i?: :~..~.'hfacture of the apparatus. GVWR GCWR, and GAWR requirements . ~ : ,i~'-:~! . . . . . . . :.':.. "~:.~.#:'"

4..':F':"::~!~!~::. .:~:i'-i~':~:. <:i~.:: ":,~'18 Equipment Carried on Fire A p p a r a t u s . 3-11.2.3 An angle of approach and an angle of d e p a f ~ i ~ : ; ~ t le~:~i".'i'~i~:i~i~..-":~'~'~: - - . 8 de~rees shall be maintained at the f ront and rear of ~ c l e ":~::~i~ ~:::: 3-18.1 If new ground ladders are furnished, they shall meet me when it is normally loaded as indicated i ~ < . ~ - ~ - , ~ : 5 .-:::~...-~?:.~::, reqmrements of NFPA 1931 S t a n d a r d on Destgn of and Design

- A!i:;i':":"~'~i!~:i. "%iii!~!ii.i::.::!:':.'.?. ?:':" Veri f icat ion Tests f o r Fire D e p a r t m e n t G r o u n d L a d d e r s . 3-11.3 Steering. The apparatus s t e e f i ~ system s l ~ i ~ r e p l a ' ~ V with a new steerin~ system meet in~ _~:l"equiremen~-."~':'.~FPh:'~J01 3-18.2 ff new hose is furnished it shall mee t the requi rements of

-- ~-'-;i"'::':;":?~.'::.'i~i~::," ":g'.::-i-:.:~ "::" " NFPA 1961, S t a n d a r d on Fire Hose. 3-11.4 Transmlss ion/Transfer C ~ e . "::~!.'%~:::.~ " ~ i ' . -

11 "%"-'.:ii?:.::::, ".':".'.:':'~ 3-18:3 If new nozzles are furnished, they shall meet the 3- .4.1 If either the original transmissior/:::~...tahe ~ e r cas-e is re- requirements of NFPA1964, S t a n d a r d f o r Spray Nozz les ( S h u t o f f a n d used, the contractor shall inspect the t r ans r6~ . .~ -V 'k rans fe r case, Ti~) . . • its mountink, s and any associated accessories f6"~Var, damage, and " . . fluid leaks. ~'he contractor shall notify the p u r ~ e r in writing of 3-19 Tests and Dehvery Data Requirements. any problems discovered during the inspection." All fluids and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , , . . . . . . . . . o - ~ . t Apparatus t~ertmcatmn t e s t s , l t l e re turolsnea apparatu.,; I l l t e r s s n a i l D e c f l a n e n

g shall be t s e d at on v, • e t the c tractor 's appro ~d facility and certified by 3-11.4.2 In the event a new or refurbished transmission or ~'ansfer case is installed in the apparatus, the contractor shall certify that the installation meets the transmission.or transfer case manufacturer ' s specifications for installation on that spdcifii: type of apparatus. - ,

3-11.5 Fuel Ta'nk. The apparatus fuel tank shall be replaced with a new tank that meets the requirements of NFPA 1901.

3-11.6 Tow Hooks. Fro'nt or rear tow hooks or tow eyes shall be at tached to the frame structure to allow towing (not lifting) of the apparatus without damage:

3-12 Low-Voltage Electrical.. Systems and Wartlin. g.Devices. The apparatus electrical w r i n g system and warning devices shall be replaced with a complete new system that meets the requirements of NFPA 1901.

an i ndependen t testing organization approved by the purchaser. The certification shall include at least the tests detailed in 5-19.2 through 3-19.8. -

3-19.2 Pumping Tests. ff the refurbished apparatus is equipped with a fire pump of 750 gpm (2850 L / m i n ) or greater, a pumping certification test shall be conduc ted based on the requirements def ined in NFPA 1001.

3-19.3 Pumping Engine Overlofid Test. A pumping engine overload test meet ing the requirements of NFPA 1901 shall be conducted on all refurbished apparatus that have newly installed fire pumps of 750 gpm (2850 L/ra in) or greater. Fire apparatus retaining their o r ig ina l~umps shall be te~ted to the requirements of the edition of the NFPA automotive fire apparatus standard in effect at t ime of the contract signing for uhe original manufacture of the apparatus.

205


3-19.4 P r e s s u r e C o n t r o l Device Tes t . I f the r e f u r b i s h e d a p p a r a t u s is e q u i p p e d wi th a new p r e s s u r e con t ro l sys tem on t he f i re p u m p , i t shal l be t e s t ed b a s e d on the r e q u i r e m e n t s d e f i n e d in NFPA 1901. If the o r i g i n a l p r e s s u r e con t ro l sys tem is re-used, i t shal l be t e s t ed in a c c o r d a n c e wi th the r e q u i r e m e n t s of NFPA 1911, Standard for Service Tests of Fire Pump Systems on Fire Apparatus.

3-19.5 P r i m i n g Dev ice Tes t . If the r e f u r b i s h e d a p p a r a t u s is e q u i p p e d wi th a new p r i m i n g device on t he f i re p u m p , i t sha l l be t e s t ed b a s e d on the r e q u i r e m e n t s d e f i n e d in NFPA 1901. I f t he o r i g i n a l p r i m i n g dev ice is re-used, i t sha l l be t e s t ed in a c c o r d a n c e wi th the r e q u i r e m e n t s of NFPA 1911, Standard for Service Tests of Fire Pump Systems on Fire Apparatus.

3-19.6 V a c u u m Tes t . ff t he r e f u r b i s h e d a p p a r a t u s is e q u i p p e d wi th a f i re p u m p , a v a c u u m tes t shal l be c o n d u c t e d based on the r e q u i r e m e n t s d e f i n e d in NFPA 1901.

3-19.7 W a t e r T a n k to P u m p H o w Test . A wa te r t a n k to p u m p f low test m e e t i n g the r e q u i r e m e n t s of NFPA 1901 shal l be on all r e f u r b i s h e d a p p a r a t u s t h a t have newly ins t a l l ed wa te r tanks, p u m p s , or p u m p p ip ing . Fire a p p a r a t u s r e t a i n i n g t h e i r o r ig ina l wa te r tanks, p u m p s , a n d p u m p p i p i n g sha l l be t e s t ed to the r e q u i r e m e n t s of the e d i t i o n of the NFPA a u t o m o t i v e f i re a p p a r a t u s s t a n d a r d in ef fect a t the t i m e of c o n t r a c t s i g n i n g for the o r ig ina l m a n u f a c t u r e of the appa ra tu s .

3-19.8 Aer i a l Device C e r t i f i c a t i o n Tes ts . Aer ia l dev ice ce r t i f i c a t i on tests m e e t i n g the r e q u i r e m e n t s of NFPA 1901 sha l l be c o n d u c t e d on any r e f u r b i s h e d a p p a r a t u s tha t has a new ae r i a l device i n s t a l l ed on the chassis. F i re a p p a r a t u s r e t a i n i n g t h e i r o r ig ina l a e r i a l devices sha l l be i n s p e c t e d a n d t e s t ed in a c c o r d a n c e wi th the c o m p l e t e r e q u i r e m e n t s of NFPA 1914, Standard for Testing Fire Department Aerial Devices.

3-19.9 R e f u r b i s h e r ' s P re -De l ive ry Tes ts .

3-19.9.1 W a t e r T a n k C a p a c i t y Tes t . A wa te r t ank capac i ty tes t m e e t i n g the r e q u i r e m e n t s of NFPA 1901 shal l be c o n d u c t e d on all

3-19.10.3.2 T h e veh ic l e shal l a t t a i n a m i n i m u m top s p e e d of n o t less t h a n 50 m p h (80 k p h ) .

3-19.10.4 ff the a p p a r a t u s is e q u i p p e d wi th an aux i l i a ry b r a k i n g system, t he m a n u f a c t u r e r shal l r o a d tes t the sys tem to c o n f i r m t h a t the sys tem is f u n c t i o n i n g as i n t e n d e d by the aux i l i a ry b r a k i n g sys tem m a n u f a c t u r e r .

3-19.10.5 T h e service b r akes sha l l b r i n g the ful ly l a d e n a p p a r a t u s to a c o m p l e t e s top f r o m an in i t i a l s p e e d of 20 m p h (32 k p h ) , in a d i s t a n c e n o t e x c e e d i n g 35 f t (10.7 m ) by ac tua l m e a s u r e m e n t , on a subs t an t i a l l y ha rd , level su r face r o a d t h a t is f ree of loose ma te r i a l , oil, o r g rease .

5-19.10.6 A p p a r a t u s t h a t h a v e t h e i r o r ig ina l p o w e r t r a i n s (i.e., eng ine , t r ansmis s ion , d r ive l ine , a n d ax les ) shal l be t e s t ed to the e d i t i o n of the NFPA a u t o m o t i v e f i re a p p a r a t u s s t a n d a r d in ef fect a t the t i m e of t he c o n t r a c t s i g n i n g for t he o r i g i n a l m a n u f a c t u r e of the appa ra tu s . A p p a r a t u s t h a t have u p g r a d e d c o m p o n e n t s sha l l be t e s t ed to the c u r r e n t e d i t i o n of NFPA 1901.

3-19.11 Tes t s on Del ivery . I f a c c e p t a n c e tests a re d e s i r e d a t the p o i n t o f del ivery, t hey sha l l be r u n in a c c o r d a n c e wi th the p rov i s ions of Sec t i on 3-19 a n d sha l l d u p l i c a t e t he p o r t i o n s of t he tests t h a t t he p u r c h a s e r specif ies . Aer ia l dev ice s tab i l i ty tests shal l n o t be r u n at o t h e r t h a n a t the r e f u r b i s h e r ' s facility.

3-20 Data R e q u i r e d o f the Co ntra c to r .

3-20.1 T h e c o n t r a c t o r sk~l l supply , a t the t i m e of del ivery, a t leas t o n e copy of the followit$~{~::.

:::~i::::" ":'::~:,"::ii::.:. (1) E n g i n e m a n ~ u r e r ' s " ~ ' e r t i f i e d b r a k e h o r s e p o w e r curve for a

new e n g i n e ins .~.....IRR~i}..h. owing the m a x i m u m g o v e r n e d s p e e d

(2) Con~c~i.s reca~{~..apparatUS r e f u r b i s h m e n t i n c l u d i n g , if app l i cab le , . :~ . . t~ ,%nica l i i ~ { ~ a d o n r e q u i r e d for i n s p e c t i o n to c o m p l y ~ ' : 1 9 1 4 S~.g.. . . ' .~r Testing ~'ire Dq,artm~t A ~ a t Dewces:.:~!i:: . . . . . . . ":-':~--i:"

r e f u r b i s h e d a p p a r a t u s t h a t have newly i n s t a l l ed wa te r tanks. Fire . . . . . . . . {..~i::iiii~.ump ~ a n u f a c t u r e r ' s ~ ' r t i f i c a t i o n of s u c t i o n capab i l i t i e s for a p p a r a t u s r e t a i n i n g m e i r o r i g i n a l wa te r t anks snan De testecl to m e n ' ~ ~ n i ~ a t i o n s r e q u i r e m e n t s of the e d i t i o n of t he NFPA a u t o m o t i v e f i re a p p a r a t u s ":":::-%i#:: . . . . :" s t a n d a r d in ef fect a t t i m e of the c o n t r a c t s i g n i n g for the o r ig ina l (4) P u ~ ! ! ~ . a n u f a c t u r e r ' s ce r t i f i ca t ion of hyd ros t a t i c t e s t for new m a n u f a c t u r e of the appa ra tu s . .:i!i:i ...... p u m p ins~. . .o .s . : :~i . : .

3-19.9.2 P i p i n g H y d r o s t a t i c Tes t . A p i p i n g hydros t a t i c tes t meeting"~:(:!i-:{-.5..).~ Certmca~:.~:~of:"::::::"" i n s p e c t i o n a n d tes t the r e q u i r e m e n t s of NFPA 1901 sha l l be c o n d u c t e d o n all :::::::::::: ""':s:i:ii::iii::!i!i!!::!::i!::::.! . . . . . . . . . . --'!::::U r e f u r b i s h e d a p p a r a t u s t h a t have newly i n s t a l l ed p u m p s or p u m p :i{::: i ! ~ : : : l ~ i i ~ e d w, th a p u m p , a. copy of the . chassis . . p i p ing . F i re a p p a r a t u s r e t a i n i n g t h e i r o r i g i n a l p u m p s and.,~....ump "iiii!. " . , # u f a e ~ r ' s a p p r o v a l fo r s t a u o n a r y p u m p i n g a p p h c a n o n s p i p i n g sha l l be hydros t a t i ca l ly t e s t e d to t he requirement~.f.~. 'Z"~:. ::i-':::'::-::" , , , , ~,~-ii:~" ~ . . . . a tiff ~ ~ s ~ w" " actu ~ • " •v -:%-'. ":.'.'-'-:::::::-. -:!::. t t ) w e i g h t d o c u m e n t s i r o m cer t l l lect SCale n o l n g al edt taon of t he NFPA au tomota e f i re a p p a r a t u s standas:d:.m eff'4{.~ a t :-:-a. . . . . . . . . . . . r '" v . . . . . . . . ., .. ~ . , _ _ . . ~ ., . . _ .:.-:~- _ .:~:~, ::~&~..~ag on m e i r o n t ax le r e a r axaets ) , anct o r e an en lc l e tw~tn m e m e n i n e o i m e c o n t r a c t s i g n i n g i o r m e o r ig ina l m ..aKo~....acture og..-i.~ne ~ r t ank ful l b u t w i t h o u t e r s o n n e l e ui m e n t a n d hose" to a p p a r a t u s ..:$~!i!i!iiiiii::. 2!!:::....: . . . . . . . . ::i::. .a:.:.- . . ~ . , ' , q P ' )

• -.-".'::""::ili!iiiiiii.-'ii::- ..::i!i!!.:i:i:iiiiii!iiiii!i::::... ":ii~:: : ~ t e r m l n e c o m p l i a n c e wl tn a e c U o n z-a 3-19.9.3 E lec t r i ca l Svs tem Tests . E lec t r ica l sys tem t e s t i n g ~:.~iii~'.-:-"-: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

e u" nts ~ ,, ,-,6, . . . . . . . . , _ _ _ , .-:-~...--~::-:,.. , , '-::::::?:::." a-zu.z A laDel sna i l De a m x e a to m e ven lc l e c e r n t y m g m a t m e r q l r e m e o t t '~vrA l u u i snaJl oe conaucteaat .on an ret...~....~..snect . . . . . . . • - . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -.'.:- ..... v eh i c l e is in c o m p l i a n c e wi th all a p p l i c a b l e F e d e r a l M o t o r Veh i c l e a p p a r a t u s ====================== "::::::::::- ..:. . . .... j:;: ............ :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: .... Safety S t a n d a r d s (FMVSS) in ef fect a t the u m e of c o m p l e n o n .

3-19.9.4" F o a m Sys tem Tes t s . F o a m : . ~ t e m tests ~ g the"::~::-i-::" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-'-~:? . . . . . . . "-~::::-:: ~ .:..*i::", 3-20.3 If the o n g m a l f i re p u m p is r e p l a c e d wi th a new f i re p u m p , a

r e q m r e m e n t s o t l ' ~ v A l o u t sha l l ~ . : ~ c l u c t e a on a l t . . ~ tu ro t~neo - e w ,~¢~ ~ l a ~ ~r,~u be ~ , ~ a e d - ~ ,V,e . . . . . . . e r a ~ ' o ~ a ~ ,ha t a p p a r a t u s t h a t na" ve new'ly ins" ta ' l l e~r"'~r o ~',1""'":~'~ s t ems or s ys!...em"*" . . . . . v . . . . . . . v . . . . . . . . . . v~ . . , v ~r- . . . . v . . . . . . ...i..g ...... ,,ives the r a t e d d i s c h a r g e s a n d ~ressures t o ~ e t h e r wi th the s ~ e e d of c o m p o n e n t s . Fire a p p a r a t u s r e t a l n m g t ~ . : o n g~ nal f ~ sys tems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -:-i:::::::: . . . . :::::: . . . . t he e n g i n e as d e t e r r m n e d by t he certaficataon tes t for each uni t , t he a n d sys tem c o m p o n e n t s snmt oe t e s t e d to r~ i$ . . equt rem/ents o t m e ... ~ . , ~ , , • , ~ . , e d i t i o n ot~ th e t~ r t -~ . . . . a u t o m o t i v e nreO apparattt~:~:::::::::" no.arcx' ":':':" in effect a t p o s m o n o t m e paraJlel-serles, p u m p as used. , a n d m e g o v e r n e d

. . . . . --:'-.:-:-:-:-:-.-..:.:.:.. s p e e d of the e n g i n e s as s t a t ed by the engane m a n u f a c t u r e r on a the tame of the c o n t r a c t s t g m n g for t he o n g l n ~ : i ~ u f a c t u r e of the ce r t i f i ed b r a k e h o r s e p o w e r curve• T h e p l a t e sha l l be c o m p l e t e l y a p p a r a t u s . ..::i!Y"

3-19.10" R o a d Tes ts .

3-19.10.1 R o a d tests shal l be c o n d u c t e d in a c c o r d a n c e wi th 3- 19.10.2 t h r o u g h 3-19.10.6 to verify t h a t the c o m p l e t e d a p p a r a t u s is c a p a b l e of c o m p l i a n c e wi th N F P A 1901. T h e tes ts shal l be c o n d u c t e d a t a l o c a t i o n a n d in a m a n n e r t h a t d o e s n o t v io la te local , s ta te , o r f ede r a l t raff ic laws.

3-19.10.2 T h e a p p a r a t u s sha l l be fu l ly e q u i p p e d a n d 19aded as r e q u i r e d in Sec t ion 2-5. T h e tests shal l be c o n d u c t e d on dry, level, p a v e d roads t h a t a re in g o o d c o n d i t i o n . T h e e n g i n e sha l l n o t be o p e r a t e d in excess of t he m a x i m u m g o v e r n e d speed .

3-19.10.3 A c c e l e r a t i o n tests shal l cons i s t of two r u n s in oppos i t e d i r e c t i o n s over t he s a m e rou te .

3-19.10.3.1 T h e veh ic le sha l l a t t a i n a t rue s p e e d of 35 m p h (56 k p h ) f r o m a s t a n d i n g s t a r t w i t h i n 25 seconds•

s t a m p e d wi th all i n f o r m a t i o n at the c o n t r a c t o r ' s fac i l i ty a n d a t t a c h e d to the veh ic l e p r i o r to del ivery.

Cha pter 4 Leve l I I R e f u r b i s h i n g

4-1" G e n e r a l . Level I I r e f u r b i s h i n g sha l l c o n s t i t u t e the u p g r a d e of m a j o r sys tem(s ) or c o m p o n e n t ( s ) to the c u r r e n t a p p l i c a b l e s t a n d a r d s (un less o the rwi se n o t e d h e r e i n ) • Any u p g r a d e d sys tem sha l l be c o m p a t i b l e wi th its a s soc i a t ed c o m p o n e n t s . Systems or c o m p o n e n t s t h a t a re n o t c o m p a t i b l e sha l l n o t be i n s t a l l e d on the r e f u r b i s h e d appa ra tu s •

4-2* C a r r y i n g Capaci ty . If a n a p p a r a t u s sys tem or c o m p o n e n t is to be u p g r a d e d , t he c o n t r a c t o r sha l l e n s u r e t h a t t h e c o m p l e t e d a p p a r a t u s d o e s n o t e x c e e d the GAWR a n d G C W R or GVWR of the chassis w h e n c a r r y i n g t he w e i g h t o f t he u n e q u i p p e d a p p a r a t u s , the fu l ly l o a d e d wa te r a n d o t h e r tanks , t he s p e c i f i e d h o s e load ,

206


unequ ipped personnel weight, g round ladders, and the miscellaneous equ ipment allowance as def ined in Table 2-5.1.

4-3* Vehicle Stability.

4-3.1 The height of the fully loaded vehicle's center of gravity shall no t exceed the chassis manufacturer ' s maximum limit.

4-3.2 The front-to-rear weight distribution of the fully loaded vehicle shall be within the limits set by the chassis manufacturer . Front axle loads shall no t be less than the min imum axle loads specified by the chassis manufacturer , unde r full load and all o ther loading conditions.

4-3.3 The difference in weight on the end of each axle, f rom side to side, when the vehicle is fully loaded and equipped shall not exceed 7 percent .

4-4 Frame. If the vehicle's frame is to be upgraded, it shall be visually or otherwise inspected for wear, broken or loose bolts or o ther fitdngs, bent or otherwise damaged members , or o ther problems. The contractor shall notify the purchaser in writing of any problems discovered dur ing the inspection.

4.5 Drivetraln.

4.5.1 If the vehicle drivetrain is to be upgraded, the contractor shall check the drivetraln components (such as drive shaft, end yokes or flanges, universal joints, and associated mountings) for wear, balance, stress cracks, or o ther damage. The contractor shall notify

wear, or o ther problems. The contractor shall notify the purchaser i~ writing of any items that need repair that are discovered dur ing the inspection. The contractor shall certify that the fuel system meets th~ requirements of NFPA 1901 and the engine manufacturer.

4-10 Exhaust System. ',If the exhaust system components are to be upgraded, the contractor shall visually or otherwise inspect port ions of the system no t scheduled for upgrading for leaks, loose hangers, rusted tubing, wear, or o ther needed repairs. The contractor shall nodfy the purchaser in writing ot any items that need repair that a(re discovered during the inspection. The contractor shall certify that the upgraded exhaust system meets the requirements of NFPA 1901 and the engine manufacturer, f -

4-11 Vehicle Components .

4-11.1 Braking System.

4-11.1.1" If the braking system is to be upgraded, the contractor shall visually or otherwise inspect portiotts of the system n o t scheduled for upgrading, including accessories, for wear, leakage, loss of per formance , or other problems. Any problems found shall be repor ted to the purchaser in writing.

4-11.1.2" If a new braking system or hral~e componen t s are installed, the contractor shall ensure the installation meets manufac turer ' s recommendat ions .

4-11.1.3 The,contractor shall certify that the braking system meets or exceeds the pe r fo rmance requirements of the edit ion of the

the purchaser in writing of any damaged componen t s discovered • . . NFPA automotive fire a ~ . m t u s standard in effect at the t ime of during the luspecUon, contract signing for ~ . ~ n . . . . . al manufacture of the apparatus.

4-5.2 If a new drivetrain or associated componen t s are installed or 4-11 9 Su~ens lo - . - - ' -~ee l s "a~d Tires • . . • , o r , . ~ . . ~ : ~ . ~ . . - . ~ . . , - .

extstang components are modified the contractor shall ensure that ..,.g:- -:~:::..-.::..-.:.-,. the lnstallauon meets the componen t manufacturer s 4-11.2.1 If tl~..~ . ~ u s p e ~ wheels, or tares are to be upgraded, the r ecommenda t lons . - contractor s..h.ar'$~.~sually'~i~erwise inspect the axles, wheels,

. . . . tires, s p ~ ~ : e r s , m d ' ~ g s , .a.nd accessories for wear, stress 4-6 Engqne and Engine System Design. cracks, ~ F S p e r bolt " ~ i ~ : ' b r o ther problems. The

4-6.1" If the engine or engine system component (s ) is upgraded, the c o n g . ~ o r s h...all noufy,.the p u r S U e r m ~.~ung of an.y damaged . . . . c o ~ n e n t s : t h a t are oascovegg.~l a u n n g the mspecuon. contractor shall wsually or o thermse mspect the engine and related .~:-~./:~".-.. ~.-..'i.:-:~. . "

accessories for wear, fluid leaks, loss of power, excessive smoke or 45"1"1 ~ i ' . ' - ~ = K d ~ a f a c t u r e r shall certify that the ungraded • . • • _ : . : : : . . 4 ~ . ~ . . . v . . . . . . . ~ ~

other potenual problems• The contractor shall noufy the purchaser suspens'f~:.A!~heels, and tires of the app~watus mee t all aoplicable in writing of all necessary repairs and services needed to bring the comDone~{~.-"~nufacturers' s tandards as well as all GVW~ C, CWR . . . . . , ~ .: . . . . . . . . . ,

engme and related accessories ~ t h m apphcable manufacturers .~::'.-:::... and GAWR i~sz--':!. ' .~he comnle ted ano-tratus shall mee t all s ecificataons. All belts and filters shall be re laced ::.'::-'.'::::---::.-::.-..: . . . . . . . . . ::::':" • • P P ........ ~: ........ hcable f e r r i e d state wet ht ratan s. -::.:::,,,..,~:::i~ . . . . . . . . . . . . g g 4-6.2* If the existing engine or engine system is to be replaced it ::iiii: " ~ : - . "-'":":-~-::'-':&rt~l'e of a ~ r o a c h and art an - le of depar ture of at least shall be replaced vath one that meets or exceeds the reqmrements of '~*:. 8 . ~ ' ~ f ~ f ~ - ~ l ~ e maintained at the f ront and rear of the vehicle the edition, of NFPA• automotive fire apparatus s tandard it,~..ff~., ct....~, at -~-i:.-:~e~=,, it ~ o r m a l l v . . , loaded as indicated in Section 2-5. the tame of engme manufacture. The contractor shall ~ ~i.::-:i:".. :iiii:. ""

sad certification that the engine meets or exceeds the EP..~-:"~ ~ ! i n ":"..':::~.~...11...~.3. Steering. ll~ effect at the time of original apparatus cons t ruc t iou:~ we ts ~i~ii "~ :~.~:"

- ° '* ;~ '~ ' ;^~ "hat *g~ ;-s~allati^n meets the e n ~ i n - ' : ~ f ~ m t l 1 ~ ' ~ ' ^ g::- &~"l 3 1 If the steering system is to be upgraded the contractor 15 , ~ - ~ , ~ . :.-.f~*~:~...,:.:..x ..:.~ .... . . .

requtrements . . . . . ~-:-.::~:~_::._..._.-~i~::" ".':~.:.::.::...~...~:~ glaall v~sually or otherwise respect the entire system, including "::'.4".-':-~..::#i%1 ~i~i ."" steering box, steering gear drag links power steering pump hose

4-7 Cooling S y s t e m . . . . . . ~ , . . - . - . . ~ } ; ~ ,::-~i:!?..-.~:..;'~:" " and accessories for wear, lea.kage, loss of performance, or o ther

em or compo~...gtl~(s) a r e ~ u p ~ ¢ ~ e or other~s~i/~pect porUo" ~ ! ~ g e s~ : / .

g for l~!oc~ages, w e ~ r o ~ r vehid~ enCy . . coo l ing . Tl~g~iizontractor w r i t i n g o f ~ ! ~ n o r m a l c ~ d i t i o n s

~/'he e o ~ y s t e ~ f . " - ~ h a l l be ~ i c t u r e r ' s

4-7.1 If the cooling system or contractor shall visually not scheduled for upgrading for conditions that could affect shkll notify the purchaser in discovered during the inspection• flushed and new coolant that meets the eng requirements shall be added. ,

4-7.2 If the cooling system or its componen t s to be upgraded, they shall be replaced with ones that mee t the requirements of NFPA 1901 and the engine manufacturer.

4-7.3 The upgraded engine cooling system shall maintain a temperature in the engine at or below the engine manufacturer 's maximum tempera ture rating under all condit ions of operation for which the apparatus is des!gned.

4-8 Lubrication System. If the lubrication system a n d / o r related compofients are to be upgraded, the contractor shall visually or otherwise inspect port ions of the system no t scheduled for upgrading for leaks, wear, or o ther problems. The contractor shall notify the purchaser in writing of any items that are discovered dur ing the mspect ion to need repair. The lubricati6n system shall meet the engine manufacturer ' s specifications.

4-9 Fuel and Air Systems. If the fuel system a n d / o r air intake systems are to be upgraded, the contractor shall visually or otherwise inspect port ions of the system no t scheduled for upgrading for leaks,

problems. The contractor shall notify the: purchaser in writing of" any damaged components that are discovered during the inspect ion.

4-11.3.2 If a new steering system is installed, the contractor shall ensure the installation meets the manufac turer ' s recommendat ions as well as the requirements of NFPA 190l.

4-11.3.3 The upgraded steering system shall be capable of tu rn ing the f ront wheels to an angle of at least 30 degrees to either the right or left for non-driving front axles and at least 28 deg rees fo r driving f ront axles. Power steering or power-assisted steering shall be provided.

4-I 1.4 Transmiss ion /Transfer Case.

4-11;4.1 If either the transmission or the transfer case is to he upgraded, the contractor shall visually or otherwise inspect the transmission or transfer case, their mount ings and the associated accessories for wear, damage, and fluid leaks. All fluid levels and filters shall be checked• The contractor shall notify the purchaser in writing of any damaged components that are discovered during the inspection•

4-11.4.2 If an upgraded transmission is installed in the apparatus, the contractor shall certify that the instalJlation meets the transmission manufacturer ' s specifications for installation on that specific type of apparatus as well as the requirements of NFPA 1901.

207


4-11.5 Fuel T ank .

4-11.5.1 If the fuel tank is to be upgraded, the contractor shall visually or otherwise inspect the fuel tank, its m o u n t i n g s and associated accessories for wear, damage , a n d fluid leaks. T he contractor shall notify the purchase r in writing of any damaged c o m p o n e n t s that are discovered du r ing the inspect ion.

4-11.5.2 Fuel tanks requi r ing r ep l acemen t shall be replaced with new tanks that mee t the r equ i rements of NFPA 1901.

4-11.6" Tow Hooks . If upg raded f ront or rear tow hooks or t o w eyes are installed, they shall be a t tached to the f rame s t ructure to allow towing (no t lifting) of the appara tus without damage.

4-12 L o w - V o l t a g e Electr ica l S y s t e m s an d War n in g D e v i c e s .

4-12.1" General. Any u p g r a d e d 12-V or 24-V electrical systems or warning devices installed on fire appara tus shall be appropr ia te for the service i n t ended and shall mee t the specific r equ i rements of Chapter 4.

4-12.2" If the low-voltage electrical system is upgraded, the contrac tor shall visually or otherwise inspec t the electrical system for condi t ion of wires, connectors , relays, fuses, a n d / o r circuit breakers a n d related componen t s for problems that could affect vehicle electrical pe .rformance. The contractor shall notify the purchase r in writing of any p rob lems tha t are discovered dur ing the inspect ion•

4-12.3 Power Supply. If the a l ternator is to be upgraded , it shall be replaced by a 12-V or 24-V alternator. It shall have a m i n i m u m ou tpu t at idle to mee t the m i n i m u m cont inuous electrical load of the apparatus as def ined in 4-12.3.1 at 200°F (93°C) ambien t t empera tu re within the eng ine compar tmen t , and it shall be provided with full au tomat ic regulat ion.

4-12.3.1 The m i n i m u m con t inuous electrical load shall consist of

4-12.5.2 If upg raded or addit ional air horns , electric s iren(s) , or electronic siren speaker(s) axe installed, they shall be m o u n t e d as low and as far forward on the appara tus as practical. Upgraded or addi t ional audible warn ing e q u i p m e n t shall no t be m o u n t e d on the roof of the apparatus•

4-13" Driving a nd C r e w C o m p a r t m e n t .

4-13.1 If the driving a n d / o r crew c o m p a r t m e n t is to be upgraded, the contractor shall inspect the driving a n d crew compar tments , mount ings , and associated accessories for wear, damage , an d corrosion. The contrac tor shall notify the purchase r in writing of any d a m a g e d c o m p o n e n t s that are discovered du r ing the inspect ion .

4-13.2" If a new driving a n d / o r crew comparmaen t is installed, it shall be a fully enclosed design that mee t s the r equ i r emen t s of NFPA 1901. The purchase r shall specify the m a x i m u m n u m b e r of persons to ride in the apparatus , bu t the driving c o m p a r t m e n t shall carry.a m i n i m u m of two fire f ighters except at a tiller driving p o s m o n .

4-13.3 The new cab shall be des igned so tha t all the manu fac tu r e r ' s r e c o m m e n d e d rout ine m a i n t e n a n c e checks of lubricant and fluid levels can be pe r fo rmed easily by the operator wi thout lifting the cab of tilt-cab appara tus or wi thout the need for h a n d tools•

4-13.4 If the new cab is of tilt-cab design, a r e d u n d a n t ho ld ing device shall be provided~:~.la.addition to the main system hold ing the cab in the fully raised ~ n . The activation and release of both systems shall be acc .~i~l i s~- . . :c lear of the cab travel a rea while still having the travel ~,r..~!!i~ clear view.

..::ii::" "::!!.:!!!!!~!~::.. 4-13.5 After ir~Nllatig~iii~f:::a new cab, airflow th rough the radiator shall be su(fi..g.i~.to c o r f i ~ t h the cooling system requ i remen t s as d e fin e d:i$~iii~7 ~--:. , "-:i:i:i:i:i:i . . . . .

................. .: ......... : - - - . % i i } : ~ j ~ the total amperage requ i red to s imul taneously operate the 4~13.6..::!Niiy ..E....ncl'osed Cab C o n ' ~ i o n s . If an existing two-door following in a stat ionary m o d e at the scene: o p ~ ! i ~ n o p ~ : : ~ b is convertedi~i};fito a fully enclosed cab, the added-

. . . . . . . . . . o x C i " : ~ n of-. ' i~ crew cab sh'all comply with all applicable ta) i n e p ropuls ion eng ine and transmlssmn, re'qu i r ' ~ : : i ~ ' ~ ' : ~ A .........,..... -" 1901 .

(b) All clearance and marke r lights and o ther electrical devices . . . . "%~iiii~ . . . . . . . . . . . • ~-l~ t~oay-;.'.'-~effnpartmentauon, ann Hose ~torage.

m a n d a t e d by the Federal Motor Vehmle Safety Standard (FMVSS) ,:: ...... "-"iiiii.:ii:.::.. /i':. No. 108, L a m p s , l~ . f i f f . c t i ve D e v i c e s , a n d A s s o c i a t e d E q u i p m e n t , and ::-".':iiii~ii::!i!!:~::..4=J4.1 If the ~"~i; ; :compatXmentat ion, or hose s torage areas are to o ther laws or r egu lauons . ~..-:iii:"::~!ii::i::::~ii~...aded, ~ : " c o n t r a c t o r shall inspect the body,

• . -'-'~. c6 .............. c O.ltition and hose storage areas for wear damage and (c) The radio(s) at a duty cycle of 10 pe rcen t t ransmi t and 90 -~i-"i. . ~ ~ o . ^ ~ . . . . . . . r.~u ~ , ; c , , ,r, . . . . . i,~ ~" ~ , ,~. ' . ~c • • • "...-: , , ~ : ! : ! ~ ; . u ~ ~ . . . . • ~ l ~ ' ~ F ~ . . . . . " ~ . . . . . ~ ~ pe rcen t recexve. For calculatton and test ing purposes , a de.f.a..ult %/.:.:• , 2 . . : ' : : ' . . : . . , . . . . . . . . -~ny ctarr!~..., ect c o m p o n e n t s m a t are cuscoverect a u n n g the value of 5 0 amps con t inuous shall be used .::i!ii!i!!::. ::!!!! ,:.-

• ..::#ii ............. :::::::: f::::::::::::: ":i:::i.~. n sp e cn o n.

(d) The .mlnlmu.m op.Uc M W a r n i n g system requlr.e~iii~here t~..~::i: ... " :~! i~* In the event a new body, compar tmen ta t ion , or hose appara tus is blocking n g n t orway

- - ;fi:::iiii::ii-iiiiii::~. ...:ii!i~-'-iiiii~i~i~i ..... ":ii::i: :. .~.~rage area is installed, it shall mee t the r equ i r emen t s of NFPA (e) The con t inuous electrical cu r ren t required"to s~:~'ous'i~'iii~i.-'}':'-i'!i!i 1901.

operate any fire p u m p s aerial devices, and hy.draulic p ~ ] ~ : - . ":'::~:i:i~!:i::" -- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' .,.:.:..:::::::.:.:.... ".:...::::::5:~:,. q - - l Z t . 3 I t a ( l C t l u o n a l c o m p a r t m e n t s are aaaecl to an ex i snng OOCly,

( 0 " Other warning devices and electri. . . .~i:;~'o:a:~i~ed by::i:~::}i::.::~i]ili :" they shall mee t the r equ i rements of NFPA 19(11. nurchase r as critical to the mission of.:~a~e apparai~i~--".-::.'?.. '::ii~:.:.::'.i~!::" _ . . . . . . . . . . . r .-::::~::" "::i:i:i:i:i:i::. .-::i:i::" q - lOx .ox M e t a l l ~ l n l s n .

===================== ::~:~:~:i:~:~; -::~::" 4-12 3 2 L o a d Man e m e n t ........ --" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ag " ":::" ":::..-'iiiiiiiiiii::.. ":ii::iiiii~ 4-14.4.1 The appara tus when ref inished shall comply with Section 4-12.3.2.1 If the total connec ted electr:~ii-'l~ad of the.ii~pgraded 13-9 of NFPA 1901, inc lud ing the appl icat ion of reflective striping•

• ~:':$::::::z::- ::':':'.

low-voltage electrical system exceeds the rf l~.) . .pm c .~ l anuous 4-14.4.2 If the metal f inish is to be upgraded , all exposed ferrous electrical ou tpu t rat ing of the installed alterff~{s.~.ijg~perating unde r the condit ions specified in 4-12.3, an a u ' } ~ t i c electrical load m a n a g e m e n t system shall be required. ~ii::i:::.

4-12.3.2.2 The m i n i m u m cont inuous electrical loads def ined in 4- 12.3.1 shall no t be subject to au tomat ic load m a n a g e m e n t .

4-12.4" Opt ica l Warn i ng Devlees. If the optical warning devices are to be upgraded , the contrac tor shall visually or otherwise inspect the optical warning system for condi t ion of wires, connectors , relays, fuses a n d / o r circuit breakers, motors , lenses, and related c o m p o n e n t s for p rob lems tha t could affect vehicle warn ing devices. The contractor shall notify the purchase r in writing of any p rob lems tha t are discovered dur ing the inspect ion

4-12.5 Audible Warning D e v i c e s .

4-12.5.1 Audible warning e q u i p m e n t in the form of at least one automot ive traffic h o r n a n d one electric or electronic siren shall be provided. A m e a n s shall be provided to allow the activation of the siren within convenien t reach of the driver.

metal surfaces no t plated or stainless steel shall be c leaned and prepared and shall be pa in ted or coated. The pa in t or coating, inc luding any pr imer , shall be appl ied in accordance with the paint or coating m a n u f a c t u r e r ' s r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s . The purchase r shall specify if non fe r rous body c o m p o n e n t s are to be painted and any lettering, number ing , or decorative s t r iping shall be furnished•

4-15 Fire P u m p and A s s o c i a t e d Equipment . If the fire p u m p or associated e q u i p m e n t are to be upgraded , the contractor shall inspect the fire p u m p , moun t ings , and associated accessories for wear, damage, and leaks. The contrac tor shall notify the purchaser in writing of any deficiencies that are discovered du r ing the inspect ion. All u p g r a d e d pa r t s or c o m p o n e n t s shall be compat ible with the original pump. The p u m p packing shall be adjus ted to no rma l tolerances.

4-16 Wa ter Tank.

4-16.1 If the existing water tank is to be re-used, the contractor shall inspect the water tank for serviceability and shall repor t any defects to the purchase r in writing.

208


4-16.2 If a new water tank is installed, it shall m e e t the r equ i rements of NFPA 1901. After instal lat ion of a new water tank, the contractor shall no t exceed the GAWR a n d GCWR or GVWR of the chassis to carry the weight Of the u n e q u i p p e d apparatus, the fully-loaded water a~ad o ther tanks, the specif ied hose load, u n e q u i p p e d pe r sonne l weight, g r o u n d ladders, a n d miscel laneous e q u i p m e n t allowance as def ined in Table 2-5.1.

4-17 Aerial Devices.

4-17.1 ff the aerial device is to be upgraded , the contractor shall inspect the aerial device, mount ings , controls, and associated accessories for wear, damage , corrosion, a n d o t h e r deficiencies. The contrac tor shall notify the purchase r in writ ing of any damaged c o m p o n e n t s that are discovered du r i ng the inspection. All new or r ep lacemen t parts or componen t s shall mee t the r equ i rements of the NFPA automotive fire appara tus s tandards in effect at t ime of the contract s igning for the original manufac tu re of the apparatus.

4-17.2 If a r ep lacemen t aerial device is installed, the new device shall mee t the r e q u i r e m e n t of NFPA 1901 and shall be so certified by the contractor.

4-18 Equipment Carr ied on Fire A p p a r a t u s .

4-18.1 ff new g r o u n d ladders are furn ished , they shall mee t the requ i rements of NFPA 1931, Standard on Design of and Design Verification Tests for Fire Department Ground Ladders.

water tanks, pumps , and p u m p pip ing shall be tested to the edi t ion of NFPA 1911 in effect at t ime of original contract s igning if they have no t been tested within the previous tweJve m o n t h s or if any work has been done to the p u m p or its related systems.

4-19.8 Aerial Device Certification Tests . Aerial device certification tests mee t ing the requ i rements of NFPA 1901 shall be conduc ted on all re furb ished appara tus tha t haw: a newly installed aerial device. Fire appara tus re ta in ing their original aerial device shall be tested accord ing to NFPA 1914, Standard for Testing Fire Departrm,'nt Aerial Devices, i f they have no t been tes ted within the previous twelve m o n t h s or if any work has been done to the aerial device or related systems. The aerial device stabili W tests out l ined in NFPA 1901 shall no t be run at o ther than the re furb isher ' s facility.

4-19.9 Refurb i sher ' s Pre-Delivery Tests .

• 4-19.9.1 Wate r Tank Capacity Test. A water tank capacity test mee t ing the r equ i rements of NFPA 1901 shall be conduc ted on all re furb ished appara tus that have newly installed water tanks. Fire appara tus re ta ining their original water t;mks shall be tested to the requ i rements in the edit ion of the applicable s tandard in effect at t ime of original contract s igning if any work has been done to the tank or its related systems.

4-19.9.2 Electrical System Tests. Electrical system tests mee t ing the r equ i rements of NFPA 1901 shall be conduc t ed on all re furb ished appara tus tha t have newly installed electrical systems or electrical componen t s . Fire appara tus re ta in ing their original electrical

4-18.2 If new hose is furnished, it shall mee t the r equ i rements of systems and electrical c o m p o n e n t s shall be tested to the NFPA 1961 Standard on Fire Hose r equ i rements of the e d ~ of the NFPA automot ive fire apparatus

' " . s tandard in effect at . .~ . . .~ : : i~ f the c o n u a c t s igning for the original 4-18.3 If new nozzles are furnished, they shall mee t the manufac tu re of the~...p.aratus i f any work has been done to the r equ i rements of NFPA 1964, Standard for Spray Nozzles (Shutoff and electrical system.~..~;:::~ed systems. Tip). - ..::~:~.":" _ "::~:!~::..

: " " 4-19,9,3" Fq~::~_~_tem":'.~.-.~..~., Foam system tests mee t ing the 4-19 Tes t s and Delivery Data Requi rements . r e q u i r e m e . ~ f : ~ . F P A 190~i::~11 be conduc ted on all r e fu rb i shed . . . . . . . . . . : ~ , -- . a p p a r a t ~ ~ newly i~¢.~. : i~i 'oam systems or system a - iu . t Appara tus ue r t inca t ion l e s t s . Hue re tu ro i shed appara tus comnot~{ats F~:i~e aooara tus ~ ] n ~ thei r original foam systems shall be tested at the contractor ' s approved facility and cert if ied by a n d ~ t em ~ o o n e ' n ' t s shall b~::''"teste~l to the re~ouirements 'of the an i n d e p e n d e n t test ing .organization approved by the purchaser , e ~ f t h d : ' ! i ~ A automot ive fire appara tus st~andard in effect at T h e certification shall inc lude at least the tests detai led in 4-19.2 ~ e ~ i - ~ f f t~"~'~'~tract si~nin~ for the original manufac tu re of the t h rough 4-19 8 • • . a p p a r a t ~ i ~ y work has been done to the f o a m system or related

. systems. "::~:i:i:-::i::, 4-19.2 P u m p i n g T e s t s . . If the re fu rb i shed appara tus is equipped .~,. ::~:~i..'..~i~i~.,,. .::.-::. with a newly installed fire p u m p of 750 g p m (~850 L / m i n ) or ":"~,~-:,.a-I 9 10 Road ~ ! ~ " :

• . . : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :

greater , a pure p m g certification test shall be conduc ted based on :.:.;.:.:~.-'.:.::-:-:~-:-:-:-:-.'-:.,.....:.....,:.:.:.:.:.:....:, . . . . ....:.,.-'-,'-:.-:. the r equ i r emen t s def ined in NFPA 1901. :i~, "~I~]~:~-.#.~;:...*.:,...R.~ tests shall be conducted, in accordance with 4- . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "~-:.-. l ~ ~ h 4-19.10.6 to verify tha t the comple ted appara tus is • - t , . a r u m p m g ~.ngqne uver~oan t e s t . A p u m p m g engine:.. ......... ' '.~ii:..:~able ~.":":~ompliance with NFPA 1901. The tests shall be overload test mee t ing the r e q m r e m e n t s of NFPA 1901 s o at a I and anne r no ~ i i i i ~ . "~ii~i~:.~: n d u c i ~ l ocatlon in a m that does t violate conduc ted on all re furb ished appara tus tha t have new..~-'::mst~.~ "ill,oct, state or federal traffic laws. fire p u m p s of 750 g p m (2850 L / m i n ) or greater• I:k~i'appara~ -i~-i"~i¢.'.-~::" ' re ta in ing thei r original p u m p s shall be tested to ...~.~ii~[rem...~i:i::: .... "':ii--~..~J.10.2 The appara tus shall be fully equ ipped and loaded as of the edi t ion of the NFPA automotive fire appai~tu~.~':'i~%i::~::i::i::i:i::.:.....::~i~i~equired in Se/:tion 2-5• The tests shall be conduc ted on dr)', level, effect at t ime of the contract s igning for the original ~ : . ~ t u r e o~%i~iii::i:: ? paved roads tha t are in good condition• The eng ine shall n o t be the apparatus . . ,:~-~'.-'~.iiii!i!':~. .... ~iii~ii~.-'.: . . . . . . . opera ted in excess of the m a x i m u m governed speed.

4-19.4 Pressure-Control Device Test . ~ r e s s u ' t : ~ " . ~ ! ~ . o l de~ii.:.-:i!:::: . . . . 4-19.10.3 Accelerat ion tests sh-all consist of two runs in opposite test mee t ing the r equ i rements of ~ i 1901 shall ~ f ~ Q d u c t . ~ ! ~ : : t n directiofis over the same route• all re furb ished apparat tm tha t h a v ~ : ~ . ~ . . i n s t a l l e d p / ; ~ r e - c ~ t r 0 1 devices. Fire appara tus r e t a l n i n g S t h e i ' i ~ - ~ n a l p r e s s u ~ o n t r o l 4-19.10.3.1 The vehicle shall at tain a true speed of 35 m p h (56 devices shall be tested accord ing to N F P ~ , I . 1 , Stand~l for Service kph) f rom a s tand ing start within 25 seconds. Tests of Fire Pump Systems on Fire Apparatusf'~.:.i".~.¢~ hav...~i::~ot been tested within the previous twelve m o n t h s .or ~ : . . w . ~ ] ~ has been 4-19.10.3.2 The vehicle shall at tain a m i n i m u m top speed of no t done to the pressure-control device or its r e l a t ~ i i ~ t e m s . - less than 50 m p h (80 kph) .

4-19.5 Pr iming Device Test . A p r iming devi~e:i~'est mee t ing the . 4-19.10.4 If the appara tus is equ ipped with an auxiliary braking r equ i r emen t s of NFPA 1901 shaJl be conduc t ed on all re furb ished system, the manu fac tu r e r shall road test the system to conf i rm that

the system is func t ion ing as i n t ended by the auxiliary braking appara tus tha t have newly instal led p r imingdev ices . Fire appara tus re ta ining their original p r iming devices shall be tested accord ing to system manufac ture r . NFPA 1911 if they have no t been tested within the previous twelve 4-19.10.5 The service brakes shall br ing "the fully laden appara tus to m o n t h s or if any work has been done t6 , the p r iming device or its a comple te stop f rom an initial speed of 20 m p h (32 kph) , in a related systems. / dis tance n o t exceed ing 35 ft (10.7 m) by actual measu rem en t , on a

substantially hard, level surface road that is free of loose material, 4-19.6 Vacuum Tes t . A vacuum t e s t m e e t i n g the r equ i rements of NFPA 1901 shall be conduc ted o~n all r e fu rb i shed appara tus tha t . oil, or grease. have newly installed p u m p s or PUmP piping. Fire appara tus 4-19.10.6 Appara tus tha t have thei r original powertralns (i.e., re ta ining their original p u m p s and p u m p pip ing shall be tested engine, t ransmission, driveline, and axles) shall mee t the road test according: to NFPA 1911 !if they have not been tested within the r equ i r emen t s o f the edit ion o f NFPA 1901 in effect at t ime of the previous twelve m o n t h s or if any work has been done to the p u m p contract s igning for the.original manu fac tu r e of the apparatus . or its related systems. Appara tus having r ep l acemen t powert ra in c o m p o n e n t s shall mee t 4-19.7 Water Tank to P u m p Flow Test . A water tank to p u m p flow the road test r equ i r emen t s of the cu r ren t NFPA 1901.

test mee t ing the r equ i rements of NFPA 1901 shall be conduc ted on 4-19.11 Tes ts on Delivery. If acceptance tests are specified at the all re furb ished appara tus tha t have newly installed water tanks, po in t of delivery, they shall be run in accordance with the pumps , or p u m p piping. Fire appara tus re ta in ing their original

2 0 9

NFPA 1912 - - N o v e m b e r 2000 R O P

provisions of 4-19.2 through 4-19.10 as applicable and shall duplicate the port ions of the tests that the purchaser specifies. Aerial device stability tests shall not be run at other than the refurbisher 's facility.

4-20 Data Required of the Contractor.

4-20.1 If applicable, the contractor shall supply, at the time of delivery, at least one copy of the following:

(1) Engine manufacturer ' s certified brake horsepower curve for a new engine installation showing the maximum governed speed

(2) Conuxctor ' s record of apparatus refurbishment including, if applicable, all technical informat ion required for inspection to comply with NFPA 1914, Standard for Testing Fire Department Aerial Devices

(3) Pump manufacturer ' s certification of suction capabilities for new pump installations

(4) Pump manufacturer ' s certification of hydrostatic test for new pump installations

(5) Certification of inspection and test

(6) If equipped with a pump, a copy of the chassis manufacturer ' s approval for stationary pumping applications

(7) Weight documents from a certified scale showing actual loading on the f ront axle, rear axle(s), and overall vehicle (with the water tank full but without personnel , equipment , and. hose) supplied with the completed vehicle to de termine compliance with

ANSI Z535.4, Product Safety Signs and Labels, 1991.

5-1.2.2 U.S. Government Publications. U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.

Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 571, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS), No. 108, Lamps, reflective devices, and associated equipment .

Appendix A Explanatory Material

Appendix A is not a part of the requirements of thb NFPA document but is included for informational purposes only. This appendix contains explanatory material, numbered to correspond with the applicable text paragraphs

.4,-1-1 This documen t is des igned to be used to aid in developing specifications for the refurbishing of fire apparatus. It is the intent of NFPA 1912 to ensure that refurbished fire apparatus meet all applicable federal motor vehicle regulations as well as the applicable port ions of the NFPA 1901 standard.

This s tandard will do the following:

(1) Identify m i n i mum levels of refurbishing

(2) Establish min imum requi rements for inspection a n d / o r rep lacement of all vehk;~f.:..components

..-:i:i::'$i:.:::-. (3) Create inform~:n:~:i~i~h.ccklists that will identify areas on the Section 2-4

4-20.2 A label shall be affixed to the vehicle certifying that the vehicle is in compliance with all applicable Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS) in effect at the time of completion.

4-20.3 If the original fire pump is replaced with a new fire pump, a new test plate shall be provided on the pump operator 's panel that gives the rated discharges and pressures together with the speed of the engine as de te rmined by the certification test for each unit, the position of the parallel-series pump as used, and the governed speed of the engines as stated by the engine manufacturer on a certified brake horsepower curve. The plate shall be completely s tamped with all informat ion at the contractor 's facility and at tached to the vehicle prior to delivery.

Chapter 5 Referenced Publications . - . - : - : - : - : - : - : . . .

.... i!i::::i!!!!iiii-~i~iii:: " "-::iii~dvice s~ould also be obtained f rom knowledgeable and informed 5 1 The followin- documents or --ortions the reof al~iiE~:eferen~-i~ -i~.ux~es such as other exper ienced fire service personnel , trade

E, V c~ t s i ~ i " i " ' "ss . . . . . . _ - : ~ i ' , t . . . . . . . . j ~ n a l t rain 'ng instructors main tenance personnel and fire m n ml tanaaro as manoarory requirements ._.a!~_::~a:i~qll De ..::::%:-s:.:... :E:!:. .-:::-:-" • ' ' " .' c si" d o ~ ~ e r ire . . . . ,4.'-'-" "~:::::"~::. ~ : : : : . , ".::.-~lmpment and componen t manufacturers The fire insurance

on mere part t m equ merits ot mm stanaara:~.:..~.g .e...q.mo :i:iL::..Ti~L::.-::..:~ ~atin~ auth - ' q ' , should a}so b ~ consulted indicated for each re fe renced mandatory documen t ts ~-..~)~rrent -:*:~---:,, edition as of the date of the NFPA issuanc.e..::~.'..m., s t a n d ~ i [ ~ o m e of these mandatory documents might a l ~ i - ~ i ~ ' : ' ~ . g e d iri':i~-:'!::,....:~:':"i~ s tandard for specific informational p ~ : b s e s a n d ) : ~ t ' o r e , a ~ i ~ .... also listed in A pendix C .::.:U '::iiiii!::~: .:ii::

P " ..::#:i::i::i::iii::iii~::.. ::!!::~)ii::~:::. .:i~i .... 5-1.1 NFPA Publications. Nafion~" F~:~ii~:otection Ass~ia t ion , 1 Batterymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quifi:~i.~assachus.d-~ 09269, USA ====================== . . . . . . . . # ....

NFPA 1901, Standard for Automotive Fire A p p ~ i ~ : : i 999 edition. ~.. . . . . .

NFPA 1911, Standard for Service Tests of Fire P ~ p Systems on Fire Apparatus, 1997 edition.

NFPA 1914, Standard for Testing Fire Department Aerial Devices, 1997 edition.

NFPA 1951, Standard on Design of and Design Verification Tests for Fire Department G'round Ladders, 1999 edition•

NFPA 1961, Standard on Fire Hosa 1997 edition.

NFPA 1965, Standard for Fire Hose Connections, 1998 edition.

NFPA 1964, Standard for Spray Nozzles (Shutoff and Tip), 1998 edition.

5-1.2 Other Publications.

5-1.2.1 ANSI Publications. American National Standards Institute, Inc., 1430 Broadway, NewYork, NY 10018.

vehicle that shou!.~-~-ii~:..ddres~ed when considering refurbishing

(4) Create a:~del '~i~' .or any personnel engaged in preparing speci f ica t io~ ~'~-~re d ~ e n t or municipal agency emergency vehicle r e ~ . h . ' ) ~ g .... ii::::i::iiiil}:!! .........

A-I-$ ..~:e" refu'r~lshing of a ~ : p a r a t u s generally involves a maj.o~::::~..nvest~nt and should.. :~"treated as such. Hre apparatus are c ~ - ~ : . m e @ . 9 . . j c a l equipm~ht that should no t be refurbished in a " h a p ~ ~ i ~ . e r . A decision to refurbish should be made only after a di~.!.c.d study of the fire depar tment ' s apparatus needs, taking int&~i~..~..ider.ation other equ ipment the depa r tmen t owns or

:~ii:i ....... plans to bu)/~'-'[:i~.p..:~ing on the scope of the proposed work ====================================== ~ ' d be given to the details discussed in some or

i~iiiE:.'":::::i~l!i)~-i..th...e, follo:.~."fig paragraphs.

iiii!! !. ..:i~'~"l'~:~)::~e chief and fire depa r tmen t staff know the conditions ":iiii'.::~der wt~i~h the apparatus will be used. However, competen t

The study should look no t only at current operat ions and risks protected but also at how these might change over the life of the fire apparatus.

Writing the Specifications. This s tandard provides the min imum technical requirements that refurbished fire apparatus are expected to meet. It is recognized that many purchasers will desire additional features of operat ion over and above these min imum requirements . The requirements in this standard, together with the appendix material, should be carefully studied. Details, such as anywhere that the apparatus being specified has to exceed the min imum requirements or where a specific a r rangement is desired, should be carefully def ined in the specifications for the apparatus. These details might include special per formance requirements , defining the number of seats and the seating a r rangement for fire fighters r iding on the apparatus, or the provision of space for extra hose or equ ipment the apparatus will be requi red to carry.

A major consideration in the design of a refurbished fire apparatus is the fixed equ ipment components . These major support function components could represent the concent ra ted and heaviest load elements of the vehicle. It is vital that these elements be laid out in the early initial designs and situated on the vehicle to provide for the following:

(1) Good load distribution

(2) Balance (both f ront to rear, and f ight to left)

(3) Low center of gravity

210


These f ixed componen t s could be located in exterior compar tmen t s or the inter ior of the vehicle to be funct ional a n d organized in a layout to be user fr iendly in emergency applications. Specifically, the following fixed e q u i p m e n t are examples o f this:

(1) Electrical genera tors

(2) Water tanks, fire pumps , and o ther fire-fighting e q u i p m e n t

(3) Air cascade or compressors

(4) Reels of all types

A major suppor t func t ion of any fire appara tus , no mat te r what the type, is the portable equ ipmen t . For this reason, the d o c u m e n t places emphas i s on the final GVWR and carrying capacity of the comple tedveh ic l e , which includes bo th f ixed a n d portable e q m p m e n L

The listings of portable a n d f ixed e q u i p m e n t are so variable, d e p e n d i n g u p o n the mission of the vehicle, the fire d e p a r t m e n t has to measu re a n d weigh their specific equ ipmen t .

The fire d e p a r t m e n t shou ld classify the e q u i p m e n t as follows:

(1) Existing e q u i p m e n t to be carr ied

(2) Proposed new e q u i p m e n t to be carr ied

have resul ted in major changes in the pe r fo rmance of m an y engines. Nei ther the eng ine m a n u f a c t u r e r nor the appara tus manu fac tu r e r are pe rmi t t ed to modify engines once the), are certified to EPA standards. Because of the EPA standards, it is of ten necessary to install larger engines than migh t have been previously used in order to obta in the same appara tus pe r fo rmance . New engines installed in re furb ished apparatus; are requi red to mee t the cu r ren t EPA standards. Rebuil t engines will only have to m ee t the r equ i rements in effect at the t ime of original manufac ture .

D e p e n d i n g on the scope of the refurbishing, it may he desirable to provide for an in te r im inspect ion at the appara tus refurbishing facility. T h e advantages of such ap rov i s i on include the oppor tun i ty to evaluate cons t ruc t ion prior to final assembly a n d paint ing. Th e specifications shou ld detail the part iculars of such an inspect ion trip.

The chief of the fire d e p a r t m e n t (or a des igna ted representative) normal ly exercises the acceptance author i ty following satisfactory comple t ion of tests a n d inspect ions for compl iance with purchase specifications. The specifications shou ld provide details of delivery expectat ions, inc luding the desired training, the requi red acceptance tests, a n d who is responsible for the various costs associated with the delivery and acceptance.

T ra in ing of des ignated fire depa r tmen t -pe r sonne l , if requi red due to the scope of the refurbishing, is essential to ensu re tha t the purchase r a n d user are aware of, and instructed in, the p roper

(3) Future expansion e q u i p m e n t tha t m i gh t be ca rded in the operat ion, care, a n d m a i n t e n a n c e of the appara tus acquired. This future - t ra ining shou ld provide the initial ins t ruct ion on the re furb ished

. apparatus . The trainin~..':~%coically del ivered by a qualified m this way, an adequate GVWR of the chassis can be provided to r e n r e ~ e n t ~ f i v e of t h e ~ ; r ~ r in the I I ~ r ' ~ c n m m , , n l r v T h e

ensure tha t the vehxcle will no t be overloaded in the future, specifications sho~ii~'~....early identify the a r r a n g e m e n t for fu rn i sh ing After de t e rmin in the list of re t r " - ~ • the t ra in ing i n c J ~ l i ~ i ~ e r e it is to be provided its dura t ion an d g p s e n , p oposea, a n a m t u r e . . ' ,::--:, <-::::.-:: . . . . ' '

• what t r m n m g ~ su~l~-":: ~::-~deo ta es or t r a m m manua l s are to portable e q m o m e n t , the fire d e o a r t m e n t shou ld analyze the actual . . . . . ..:...:'..:: ' ~:!:..::.. P g ' - • - - • - - De r u r n l s n e ~ "-::.-:::: x::::::::::..::.. cubic foot sDace necessary for the portable e q m o m e n t . T he .... ::-. ":;:'::: "<::::::. following fa~:tors tha t wi l f increase r e q u i r e d cubl'c foot of s torage The n~i~i~: :s ' :~ : 'buld also:i i i~di"~h the snecifications the and size o f body shou ld be conmdered, warra...~"~ des.~ed for the refur~.~Ji'~d apparatus. The warranty is a

. . . . . . . . . . w r i t ~ g u a ~ e e of the integ~.'@ of the refurb ish ing or its ~1; ~ o m p a r t m e n t ctoor a n a oox pan Inter-terence .<+:-:<.~:::. .--...:.:- .. " , . . . . . c . . 0 ~ t s ~ . d e f i n e s the m a n u f a c t u r e r s responstbthty within a

(2) Moun t inz implicat ions given f f~ iS i f f :~ i i~The warranty is somet imes ex t ended for a second ~ t y p e r m d beyond the term., of the basra warranty for

(3) C o m p a r t m e n t shelving • ... specific c o ~ . e n ~ . s u c h as the engine , p u m p , f rame, water tank, -ii~,:.. and so forthY::..'.Lg.-.-'~::~ondary manufac tu r e r is involved in modify ing

(4) Slide trays , "~!::!i!::!i~!~iiiiii::i::i~ponents th"~i~e warranted by the original manufac ture r , the

(5) C o m p o n e n t s of body as c o m p a r t m e n t flanges, notches, and "% " ~ ~ n u ~ c { ~ t r ~ e r y. - - - - " - ' - - - - ' " - - ' - - ' " - - - ' - - - ~ s e ~ U ~ r b e c ~ . ~ r g c t t ~ r ~ e r s t ~ ° ° d by

o ther in terferences tha t affect removal of e q u i p m e n t f rom body % ..:.:.:!i: ~ i i ~ . , , , Y , • '!:!:!...¢o~atracto.~:.ana m e purcnaser .

(6) Venti lat ion of genera tor air compressor or other..~::: . ~ n t =~-~:" <~Y • • ' ..::!i;~ - .:.:.::::::: %. The purchase r m~ght conmder a warranty b o n d to ensure tha t may

The actual usable space in comoar tmen t s also sh.~.~'~'~ be '%i f ' " ~ t y work will be per formed, even if the appara tus refurbisher considered, in additicm to the individual cubic f e ~ : e a c h i{~::...~. .-ii:: ~ i ~ l d go out of business. A warranty b o n d is a third-party secured e q u i p m e n t to be carried ::.'-'::" '::~!iiiii~i:. .:#*:::::-~~.:~?.:~. "~.-"."- :~ibnd establ ished by the refurbisher before delivery of a vehicle to

- - " " "':~:":""" ~ ":'~::.'.i~'~i~iiiiii~'~':: guaran tee workmanship , quality of rnatertal, or o ther s tated Where local opera t ing condit ions n e c e s s i t ~ . . ~ a r a t u g ' : ~ i - ~ : " ........ pe r fo rmance of the vehicle componen t s . -

unusua l design, the purchase r needs to ~ ~ l l y t h ' i ~ . i a k . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r e - u i r e m e n t s in the snecifications H e ~ ' ~ wid~ ." - :~ ;~ r veh~t~*:&" rmm~y, tt ~s r ecommenc tea m a t m e tire cnie t u r e c tepar tment clearance wheel base tu rn in~ r a d i n ~ e n ~ t h a n d ~ " ~ mi~:i~ staff, or commit tee ass igned to develop the speQficat~ons consul t o.c.casionally n e e d spe.ci.al, atte'~atio.,.~i~ii~.~xample; a ~ m u r i ~ ' ~ oWi~.at~se ~urch~s er 's at.torney, en.gineer, ~tn d o ther appropr ia te w~th m a n y narrow, r and , rig streetg shS~'.:....-~ave a p p a r ~ c~pable cnc,a~ r as Lance m aeve toplng m e ae t anea specmcauons .

of readily negotaatang switchbacks ~thoff t . i~y. ,{i?" Obtaining and Studying Proposals. When the specifications are This s tandard is des igned to p romo t e s o u ~ i ~ i ~ . u i ~ n t that is complete, they shou ld be-dis t r ibuted to appara tus refurbishers an d

ca e of d e orm <': :<"" .... contractors with a re ues t for bids or ro osals to fu rn i sh the pabl goo p rf ance, with inclus ion ~ t t i c t i v e features q . P P only where needed to specify m i n i m u m r e q u i r ~ n t s T he tests are specified re furb ished a p p a r a t u s / T h e reques t shou ld specify a date, an impor tan t feature arid th~ results shou ld be%arefully analyzed to time, and place for the formal open ing of the bids. This date ensure tha t the compl&ed a p p a r a t u s m e e t s the specified should allow at least one m o n t h for the appara tus refurbishers to pe r fo rmance .

Since the passage of Public Law 89-563, the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966, the federal g o v e r n m e n t has adop ted certain mo to r vehicle safety s tandards applicable to all manufac tu re r s of trucks, inc lud ing fire apparatus . It is unlawful for a manu fac tu r e r to deliver a truck no t in compl iance with these federal s tandards. These federal safety s tandards are f requent ly changed, and their provisions make the incorpora t ion of certain features a n d devices mandatory . Al~paratus refurbishers face substantial penalt ies for inf rac t ion of these rules and, therefore, canno t build to specifications tha t would require t h e m to pe r fo rm unlawfully or to delete requi red i tems or to inc lude any tha t are illegal.

Addit ional r equ i rements are placed on bo th appara tus and eng ine manufac tu re r s by the Clean Air Act, which is enforced by the Envi ronmenta l Protect ion Agency (EPA). These EPA s tandards

study the specifications and est imate the cost of the appara tus refurbishing. More t ime could be requ i red if eng inee r ing drawings of the re furb ished appara tus are required.

T ime shou ld also be al located to allow the prospective appara tus refurbishers to examine the apparatu,~ pr ior to submi t t ing a bid. S o m e o n e familiar with the work to be pe r fo rmed shou ld accompany the prospective b idder so as to answer any ques t ions tha t could arise. However, it is imperative tha t all b idders are 15rovided with the same informat ion .

The reques t also shou ld state the t ime per iod du r ing ,which the purchase r expects the bidder to h o n o r the bid price' and whether a bid b o n d is required~ A bid b o n d guaran tees tha t if a contract is offered to the b idder within the def ined t imeper iod , the bidder will en ter into the contract u n d e r the te rms of the bid.

21i

N F P A 1912 m N o v e m b e r 2000 R O P

A pre-bid mee t ing shou ld be cons idered between the purchase r of a re furb ished fire appara tus and the appara tus refurbishers or their agents pr ior to the submit tal of the bids. Such a mee t ing is des igned to allow for a detai led review of the draf t specifications by all p resen t at the meet ing . Problems with the specifications, ideas on how to provide the purchase r with the desired appara tus in o ther ways, clarification of the purchase r ' s intent , and o ther ques t ions can be resolved pr ior to the formal bid process. The mee t ing can of ten solve mi sunde r s t and i ngs or problems prior to their occurrence. It also gives the prospective bidders an oppor tun i ty to inspect the appara tus schedu led for re furb ish ing pr ior to bidding.

With a pe r fo rmance specification, it is usually possible to obtain more favorable bids, because there is genu i ne compet i t ion and the specifications are no t overly restrictive. T he bid shou ld be accompan ied by a detai led descr ipt ion of the re furb ished apparatus , a list of e q u i p m e n t to be furnished, and o ther const ruct ion a n d pe r fo rmance details, including, but no t l imited to, es t imated weight, wheel base, principal d imens ions , t ransmission, and axle ratios. T he purpose of the contractor ' s specifications is to def ine what the contractor in tends to furnish and deliver to the purchaser .

Refurbishers ' proposals migh t include a m e n d m e n t s and exceptions. Frequently, these changes are offered to mee t price r equ i r emen t s or because individual refurbishers prefer to refurbish apparatus in a m a n n e r more convenien t to them. If the in ten t of the original specification is no t changed and the bid is favorable, the purchase r should consider accept ing these a m e n d m e n t s with the approval of the pu rchas ing authority. O n the o ther hand, ex t reme care shou ld be taken to avoid allowing except ions tha t merely devalue the appara tus and give one b idder an advantage.

The purchase r shou ld s tudy the proposals, look for deviations f rom the specifications, a n d obtain clarification where necessary. .If the purchaser has specifically provided for alternatives when calling for bids, extra care shou ld be exercised when evaluating the proposals as combina t ions of compl ica ted bid in format ion will need careful analysis. The financial a r rangements , a delivery date, and the m e t h o d of delivery shou ld be st ipulated and agreed to by

ra ted capacity of the aerial device. The purpose of these contractor specifications is to def ine what the contrac tor in tends to furnish and deliver to the purchaser .

A-1-4.2. D e p e n d i n g on the scope of the refurbishing, a qualified and responsible representat ive of the contrac tor shou ld ins t ruct personnel , specified by the purchaser , in the operat ion, care, and m a i n t e n a n c e of the re furb ished fire appara tus a n d e q u i p m e n t delivered• If the refurb ish ing does no t change any of the operat ing p rocedures of the appara tus , ins t ruc t ion on the operat ion, care, and m a i n t e n a n c e of the re furb ished fire appara tus and e q u i p m e n t m igh t no t be required.

A-1-5.9 Approved. T h e Nat ional Fire Protect ion Associat ion does no t approve, inspect, or certify any installations, procedures , equ ipment , or materials; no r does it approve or evaluate testing laboratories. In de t e rmin ing the acceptability of installations, procedures , equ ipmen t , or materials, the author i ty having jur i sd ic t ion may base acceptance on compl iance with NFPA or o ther appropr ia te s tandards. In the absence of such standards, said author i ty may require evidence of p roper installation, procedure , or use. The author i ty having jur isdict ion may also refer to the listings or labeling practices of an organizat ion tha t is concerned with p roduc t evaluations and is thus in a posit ion to de te rmine compl iance with appropr ia te s t anda rds for the cur ren t p roduct ion of listed items.

A-1-5.10 Authori ty Having Jurisdict ion. The phrase "authori ty having jur isdic t ion" is used in NFPA d o c u m e n t s in a broad manne r , s ince jurisdictiop~s and approval agencies vary, as do their responsibilities. W h e r e . . ~ . ' . i c safety is primary, the author i ty having jur isdic t ion may be ~.: :~[e~%~tate_local, or o ther r e g i o n a l - d e p a r t m e n t or i n ~ . , g . a l such as a fire chief; fire marshal; chief of a fire prevention::~NJ'P~.~,labor depar tment , or hea l th depar tment ; bui ld ing offici~...i~lect~t'~::i.'...~., spector; or o thers having statutory authority. F....o...r. ft~i~.'.'~rance "~ . . : o se s , an insurance inspect ion d e par tm e~: : ~ f i :~ . :bu r e au,::i"O."~.::N:th ~:: i nsu ran ce company represe:~f t lve "f~y 'be the a u ~ . l ~ : ' h a v i n g j u r i s d i c f i o n . In many circu~tance~.,, the proper ty o ~ r or his or he r des ignated agen t a s s ~ . . t h e ~l...e.. of the autho~'ity having jurisdict ion; at gove rnmen t i ~ i g £ a l ~ s , . ~ i i ; ~ . p m m a n d i n g officer or depar tmen ta l official may be the " ~ ' i t y h$vingjur isdic t ion.

the purchas ing author i ty . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . . . A-1-5.16 C ' ~ . t o r : . : : . . T h e contractor migh t no t necessarily refurbish

Awardm the Contract With the award of a contract, it ~s • g " ":~::!i!!~::~:i ......... the vehicle oiX:~y..i:~rtion of the vehicle bu t is responsible for the ,mpor t an t for the pu rchas ing author i ty to unde r s t and exactly who ":'i.i.?::i!::i.lii.i.i~oletion, d e ' ~ - y , acceptance, and warranty of the ent ire un t. the contract ts with a n d the na tu re of the r e l auonsh lp with the -'?. ' ' : ' ~ i i f ~ e a D n ~ t u s are f reouent iv re furb ished in-house by the appara tus refurbisher . ":iiiiiii." l q ~ i : ~ i ~ t m e n t or city~garag'e, the te rm contractor would

S urch " au . . . . ir ~ o r m b o - - art 'iiii:. i~/~lude t f ~ d e p a r t m e n t and its personne l if the project were to be t r ee p a smg m o n u e s requ "e .a p e n . ance ~ i i ~ : . p . ":iiii'~{one b¢iithe local fire d e p a r t m e n t fire brigade or o ther municipal

ot ttae contract. A pe r ro rmance DonG IS a DOn(l execu~"~'t'i:::ii~::iiiii~-: ":i~:. . ' ' connec t ion with a contract that guaran tees that the .c.~tracto'~Nll ~i~ge.nicy" fulfill all of the under takings , covenants, terms, c Q ~ o n s , ar.~:. ..... ~j~i-~ 26 GAWR (Gross Axle Weiaht Ratin~,~ It is a r enu i r e m en t of ag reemen t s conta ined in the contract. Should t~:':~ctq.~i.-~.i::~i:i::..." :~iiiii "~'e Federal Motor Vehicle Safet~Standar~aPs' that G A ~ be shown mee t the te rms of the contract, the b o n d i n g company: :~ . t ] !~ . . . . . . ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: on a label on the vehicle. The system includes bu t is no t l imited responsible for the difference in cost between...t:.h.e o r i g i ~ i ~ a t r a c t .................. to, the axle tires, SUsDension wheels f rame i~rakes and aDnlied price a n d the new price of the a p p a r a t u s . : ~ ! ~ i ..t7,~... ...... to b'/~ii~".....~.p.::lied.., en ga'ne tor q ue. . . . . . . . by ano the r contractor. ..::!i:: . . . . . . . :ii!ililiiii!!!::i~!:.. "::~!i~!~iiiiii::ii:#::"

~ ..::i~::-: . . . . . . :iii~i-i.:.-":'..'i?:. ":.i::i? .... A-1-5.27 GCWR (Gross Combina t ion Weight Rating. It is a t~erore signing, a contract, the p u r r should m~i~ii~:ertai~-~hat r equ i r emen t of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards that

the successful b~dder has a compl4~e ~ i : :~ .horough u ~ r s t a n d i n g GCWR be shown on a label on the vehicle. Where the trailer is of the specifications. If there are any d f ~ $ : e m e n t s , t h ~ e shou ld detachable, the GCWR limits the axle system(s) m a x i m u m load for be resolved m wrmng and made part of tI$~::i::~.~,ntract. I~..i~my changes any r ep l acemen t trailer. are agreed upon , they shou ld be stated in ~i~i}'~lg a~-~oe s igned by both parties. The contract shou ld no t be s ign '~ i~ .~]Vthe fire chief A-1-5.29 Grade. A 45-degree slope is equal to a 100 percen t grade. (or a designee) and the purchas ing author i ty ari~i!~tisfied.

.:i::::ii:" Acceptance. W h e n the re furb ished appara tus is ready for delivery

and acceptance, the purchase r has a responsibil i ty to check the comple ted appara tus carefully against the specifications and contract to ensure all that was requi red is be ing delivered. Depend ing on the scope of the work, this can include witnessing any requi red acceptance tests a n d verifying that the gross vehicle weight and the axle weight distr ibut ion are within the chassis and axle ratings.

The p u r c h a s e r also shou ld a r range for any t ra in ing specified as part o f the delivery and ensure tha t it is properly delivered.

Only when the purchase r is totally satisfied tha t the contract has been fulfilled shou ld paym en t be authorized.

A-I-4.1 D e p e n d i n g on tile scope of the refurbishing, the detai led descr ipt ion could inc lude es t imated weight, wheelbase, principal d imens ions , t ransmiss ion ratios, axle ratios, and, if applicable, the

A-1-5.30 GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating). It is a r equ i r em en t of the National Highway Traffic Safety Admifi istrat ion that tile GVWR of a vehicle be posted in the vehicle on a pe rmanen t l y fixed label. The GVWR can be equal to or less than the sum of the f ront GAWR and the rear GAWR. The in-service weight or gross vehicle weight shou ld always be equal to or less than the GVWR.

A-1-5.37 Listed. The means for identifying listed e q u i p m e n t may vary for each organizat ion conce rned with p roduc t evaluation; some organizat ions do n o t recognize e q u i p m e n t as listed unless it is also labeled. The author i ty having jur isdic t ion shou ld utilize the system employed by the listing organizat ion to identify a listed p roduc t .

A-1-5.43 Net Pump Pressure. When opera t ing f rom a hydrant , the ne t p u m p pressure is typically less than the discharge pressure. For example, if the discharge pressure gage reads 150 psi (1034 kPa) and the intake (suction) gage reads 20 psi (138 kPa), the ne t p u m p pressure equals 130 psi (896 kPa). W h e n opera t ing f rom draft, the ne t p u m p pressure will be above the discharge pressure. For

2 1 2

NFPA 1912 - - November 2000 ROP example, if the discharge pressure gage reads 145 psi (1000kPa) and the intake (suction) gage reads 10 in. Hg (M kPa) vacuum the net pump pressure will be 150 psi (1034 kPa) (1 in. Hg = 0.5 psi = 3.38 kPa).

A-1-5.46 Preconnected Hose Line. A [5reconnected hose line is commonly called a bucket line, cross lay, or mattydale.

A-1-5.52 Purchaser. In the case of refurbished apparatus, the purchaser can be the original owner of the vehicle scheduled for refurbishing, or it may be a person, organization, or jurisdiction considering the purchase of a refurbished fire apparatus.

A-1-5.54 Quint. Theprimary purpose of this type of apparatus is to combat structural andassociated fires, and to support fire fighting and rescue operations by positioning personnel, handling materials, providing continuous egress, or discharging water at positions elevated from the ground.

A-1-5.57 Reburbishing, Level L A vehicle that has undergone Level I refurbishing receives a new make and model designation and a new Certificate of Origin for the current calendar year.

A-1-5.58 Refurbishing, Level II. A vehicle that has undergone Level II refurbishing retains its original make and model identification as well as its original title and year of manufacture designation.

A-1-5.60 Replacement. It is recommended that upgraded components or systems meeting current NFPA standards be installed whenever possible for enhanced safety and serviceability.

A-1-5.63 Special Services F'tre Apparatus. These services could be rescue, command, hazardous material containment, air supply, electrical generation and floodlighting, or transportation o t support equipment and personnel.

A-1-5.69 Upgrade. It is recommended that consideration be given to using upgraded components or systems that meet current standards to the maximum extent possible to ensure that the refurbished apparatus will approach the performance and safety requirements of newly manufactured apparatus.

A-I-6 Metric units of measurement in this standard are in accordance with the modernized metric system known as the International System of Units (SI).

" The liter unit is outside of but recognized by SI and commonly is used in international fire protection. The conversion factors given in Table A-1-6 are not SI conversions but could be useful to the user of this document .

Table A-l-6 Non-metric Conversion

U. S. Custom Units Oifflei 1 pound per square inch (psi) 2.31 feet of water 1 pound per square inch (psi) 2.036 i r ~ f , ~ f ~ n 1 inch of mercury (in. Hg) 1 . 1 3 ~ b ~ 1 inch of mercury (in. Hg) 0.~'psi~'w~'w-~.~ 1 gallon water ~ . pounds 4: 1 gallon water . . ~ i " " "'- 1 tmllon her minute ,gnm] ~O.8~_.."

bic inches ~ e r i a l ~ ,er minute

-~%.x.~g#:~- A-2-1 Replacement parts, components or s y s t e ~ o u l d meet the requirements of NFPA 1901 to the maximurn .~ .~'i~ntth. possible. Meeting the requirements will help to .make apparatus as safe poss!ble, in addition to making for easier .availability of parts for maintenance and repair.

Where local.operatinglconditions necessitate apparatus of unusual design, the purchaser should carefully define-the special requirements in the specificationL Height, width, under-vehicle clearance, wheelbase, turning radius, length, and so forth, can occasionally need special attention. As an example, a commu.nity having low overpasses needs to have a refurbistied apparatus capable of traveling und'erneath these overpasses. The specifications for the refurbishedapparatus should state the maximum travel height that is allowable.

A-2-4.1 The engine compartment and the underside of the vehicle are not considered areas of normal non-maintenance operation.

A-2-5 The tarrying capacity of a vehicle is one of the least understood features of design and one of the most important. All vehicles are designed for a rated GVWR or maximum total weight,

which should not be exceeded by the apparatus refurbisher or by the user after the vehicle has been placed in service. For tractor- drawn vehicles, the design should be adequate for rated GCWR weight. There are many factors that make up the rated GVWR, including the design of the springs and suspension system, the rated axle capacity, the rated tire loading, and the distribution of the weight between the front and rear wheels.

One of the most critical factors is the size of the water tank. Water weighs approximately 8 1/3 lb /ga[ (1 k~/L). A s~ue of 10 lb per gal may be used when estimating the wenght of the tank and its water, making a 500-gal (1900-L) tank and its water about 2 1/2 tons (2268 kg).

If the finished apparatus is not to be overloaded, the purchaser should provide the contractor with the weight of equipment to be carried ff it is in excess of the allowance shown in Table 2-5.1. (.See Section 2-6.)

Overloading the vehicle by the refurbisher through design, or by the user through spedfying a larger m~tter tank on a small chassis, or by the user adding a great deal of equipment after the vehicle has been returned to service will materially reduce the life of the vehicle and will undoubtedly result in increased maintenance costs, particularly with respect to transmissions, clutches, and brakes. Overloading can also seriously affect har~dling characteristics,

.making steering and braking particularly difficult.

The distribution of the weight between the front and rear wheels is also a factor for major consideration as imnroper design will seriously affect the h a n ~ characteristics, al'oo little weight on the front wheels can ..~:g'~::~i~.~.ont-end skid and, over bumpy rowzls, can cause the fron~:~:..~e vefii:~le to veer from side to side; at the very least it will I : ~ - ~ l t to keep the vehicle under control. Too much weight ~ .~he ?~'~h:.w. heels ~11 reduce the traction of the rear w h e e l s - a h ~ ' e s ~ . . a rear-end .,;kid or difficulty in traveling ~.¢~.~n~ved ro~t'~'--'.',$~r in ~ u d and snow. Further,

~ l a g " ' : ~ r the f i -o" t i~ . .~" wheels might require that the overh tires I

a r a j ~ o u l d be abri~ to pe,'form its intended service . fitions that could require operation off paved

streets, . Chassis components should be selected with the: rigors of,' ' in mind.

~ d e f ' ~ . . ~

~-.2-5.2 Awe ~ 5 0 lb (114 kg) for a fully equipped fire fighver ~ e d . e lsewh~:qn NFPA standards. • ..-+.,.,:.,: ..... , ~- _ The 200 lb (91 kg) per p ~ . . . . ~ r e does not include the weight of SCBA and tools ~ied"g~..-~.~re fighter, as the weight of this equipment is ~ c o u n -~.'~ ::~l!or elsewhere.

~:$d,. The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration "ft-~!fl'~'SA) in the United States has a regnlation (49 C.dqt571.7e)for ~i"iermining when the modifications to a used vehicle are so

tensive that the resulting vehicle will be considered new for the purposes of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS). Section 571.7(e) states: "Combining new and used components. When a new cab is used in the assembly of a truck, the truck will be considered newly manufactured..., unles:~ the engine, transmission, and drive axle(s) (as a minimum) of the assembled vehicle are not new, and at least two of these components were taken from the same vehicle."

A-3-2 Vehicles are designed with specific GAWR and GCWR or GVWR ratings based on the safe carrying capacity of components and /or the entire vehicle. Increasing the weight over these limits can result in loss of stability, lack of adequate braking or other handlingproblems; all of which have the potential for injury or death to fire fighters and civilians. Requesting a contractor to exceed these limits, or to compound an overweight problem, creates a potential liability issue for both the purchaser and thd contractor. Vehicles at or above their GAWR and GCWR or GVWR ratings should not be considered for refurbishing unless upgraded components are installed to increase the weight ratings, or the refurbishing will resulfin a net decrease in vehicle weight.

A-3-6.2 It should be noted that older engines may not meet current EPA standards and may not be able to be economically upgraded to current standards.

A-5-11.2.1 Due to the hazards associated withsplit rims and the injuries resulting from them, they should be considered for replacement with solid rims whenever possible.

.4,-$-13 Cab replacements with increased seating capacity can have an impact on the vehicle weight and this should be taken into

213


consideration. A fully enclosed cab for more than the original number of personnel can require upgrades to suspension, axles, tires, and other components . Canopy cab extensions with patio door-type closures or separate telephone booth-type personnel enclosures are also acceptable means to accomplish this safety design feature. The use of 3-point seat belts, where available, is encouraged.

The purchaser should consider specifying remote controls on the mirrors to facilitate correct mirror adjustment. When necessary, heated mirrors should also be considered.

A-3-14.4 All exposed ferrous metal surfaces not chrome-plated or stainless steel should be cleaned and prepared and should be painted to the color(s) specified by the purchaser. If nonferrous body components are furnished, the 'purchaser should specify which surfaces are to be painted. The paint, including the primer, should be applied in accordance with the paint manufacturer 's recommendat ions .

A-3-19.9.4 NFPA 1901 did not have any requirements for foam prior to the 1991 edition. It is r ecommended that the foam system manufacturer 's test requirements be utilized for apparatus that retain their original foam systems that were originally purchased prior to the effective date of NFPA 1901, 1991 edition.

A-5-19.10 Anytime the engine or drivetrain is altered or replaced with different components , the purchaser should require road testing to ensure the reconditioned apparatus meets min imum acceptable standards.

A4-1 The Nadonal Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in the United States has a regulation (49 Cb'R 571.7e) for determining when the modifications to a used vehicle are so extensive that the resulting vehicle will be considered new for the purposes of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS). Section 571.7(e) states: "Combining new and used components. When a new cab is used in the assembly of a truck, the truck will be considered newly manufactured.. . , unless the engine, transmission, and drive axle(s) (as a min imum) of the assembled vehicle are not new, and at least two of these components were taken from the same vehicle."

A-4-2 Vehicles are ~tesigned with specific GAWR and GCWR or GVWR ratings based on the safe carrying capacity of components a n d / o r the entire vehicle. Increasing the weight over these limits can result in loss of stability, lack of adequate braking or other handling problems, all of which have the potential for injury or death to fire fighters and civilians. Requesting a contractor to exceed these limits, or to compound an overweight pro .b...l.~ii:s:. creates a potential liability issue for both the purchase.r.::i~:~[::i{~i!: contractor. Vehicles at or above their GAWR and G.....~gCR or ":i~-"

4-11.I.1 Problems with the vehicle braking system have the potential for causing serious accidents, resulting in injury or death to both fire fighters and civilians. In addition, there is a corresponding liability issue in the operation of a vehicle with an inadequate braking system. It is r ecommended that all required braking system repairs be made before the apparatus is returned to service.

A-4-11.1.2 Consideration should be given to installing an anti-lock braking system (ABS) when the braking system is to be upgraded.

A411.2.1 Due to the hazards associated with split rims and the injuries resulting from them, they should be considered for replacement with solid rims whenever possible.

A-4-11.6 If the purchaser wants the hooks or rings to be accessible without having to open compar tment doors, the specifications should state that fact.

A-4-12.1 This section defines the requirements for upgraded alternators, batteries, load management , and instrumentat ion to detect incipient electrical system failure. The intent is to require that an upgraded electrical system will operate the apparatus using power supplied by the alternator, shed non-essential electrical loads where necessary, and provide early warning of electrical failure in time to permit corrective action.

A-4-12.2 All components that are upgraded should be replaced with components meeting the requirements of the current edition of NFPA 1901 to the m ~ . . ~ u m extent possible. The current edition provides for a . . . ~ N . a l lighting for safety and makes provision for two m...~.:~s o f " i ~ r a t i o n : responding and blocking the right-of-way. The . . : .~ .~ng mode has lower lighting requirements, creating less of . . ~ " e I g ~ a l drain on the low voltage electrical system. Cons i~2~ '~#t ion '~ .d also be given to having the contractor . ~ i ~ : a wiri~::::~.".C.~h...ematic of the rewired areas of the apparatu~#O~!~13N" v e h i c l C ~ m . . ' . r : . t ¢ c h n i c i a n s to more easily troubl~l~'oot tFi:~" electrical s ~ t ~ i i d r make additions to the system.

. . : , : . . ,.. ........

A-~...t::~$, I (~ii{i::~he purchaser.:~;eeds to analyze the electrical loads u~:{"~i:...t.o .~ i~a in t a ined to fulfill the mission of the refurbished a p p a r a ~ : : : : ~ to~tefine those loads for the refurbisher of the apparatu~-{})i~.i.h.e purchaser needs to understand, however, that

......... there is a l i ' ~ i ~ , d!...9:.output capacity of an alternator system on the ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: e n ' ~ ! # f i d this standard requires that the apparatus be :~--{~D.a..b.Je of m a i . ~ n i n g the min imum cont inuous electrical load 'i::::::ii. "/]:~i::i'.ti~:o.~-~|'tions defined in 4-12.3.1. When that load is ":iiii!:: e~:e '~ff~.i i~" larger alternators are not available, the purchaser

:i{::iii.::~d the. .~f i rbisher need to work together to determine how to ":i::ii-educe tlfie min imum continuous electrical load to that which can '!ii!b~ ~astained under the conditions defined in 4-12.3.1. :::::::::::::::::::::

GVWR ratings should not be considered for r e f u r ~ n g u n l e ~ ~!:!:~::; . . . . . . . . v " - - - , - - • , , - - - , . . : : ' : : : - : i : ~ ' : : : - . ~ .& ' : : : . - : . : : : . : . : - , . "i:!:: ~ ) l - 1 7 , - ~ . i ~ , l I K e o u c e c I crew sizes na e rorcea me apparatus upgraoea components are lnStalleO to increase tO~ ~ t ra,~::-:::.:.. "-::::..:::::-" . . . . . . ' -,....::.:.:....:~::- .v..:..:.:::::::::.....::::- operator to assume many new fire ground tasks besides that of or the refurbishing wl 1 result m a net decrease in venr-v,,.~i:.-w.~ght ===================== . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

".:ii:~i~;~:~:iii::. ":'::i~i:iiiiii::" operaung apparatus. ~ven I t me operator is at me apparatus, ne is biht IS o e st I too busy wath higher priority tasks to pay much a t tenuon to A-4-3 Vehicle sta '" y" n of the mo :~.t..{i{~gtors "~iiii{i{iiiii::::." . " . . " " ' . ." " . "

arat s m re~ n c monitor n the condmon of the electrical system apparatus safety. When app u a n . ~ f i i ' ' " ? - : ~ i i ~ o "~: : . .~ ." g .-gravity and weight distribution are k n ~ . ~ these s l ~ . be '::i::::!!::" ~ . . . . . . . . . u " " "

. . . . . . . . -:-:-::" ' ~ , - - "~.':::~::::::: . . . . : : ' ~ : " , , ILlecll-lCal loaos on mooern tire apparatus Ireq ently exceeo me compnect wtm to ensure a stabte a ~..g:.~....ms t n e n m ~ : o t m.~:~uuy . . . . . . . . . ~:i.-::::-a::~::.. " - r.:.:.:.::i:., / alternator capacity and can be supplied only by the deep discharge lOaZteo vemcie s center oi av~ty momt~:it~ot exceea tl~ig..-gnassls . . . - - . ~ . - . . . . . .~.:-.-::.:.:::. . . . . :4!::.: , of the apoaratus batteries The hi,h-cycle batteries that are manuIacturer ' s max imum limit. 2axll otrf~tFla~ctors oeln~.:aequal a , , , . , • o , . . . . . . ~, , "~::::::-:-:-.'-. ~::" '. oeslgnect to browne tile large amount oI amDeraffe to cra.nK Iower apparatus WUl De more staole a n t i~..i...i~rone to .~Verturmng. ~- ,. - , . ~ , ~ ; ~ ~ _ , ~ - e " w . . . . . . . . . -:-a..~:... . ..:::4 _ . . moa e r n oaesei engines are severely uamagect when oeeply I n front-to-rear mgtat chstnDutaon ot the it* :4oao.~a vemcle . . . . . . . . . -~:::.:.. ":-:-- dlschar ed. The automauc load mana ement is intended to should be w~thm the limits set by the chassis ~ c t u r e r . Front . . . . . . g ' t . ~ ~ i . . . . ;.~i . . . . . . c . . . . . . ~ . o a . . . . . . ~.;,~

axle loads should not be less than the minimul~."iAMe loads specified by the chassis manufacturer, under fd~{ load and all other loading conditions. Apparatus with extreme weight bias at f ront or rear can be difficult to control on curves or on road surfaces with poor adhesion. The difference in weight on the end of each axle, f rom side to side, when the vehicle is fully loaded and equipped should not exceed 7 percent.

A-4-6.1 The purchaser should consider the following tests when the engine or engine system are to be refurbished:

(1) Compression test

(2) BIowby test

(3) Fuel pressure test

(4) Oil analysis

A-4-6.2 It should be noted that older engines may not meet current EPA standards and may not be able to be economically upgraded to current standards.

maintaining the operation of essential devices.

It is important that the priority of all managed loads be specified by the purchaser so that, as electrical loads are disconnected from the apparatus' electrical system, they are shed in an order least likely to affect emergency operations. Optical warning devices in excess of the min imum required in the NFPA 1901 standard can and should be load-managed.

A-4-12.4 Consideration should be given to upgrading the optical warning devices tO the current NFPA 1901 standard, both for improved safety during emergency responses, as well as to minimize current draw when operat ing at the scene. The upgraded lighting should provide an increased measure of safety, as well as minimize loads to the low voltage electrical system.

A-4-15 The purchaser should consider specifying remote controls on the mirrors to facilitate correct mir ror adjustment. When necessary, heated mirrors should also be considered.

214

N F P A 1 9 1 2 m N o v e m b e r 2 0 0 0 R O P

A-4-13.2 Cab rep lacements with increased seat ing capacity can have an impac t on the vehicle weight and this shou ld be taken into considerat ion. A fully enclosed cab for more t han the original n u m b e r of pe r sonne l can requi re upgrades to suspens ion , axles, tires, and o ther componen t s . Canopy cab extens ions wi th patio d o o r - t y p e closures or separate t e l ephone boo th - type pe rsonne l enclosures are also acceptable m e a n s to accompl i sh this safety design feature. T h e use o f g-point seat belts, where available, is encouraged .

A-4-14.2 It is r e c o m m e n d e d tha t any upgrades to the existing body, compar tmenta t ion , or hose s torage a rea be m a d e according to cu r r en t NFPA s tandards to the m a x i m u m ex ten t possible:

A-4-19.9.$ There were no foam system requ i r emen t s for apparatus buil t prior to fine adopt ion of the 1991 edi t ion of NFPA 1901.

A-4-19.10.1 Anytime the engine or drivetrain is al tered or replaced with di f ferent componen t s , t he purchase r shou l d require road test ing to ensure the refurbished appara tus mee t s m i n i m u m acceptable s tandards.

A p p e n d i x C Re fe r enced Publications

C-I T h e following d o c u m e n t s or por t ions the reof are re fe renced within this s t andard for informat ional proposes only a n d are thus no t cons idered par t of the r equ i r emen t s of this s t anda rd unless also listed in Chapter 5. The edi t ion indicated here for each reference is the cu r ren t edi t ion as of the date of the NFPA issuance of this s tandard.

G-I.1 NFPA Publications. National Fire Protect ion Association, 1 Bat terymarch Park, P.O. Box 9101, Quincy, MA 02269-9101.

NFPA 1901, Standard for A~tomotive I~re Apparatus, 1999 edition.

C-1.2 Other Publications.

C-1.2.1 U.S. Gove rnmen t Publicat ions. U.S. G o v e r n m e n t Pr in t ing Office, Washington , DC 20402.

Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 571, Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (FMVSS), Set:. 571.7(e) C o m b i n i n g new and used componen t s .

Append ix B Appara tus Refurbishing Specification Form

This appendix is not a part of the requirements of this NFPA document but is included for informational purposes only.

B-I Fire appara tus r e fu rb i shmen t can range f rom s imple cosmetic- type restorat ions to complete Level I refurbishing. Therefore , the a m o u n t of informat ion that the contrac tor a n d purchase r require can vary greatly. Generally, it is r e c o m m e n d e d tha t the following fo rm in Figure B-1 be filled out in any areas tha t are to be modif ied f rom the existing apparatus.

....:.:.:.:.:-:... .... ~ii~iii~iii~i~i~!!!~!~:.

~::~'~:"~", " ~ ! :~iii~.. ~:~

.~i~.'-'~::-. • .~' ..:~ ~!-"-~ ..::'::':'~:~.~:~:~:~:~::.. .:'~!!!-:~i~iiii~ii.::.?-::.:.. ":'-:':.i:. :-"-~'~::~

.~ :~ . . -~ . "::~'~. .::::. . . . . .:. .-:~::::~:. "..'.~:::.~::::::...:'~:::" ..::::." ~::~-:"~:::...~ ...::..:::::::~:::::~

~ ! ~ . . . . . . " : : ~ i ~ i i .::-:~::.- ~:ii~i -''4 "

• '"~iiiiiii~ ~i::iii-: ':~i.--".~:.~. ~i.~

":~ii.~':i.":::.. ' ..::k~" • .:::::::::::::::~ ..:::':.~::."

. . ! y

%~iiliii:::% • ~-".~ ~ ~ ~i..'-:~-::-:.:".:::~

..:~!!~::... '-:iiiii:: ~::~g..i'~:. ..:-.-.:.:.:.:f.::$:. ',~::.':. -.::~::::::::.-::.. .~.

......~:~ "~.~.~ ~. ~ ~...:-~.::-:::::i ~:.-

A~ii:.. % . ~::"

2 1 5


APPARATUS REFURBISHING SPECIFICATION FORM

PROCUREMENT ISSUES Date of bid opening

Purchaser's name and address

Contact name and telephone number

Sealed bid envelope information, address, and identification marking

The bidder is to honor the bid price for days.

If interim inspection trip(s) to the contractor's facility are to be provided, indicate the number of trips

and number of participants

How many service and operation manuals are to be provided?

What type of manuals are to be provided?

Where is the delivery of the apparatus to occur?

Where and when is the acceptance to occur?

Is operation and service training to be provided? Q Yes O No

If so, it is to be conducted at

for persons for days.

Specify details of any special payment plan or schedule required

Is an approval drawing required? 0 Yes [3 No

Is a bid bond required? Q Yes O No

What percent of the bid price?

Is a performance bond required? 0 Yes 0 No

What percent of the bid price?

If an extended warranty on specific components is required, indicate which components and the length of

the warranty

Is a warranty bond required? i:l Yes CI No

In what amount?

(Apparatus Refurbishing Form, page 1 of 20)

Figure B-I Apparatus Refurbishing Specification Form

216

N F P A 1 9 i 2 m N o v e m b e r 2000 R O P

GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Special design features required on this apparatus

Will apparatus operate %ffpaved roads" ? ~l Yes [:1 No

Maximum elevation at which the apparatus will operate (if over 2000 ft)

Maximum grade that apparatus will climb (if over 6 degrees).

Specify the apparatus road performance if it is to exceed the minimum specified in this standard

Specify the apparatus maximum road speed

Spedfy the minimum and maximum ambient air temperature at which the apparatus is expected to operate

HOSE TH R EAD SIZE INFORMATION (Size and type of threM) (i.e., 2 ½in. NI-I or 4 in. StorD

l i n . = 1½in. =

2 in. = 2½ in. =

3 in .= 3~ ia . =

4 in .= 4½in. =

5 in .= 6 in .=

Hydrant =

TESTING AND ACCEPTANCE

If independent certification of tests is required for the pump system, aerial device, or other systems, what independent

testing organization is to certify the tests?

Who is to perform the manufacturer's pre-delivery tests?

t

Where is the road test to be conducted?

What testswill the contractor be required to perform on delivery?


217


Specify the fire station bay size, door size, floor weight-bearing capacity, approach angle, and distance from the door to

the door to the opposite side of the street curb

APPARATUS TYPE

El Pumper

El Initial attack apparatus

Mobile water supply apparatus

[3 Aerial ladder or elevating platform apparatus

0 Quint

El Special service apparatus

El Mobile foam apparatus

0 Other

What hmctions or services is this apparatus to perform?

SUCTION HOSE

Is suction hose required?

Soft or hard

El Yes ~ No New or existing?

Size and length

Connection type and size

Mounting arrangement, bracket style, and location

GROUND LADDERS

Specify the ground ladders to be carried on the apparatus. New or existing?

Numbe/" and Length Make, Model, Type Mounting Location and Bracket Type


218

N F P A 1912 m N o v e m b e r 2 0 0 0 R O P

BREATHING APPARATUS

Specify the SCBA to be carried on the apparatus. New or existing?

Quantity Make/Model ' Mounting Location

Special requirements for breathing apparatus

EQUIPMENT CARRIED ON APPARATUS

Miscellaneous equipment allowance if it exceeds the standard's minimum weight:

lb (see Table 2-5.1.)

Attach a list of equipment and tools to be supplied by the contractor with the apparatus stating the item, quantity, where it is to ~ mounted or carried, the weight of each item, and its dimensions (L x W x H).

Attach a list of equipment and tools to be supplied by the fire department to be carried on the apparatus stating the item, quantity, where it is to be mounted or carried, oontractor's responsibility for mounting, the weight of each item, and its dimensions (L x W x H).

Attach a list of equipment and tools that may be carried on the apparatus in the future stating the item, quantity, the desired mounting location or compartment where it is likely to be carried, the weight of each item, and its dimensions (LxWxH).

Attach a list of fixed and permanent components required on the apparatus showiqF the item, quantity, weight of,each, and dimensions (L x W x H), as well as the location where it is to be carried, v

Indicate the reserve GAWR required on each axle (from 0 percent to20 percent)

Indicate if reserve compartment space is required above what is necessary to store the equipment on the attached

four lists

CHASSIS AND VEHICLE COMPONENTS

Desired chassis make/model or style


Type of propulsion engine

Is an elecb-ic fuel pump orre-priming pump required? [:}Yes U No

Special cooling system features

Is amanual emergency engine shutdown required? QYes ~l No

(Apparatus Refu~oishing Form, page 4 of 20)'

219


Special lubricant, coolant, or fuel or air filters required

Specify the exiting location of the exhaust system

Indicate the type of brake system required

Is ABS required? Q Yes Q No

Is an auxiliary brake system required? Q Yes Q No

Specify type

Indicate the style/type of tires required

Indicate whether cast spoke, steel disc, or aluminum wheels are required

Are rear fender liners required? Q Yes Q No

Are tire chains to be used? ~ Yes O No

Type of chains

Specify angle of approach or departure if greater,than 8 degrees

Specify the steering axle's turn angle if it exceeds the minimum current NFPA 1901 requirements

Specify if a drive axle traction control or no spin differential is required

Specify if rear wheel steering is required

Specify if a special suspension system is required front or rear

Is an automatic or manual transmission required?

Indicate fuel tank capacity required gal (L) Location

Must tow hooks be accessible without opening compartment doors? Q Yes Q No

Is a rear license plate bracket and light required? [3 Yes [3 No

Specify cab trim features


220

NFPA 1912 - - N o v e m b e r 2 0 0 0 R O P

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND WARNING DEVICES

Indicate whether an onboard or external battery charger or conditioner is to be provided and where located

If a battery charger or conditioner is required, indicate the required charging rate

Specify the location and type of receptacle

Is a second "battery on" pilot light onthe outside of the vehicle required? ~2 Yes D No

Where?

Is a dual battery system required? 0 Yes 0 No

Specify the electrical loads that are in addition to the minimum continuous electrical loads in the standard

Specify the sequence of control for the automatic load management system if required

WARNING UGHT INFORMATION

Location Brand and Model Color(s)

Front-facing cab lights

Roof light

Rear lights--upper

Rear lights--lower

Intersection lights

Mid-body lights

Specify the brand, model, capacity, and mounting locations of the siren(s) and speakers(s)

Are air horns required? 0 Yes 0 No Location

If yes, specify type of control and its location

Are cab hand lights or mounted adjustable spotlights required? 0 Yes Q No

Location(s) " '


221


Special lighting or warning features or equipment required

Specify if additional work lighting is required and location(s) required

Specify if additional driving or crew compartment lighting is required and location(s) required

DRIVING AND CREW AREAS

Maximum number of fire fighters to ride in the apparatus

Special seating requirements or arrangements

Is a special hearing protection or communication system required? ~1 Yes ~ No

Make, model, or type

Special requirements

Special arrangements for carrying tools or equipment within the driving or crew area and mounting locations

Special step or handrail arrangements required and location(s)

Ifa tiller apparatus is to be provided, specify the type of communication system between the tiller operator and the

apparatus driver

Is a tilt or telescoping steering column required

Specify any extra cab instrument panel features required

Specify the type and style of driving compartment mirrors

Specify any SCBA cab and crew area mounting requirements

(Apparatus Returbishing Form, page 7 of 20)

222


8 Q

BODY, COMPARTMENTS, AND EQUIPMENT MOU~ITING

Body material

Compartment capacity, dimensions, or special features desired

Compartment floor material or slatted or plastic covering

Type and style of compartment doors

Specify the style of door latches, locks, or stays

Specify the type and location of compartment lighting

Miscellaneous body trim

Radio equipment to be used:

Type of mounting

Desired loc~tion

Type of body tread plate material required

Type of step and platform material required

Color(s) of apparatus

Striping and decoration

Is cab and body rustproof treating required?

HOSE LOAD TO BE CARRIED FOR PRECONNECTED LINES

Length Size Location Bed or Reel?


223


HOSE LOAD TO BE CARRIED IN HOSE BED OR ON REELS

Length Size Location Bed or Reel?

If hose bed cover(s) are desired, specify type

Specify if the fire-fighting system is to be a slip-on

HOSE REEL(S)

Is a booster reel required? [2 Yes Q No

How many reels?

Location

Hose size and length

Reel rewind type

Piping to reel type

FIRE PUMP

Is a fire pump required? QYes (:2No New or existing

Pump rated capacity

Number of pump stages required

gpm (L/rain)

Pump type

Pump location

Pump drive type

i

Pump testing authority

If pump and roll is required specify:

Flow gpm at

Vehicle speed mph

Type of primer system

psi


224



If altitude over 2000 ft, specify altitude '

If lift over 10 ft, specify lift

If through more than 20 ft of suction hose, specify length

Type of engine to drive pump if other than the propulsion engine

Do local water conditions require special materials for pump construction and piping?

Is the intake relief valve to be panel adjustable?


Pump panel and gage panel material

Type of intake and discharge valve controls desired

Specify the master gages size if other than the minimum in the standard?

Specify the individual pressure gages size if other than the minimum in the standard or are they to be repiaced or

augmented by flow meters?

Are any special gages, instruments, or features required at the pump operator's position?

Are special pump and piping features required to deal with extremely low temperatures?

Is a new pump pressure governor or a relief valve to be supplied?

PUMP INLETS AND OULETS

Are special adapters or valves required on the main pump intakes?

FIRE PUMP INLETS , , , • . - ~

Size Type of Connection Location Valved? Y/N

(Apparatus Refurbishing Forrnl page 10 of 20)

225


FIRE PUMP DISCHARGE OUTLETS List the combination of 2z\x in. or larger discharge outlets required to equal or exceed 100% capacity rating of the pump.

Quantity Size Type of Connection Location Flow Requirement

DISCHARGE OUTLETS FOR PRECONNECTED HOSE LINES


If a deck gun is required, indicate:

New or existing? Type

Mounting location

Piping size and arrangement

Is pump panel color coding required?

AUXILIARY PUMP

Is an auxiliary pump to be supplied?

~3Yes C3No

Yes ~1 No New or existing?

Type of auxiliary pump operations

Auxiliary pump performance

Auxiliary pump drive type

Type of auxiliary pump

Auxiliary pump location


226

N F P A 1 9 1 2 m N o v e m b e r 2 0 0 0 R O P

Is the auxiliary pump to be tied/connected to the main fire pump? Q Yes [~ No

Do local water conditions require special materials for pump construction and piping?

AUXILIARY PUMP INLET CONNECTIONS

Size Type of Connection "Location

DYes No

Valved.? Y/N

AUXILIARY PUMP DISCHARGE OUTLET CONNECTIONS


• Where are the auxiliary pump controls to be located?

TRANSFER PUMP

Is a new or existing transfer pump to be supplied?

Pump size

Pump stages

Pump type

Pump location

Pump drive type

Pump testing authority.


If altitude over 2000 ft, specify altitude

If lift over I0 ft, specify lift

If through more than 20 i% of suction hose, specify length

Type of engine to drive pump if other than the propulsion engine -\

Do local water conditions require special materials for pump construction and piping? • Yes Q No

(Apparatus Refurbishin 9 Form, page 12 of 20)

/

227

N F P A 1 9 1 2 - - N o v e m b e r 2 0 0 0 R 0 P


Pump panel and gage panel material

Type of intake and discharge valve controls desired

Is the master pump gage to be a different size than the minimum in the standard? O Yes O No

If so, what size?

What additional gages, flow meters, instruments, or features are required at the pump operator's position?

Are special pump and piping features required to deal with extremely low temperatures? Q Yes Cl No

Specify details:

TRANSFER PUMP INLET CONNECTIONS

Size Type of Connection Location Valved? Y/N

TRANSFER PUMP DISCHARGE OUTLET CONNECTIONS


WATER TANK

Is a new or existing water tank to be provided?

Water tank capacity -

Is a foam cell required? 0 Yes O No Location?

Tank construction material and coating

Location of additional fluid level indicators

Type of fluid level indicators


228

NFPA 1912 - - N o v e m b e r 2000 R O P

Tank to pump flow rate if more than the minimum of the NFPA 1901 standard

Is a removable tank lid required? El Yes El No

Is a tank dump valve required? OYes ONo Ifyes:

Style of valve

Size


Location

Type of conaector

Is a tank direct fill required? ElYes ElNo Ifyes:

Style of valve.

Size

Performance required .....

Location

Type of connector

Pump to tank fill rate required

Special tank design requirements

AERIAL DEVICES

Indicate whether a new or existing aerial ladder, elevating platform, aerial ladder platform, or water tower is to

be provided

AERIAL LADDER

Rated vertical height required ft "

Rated horizontal reach required t~

Capacity rating (tip load) required lb

Location of the speaker/microphone on the aerial ladder if it is at other than the tip of the fly s e c t i o n _ _ _

Is a pre=piped waterway required? O Yes El No

If yes, what ladder section is the pipe to extend to?

(Apparatus Refurbishing Form, 9age 14 of 20)

229


What brand and model of monitor is to be provided?

New or existing?

If the monitor is power-operated, are additional sets of controls beyond those required at the ladder operations position required? [3 Yes [3 No

If yes, where?

Indicate the auxiliary inlet arrangement desired including size, type, and number of inlets, and valving arrangement

Specify type of lever control system desired

List any aerial ladder equipment or features desired

ELEVATING PLATFORM AND AERIAL LADDER PLATFORM

Rated vertical height required ft

Rated horizontal reach required ft

Capacity rating (tip load) required lb

Is a breathing air system to be supplied to the platform? [3 Yes Q No

If yes, are there any special requirements, brand, or model for the components of the breathing air system desired?

Specify the number of monitors to be supplied on the platform

What brand and model of monitor is to be provided?

New or existing?

Is a hose connection to be provided on the platform from the water delivery system? [3 Yes Q No

Size

Are any special arrangements to be provided for hose lines from the platform water delivery system?




230

N F P A 1912 m N o v e m b e r 2000 R O P

List any elevating platform equipment or features desired

WATER TOWER Is the water tower to be telescoping, articulating, or both?

Rated vertical height required

Rated horizontal reach required

Waterway capacity required?

ft

ft

What brand aad model of monitor is to be provided?

New or existing?"



List any water tower equipment or features desired

FOAM SYSTEM Is a foam system required?

Type of foam(s) to be used

[:3 Yes [~ No New or existing?

Foam concentrate storage capacity

LIST WHICH DISCHARGE OUTLETS ARE TO BE USED WITH FOAM AND THEIR PERFORMANCE

Discharge Performance


231


Type of foam system required

Is an outside foam system inlet or pickup to be supphed? El Yes ~1 No

Type and location

COMPRESSED AIR FOAM SYSTEM (CAFS)

Is a CAFS required? El Yes O No New or existing?

What is the total scfm required?

What type of compressor and driver is required?

What is the total water pump capacity required?

Specify the type of system controls and interlocks required

INDICATE WHICH DISCHARGE OUTLETS ARE TO BE USED WITH CAFS AND THEIR PERFORMANCE

Discharge Performance Hose Size and Length

Specify if automatic water and air pressu re tracking is required

Specify ffan air flow meter is required (scfm)

Specify type of wet/dry control required

LINE VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Is a 120/240 volt system required? ~Yes ~No

Type of generating source (ac or dc, cycles)

New or existing?

Capacity of generating source

Location of generating source

Mounting of generating source


232


Distribution panel location

OUTLET RECEPTACLE INFORMATION

Quantity Amperes/Volts Style of Receptacle

(NEMA) °

Location(s)

CIRCUIT REMOTE CONTROL INFORMATION

Circuit To Be Controlled Switch Location

120/240 LIGHTING INFORMATION New or existing?

Style/Make Location Wattage/Bulb Type Motmting

CORD REEL INFORMATION . New or existing?.

Reel No. Reel No. Reel No. Reel No.

Location

Amperage

Voltage

Length of Cord

Receptacle Style

Junction Box

Rewind System

COMMAND AND COMMUNICATIONS

Is a separate command area required? O Yes O No

Is the area to be enclosed by wa]]s and doors? I~1 Yes O No

Size of area: Length x Width x Height (or ft 2)

(Apparatus Refurbishing Form, page 18 of 20}

233


Special arrangements desired?

Number of persons to be seated and able to work in area?

Is special lighting required? EIYes [~ No If yes, what are the requirements?

What communications equipment (new or existing) is to be operational in the command and communications area?

List make, model, and whether contractor or purchaser is to provide and install the equipment.

What computer equipment (new or existing) is to be operational in the command and communication area?


What other equipment is to be operational in the command and communications area?


Is external video equipment to be used on the apparatus? EIYes ~ No

New or existing? If yes, where is it to be mounted?

AIR SYSTEMS

Is an air system required? EIYes ~ No

What is the function of the air system?

Refill SCBA cylinders

El Supply remote breathing air

0 Supply high-pressure breathing air hose

El Supply utility air

New or existing?


234

NFPA 1912 m November 2000 R 0 P

Is a cascade system required? El Yes O No

How many SCBA cylinders are to be filled?

l

New or existing?

Size of cylinders to be filled: ft 3 (L)

To what pressure are cylinders to be filled? psi (kPa)

Is a compressor required? ~ Yes (:1 No New or existing?

If yes, what free air delivery (FAD) rating is required?

Is a SCBA refill station required? ~ Yes Q No New or existing?

If yes, what is the location of the refill station?

ft 3 (L) at psi (kPa)

Number of refill lines?

Is a fragmentation box required? Q Yes [~ No

AIR HOSE REQUIREMENTS

For each air hose, specify the following:

(a) Discharge flow required in cfm (L)

(b) Discharge pressure in psi (kPa)

(c) Is breathing air or utility air is to be supplied?

(d) Length of hose in feet (meters)?

(e) Is hose to be stored on reel? ~1 Yes D No

Location:

(f) Specify fitting or device at end of hose

WINCH SYSTEMS

Is a winch required? ~ Yes Q No

What is the single-line pull rating required?

What is the wire rope length required?

Is the power source for the winch to be electric or hydraulic?

Specify the winch location

Type of control required '

Location of control


" 235

report of the committee on john mcdonald, int'l. assn. of

Documents